University of Brighton Undergraduate Prospectus 2018

2018

CHOOSE BRIGHTON

SEE PAGE 02

WE’LL WORK WITH YOU TO UNLOCK YOUR POTENTIAL

BY CREATING OPPORTUNITIES AND A LEARNING ENVIRONMENT THAT WILL GIVE YOU PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE AND CONFIDENCE

WE’LL HELP YOU PUT YOUR LEARNING INTO PRACTICE AND APPLY THIS TO THE REAL WORLD AND WORKPLACE SEE PAGE 08

see for

yourself AT A SUMMER OR AUTUMN OPEN DAY www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays FOR DATES AND BOOKINGS

P.02–27

CHOOSE BRIGHTON Find out more about us and why we are a great choice.

Unlock your potential Put your learning to work Your learning environment More than a degree Live in a brilliant place Brighton Eastbourne Find your home

02 08 12 14 18 20 22 24

P.28–239 OUR COURSES

SEE PAGE 14

WE’LL HELP YOU TO GET MORE THAN A DEGREE,

BY SUPPORTING YOU TO TRY OTHER THINGS LIKE SPORT, VOLUNTEERING AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP TO ENHANCE YOUR SKILLS AND DISCOVER WHAT YOU LOVE TO DO – AND ALL WHILE YOU LIVE IN A BRILLIANT PLACE SEE PAGE 18

We explain the different types of course you can do, alongside information about our courses.

Guide to our course pages Subject areas Courses Top-up degrees

30 31 32 238

P.240–256

ALL ABOUT THE DETAILS Details about the support and activities available to you, along with information about entry requirements, applications, fees and funding.

Supporting you Entry requirements How to apply Money Timeline Course finder Our locations

242 244 247 249 252 254 256 01

UNLOCK YOUR POTENTIAL

Our hands-on product design course gives you the practical skills to create innovative and sustainable consumer products.

02

Brighton graduate and honorary Doctor of Arts, Alison Lapper MBE, uses her art to question what constitutes beauty and physical norms.

She was the subject of the first installation on Trafalgar Square's fourth plinth: Alison Lapper Pregnant

by Mark Quinn. Photo credit: Dean Stockings.

Brighton gave me a chance…the opportunity to do my degree. To begin with I wasn’t quite up to scratch but came out with a first class degree.

I worked hard to do it and loved every minute of it. Brighton gave me the confidence I needed to be successful.

ALISON LAPPER, FINE ART BA(HONS) – ARTIST

We’ll help you to realise what you’re capable of, challenging and working with you to get the most out of your learning experience so that you leave us skilled and confident, wherever you go next.

We want you to thrive when you are with us and make an impact on the world when you leave.

Discovering new interests and developing career aspirations is a big part of the university experience. Our courses are designed to make the most of this, with an emphasis on active experiences and putting what you learn into practice.

Our students have diverse talents and strengths and you will have lots of opportunities to tailor your learning, discover what motivates and inspires you, and to find your own path.

WE SEE THE PERSON

We consider each application we receive individually. Your examination grades are important to us, but so is evidence of your values, resilience, resourcefulness and determination.

This is why admission to some courses involves an interview – where we can meet you and find out more about who you are.

FOCUS ON WHAT YOU LOVE

All our degrees offer ways to tailor your learning – this could be through choosing option modules or placement and volunteering opportunities, for example. You could find topics that really intrigue or excite you, and so some of our courses offer specialist routes where you can explore these areas in depth.

Find out more about how our courses are designed and what this means for you on page 29.

03

Computing students apply artificial intelligence (AI) principles to create basic robots that map their environment.

CHOOSE YOUR PATH

We offer courses designed for students who have all kinds of academic backgrounds and personal goals.

Undergraduate courses range from twoyear foundation degrees to four- or fiveyear integrated masters where you can study advanced-level topics as part of your undergraduate degree. Whatever course or subject that you choose you will find that the focus is on helping you to prepare for work and on putting what you learn in the seminar room or lab into practice.

For more information about the types of course you can choose from see page 30.

04

BE INSPIRED

You’ll learn from people – lecturers, technicians, visiting experts – who love their subject and who combine their teaching with practice and research.

The annual Brighton Students’ Union Excellence Awards attract more than 1,000 nominations each year for our teaching and student support staff.

INCLUSIVE LEARNING

As part of the continual development of our courses and the way we teach them, we are reviewing all of our modules (the component parts of each degree). Our aim is to enable you to have more influence over your studies and assessments, making sure that all parts of the course are consistent, accessible and inclusive, and giving you opportunities to be an active researcher and participant in your academic community.

BEFORE YOU ARRIVE

We work in partnership with many schools, supporting students, parents, carers and teachers through the university application process – find out more on page 248. You’ll see us at HE fairs and open days – come and talk to us, we’re happy to help.

Got a question about one of our courses, an open day, making your application or applying for student funding? Give our enquiries team a call or send an email.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk

Dr Dawn Scott specialises in mammal ecology and conservation. She regularly appears on TV and is pictured here on a rooftop in Brighton with presenter Chris Packham during filming for the BBC’s Winterwatch programme.

Brighton graduate, Paris Lees, received an honorary Doctor of Letters in 2016.

Inspirational, knowledgeable, carrying out world-class research in ecology.

STUDENT NOMINATION FOR DR DAWN SCOTT

Deshi helps students in every way he can, spending every bit of free time helping teach and prepare us for the future.

STUDENT NOMINATION FOR DR DESHINDER SINGH GILL

University life really prepared me for the work I do now, on so many different levels ... it taught me to be creative, to question, to explore facets of life I’d never come into contact with before.

PARIS LEES, ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE BA(HONS) – JOURNALIST, PRESENTER AND TRANSGENDER CAMPAIGNER

Dr Deshinder Singh Gill has been nominated for several Brighton Students’ Union Excellence Awards, and was named tutor who makes the most innovative use of electronic media in their teaching.

Engineering students operating the wind tunnel in the specialist thermal dynamics and avionics laboratory.

05

At the student centre based in our city-centre Grand Parade building you can access all our services and support from one location face-to-face. This includes advice about careers, disability and dyslexia, counselling, finance and volunteering. By September 2018 there’ll also be a student centre at Falmer.

SUPPORT WHILE YOU ARE HERE

We know coming to university is a big step: we can support you to adjust to university life, from the beginning and throughout your studies. There are dedicated teams to help you with your accommodation, finances, studies, careers advice and overall wellbeing.

Your personal tutor, along with your course leader and other tutors, is there to keep an eye on your overall academic and personal welfare.

Student support and guidance tutors (SSGTs) are based in each academic school, and can help with everything from homesickness to managing stress or accommodation issues. And if they don't know the answer they will know someone who does.

Our student information desk advisers can help with all sorts of queries, either face-to-face or online, and are able to put you in touch with expert help should you need it.

Study skills sessions are available on each campus for anyone who might need to brush up their skills in essay preparation, time management, taking notes or revision techniques. www.brighton.ac.uk/askus 06

Brighton Students’ Union also offers independent and impartial help to students who may experience academic difficulty for all sorts of reasons.

The union also works with the university to establish and support a network of student-volunteer course representatives. Course reps help make sure that feedback on learning, teaching and facilities is used by the university and the union to meet students’ needs and expectations.

REWARDING AND SUPPORTING WITH SCHOLARSHIPS AND BURSARIES

We provide cash bursaries for students who most need financial help. And we reward hard work while you’re here, through merit scholarships that recognise academic, sporting and other achievements.

For more information see page 250.

You'll receive feedback from your lecturers informally as well as formally in class, and our university-wide Your Voice Matters campaign gives you further opportunities to give feedback to your lecturers.

When I received the scholarship I could pay for more expensive materials to make my work with. I will be able to travel more to research, and I will be able to promote my final show with great marketing material.

HANNA MAWBEY, 3D MATERIALS PRACTICE BA(HONS)

I feel extremely grateful for all the amazing support I received from academic staff at the university, who boosted my confidence in my own academic abilities, and from my wonderful dyslexia tutor who kept me calm throughout the writing process.

IMOGEN FOX, GEOGRAPHY BA(HONS)

Imogen won a Royal Geographical Society award for her dissertation.

07

PUT YOUR LEARNING TO WORK

Our Architectural Technology students learn how to take architectural design projects from conception to completion.

08

93%

OF OUR FULL-TIME, FIRST DEGREE GRADUATES ARE WORKING, STUDYING OR TRAINING WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF COMPLETING THEIR COURSE (DLHE 2015–16)

100%

OF OUR FULL-TIME UNDERGRADUATES HAVE THE CHANCE TO DO WORK-RELATED LEARNING AS PART OF THEIR COURSE

At Brighton you’ll build the skills and knowledge that you need to make your way in life – whether you have ambitions to build your own business or join an established one. This is because our courses are developed, often through relationships with employers, in response to emerging and established career paths and professions – and because all of our courses include opportunities for work-related learning. Depending on the course this could be a short placement, volunteering in the community or a salaried placement year.

Our emphasis is on enabling you to apply what you learn in class to real-life situations and challenges – it’s through this active experience and practice that you’ll develop the knowledge and skills you need to make a difference in the world when you leave.

09

Our trainee teachers gain practical experience in large, small, rural and urban settings, with our 600 partner schools, so they graduate fully prepared to be outstanding teachers.

Patrick Johnson (Business Management with Marketing), Sarah Rafferty (Mathematics) and Velsen Devarajulu (Accounting and Finance) are all on placement at IBM. See page 65.

PLACEMENTS AND WORK-RELATED LEARNING

A placement is an excellent way to put your new skills into practice, network with potential employers, and get some real work experience before you graduate – something employers value highly. All of our courses offer workbased learning as part of the course, either through short or long placements or volunteering in the community.

PROFESSIONAL CAREER DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT

Our professionally qualified career development advisers are here to work with you from the day you arrive. They can help you to identify and work on gaps in your skills and knowledge, and they’ll give you access to professional mentoring, volunteering, work experience and paid part-time work.

10

We organise careers fairs throughout the year. They give you the opportunity to meet potential employers face-to-face, gain an insight into the labour market, and find out about selection procedures.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATIONS

More than 50 professional organisations recognise and accredit our courses. If your course has a professional accreditation this can give you a qualification in addition to your degree, a licence to practise or exemption from professional examinations.

Some courses include membership of the relevant professional body while you are a student here.

BUILDING YOUR EMPLOYABILITY

In a competitive employment market it’s your transferable skills, your achievements and your experiences that can give you the edge when applying for jobs.

You’ll have your own secure digital portfolio where you can keep track of all the activities you take part in alongside your studies, so that when you start making job applications you’ll have an online area showcasing your work, your CV and a complete record of your skills and experience.

More than 12,000 people attend the annual Graduate Show exhibition that lets visitors search out stars of the future hoping to follow in the footsteps of alumni such as fashion designer Julien Macdonald OBE or Turner Prize winners Keith Tyson and Rachel Whiteread CBE.

ENTERPRISING IDEAS

Being enterprising is not just about starting your own business. Skills like negotiation and selling, financial planning and networking are more in demand than ever and by being resourceful, innovative and showing leadership you’re more likely to stand out from the crowd and have what graduate employers are looking for.

Beepurple, the university’s entrepreneurship programme, runs skills development workshops, training courses and offers one-to-one support for students and graduates who want to turn their ideas into reality. www.beepurple.co.uk

GIVE YOUR TIME, GAIN EXPERIENCE

Volunteering looks great on your CV and can show employers that you have committed to getting involved in your

Digital Media Development student, Becky Rush, worked on placement at BBC News. See page 81.

local community and worked on your transferable skills along the way. It offers the opportunity to explore some of your personal values and aspirations while working on a relevant placement with a local not-for-profit organisation.

We can help you to find an appropriate role, which may even be part of your course through the community engagement module. Students on the module undertake practical projects with local community and voluntary organisations. www.brighton.ac.uk/volunteering

SHARING SKILLS

We have a free year-round programme to help you develop the essential study skills you’ll need to succeed. There is also a network of students who are trained mentors and can help you thrive in our learning community – and you could train as a mentor too and pass your knowledge on.

Through their business, Bug Boys, Dan and Ben have developed an environmentally sound insect-derived superfood, with support from beepurple and Entrepreneurial Spark (a partnership with the university, NatWest and Brighton and Hove Chamber of Commerce).

Civil Engineering student Scott Dalton was presented with the Construction, Engineering and Design Undergraduate of the Year 2016 by TV journalist and newsreader Fiona Bruce. See page 71.

Since starting my placement, life after university became less daunting. It began to feel less like I was going to be dropped into the deep end, I felt equipped to deal with more 'adulty things' than I've been used to. A placement is hard work but it's worth it.

MEERA BHARDIA, SOCIAL POLICY AND PRACTICE BSC(HONS)

Beepurple, the university's entrepreneurship programme, steered us towards Entrepreneurial Spark where the incredible enablers have been guiding us on a path to even more opportunities.

We couldn't recommend both beepurple and Entrepreneurial Spark highly enough for the opportunities they provide.

DAN STOTT, GEOLOGY BSC(HONS), AND BEN LE BROCQ, PRODUCT DESIGN BSC(HONS)

Meera works with young people in the local community as part of her volunteering placement with the Trust for Developing Communities. See page 223.

11

Sport and exercise science students benefit from our accredited laboratories including motion analysis equipment and an altitude chamber. You might spot Olympic and Paralympic athletes preparing for their next competition.

YOUR LEARNING ENVIRONMENT

Engineering students can also make use of a flight simulator and an aerodynamics lab.

Our equipment and facilities replicate industry and professional environments, giving you the chance to work in realistic situations. We’re constantly improving our buildings, making them more enjoyable places to learn and more environmentally sustainable.

Our libraries are spread across our university locations, so you're always close to the specialist resources you need. There’s a team of information professionals on hand to help you find what you are looking for, dedicated study spaces and extended opening hours. You’ll also have access to thousands of ebooks, databases and full text journals – most accessible from anywhere with an internet connection.

You'll have 24-hour access to the online library whenever and wherever you need it.

Photography and film students can develop their craft using the equipment, studios and exhibition spaces at our central Brighton Edward Street development.

12

Students at the university’s Business School get additional practical experience in a real-time trading room.

As a nursing student or trainee paramedic you’ll be able to use the simulation facilities of our flexible learning environments.

In 2017 we’ll open the Advanced Engineering Building on our Moulsecoomb campus which will be the new home for our world-leading automotive engine research, and resources for mechanical, automotive and aeronautical engineering students.

Biomedical science students gain practical experience in our histopathology lab.

Fashion and textiles students can make use of the Dress and Textile Teaching Collection, weaving looms and screen printing.

Engineering and product design students have access to rapid prototyping and design facilities including 3D scanners, CNC lathes and laser cutters.

Huxley Building is home to some of the most modern facilities for professional pharmacy teaching in the UK. The clinical skills laboratory helps students experience the clinical environment in which practising pharmacists work.

There is a working forge used by 3D Design and Craft students.

13

MORE THAN A DEGREE

14

Leah Barrett, Geography BSc(Hons) student, in her room at Varley Park.

Away from your studies you’ll have the chance to take part in new things or keep up with the ones that you already love, through the university and the Students’ Union. There are more than 100 student societies, focusing on everything from baking to beard appreciation, and around 60 sports clubs – and if you can’t find your niche you can start your own.

SPORT AND FITNESS

Whether you want to compete, keep fit or just have fun, we can help you take part in sporting activities at any level. You can use our sport and fitness facilities at any of our locations no matter where you study or live. If you travel between campuses for universityrun clubs then we’ll help with transport. www.brighton.ac.uk/sportbrighton We support elite and elite disabled athletes at national and Olympic level through sports scholarships, the sports science consultancy and our status as a satellite centre for the English Institute of Sport.

Find out more www.brighton.ac.uk/money 15

LEARN A LANGUAGE

STUDENT SOCIAL

You can take advantage of language classes in Spanish, German, French or Italian alongside your course and develop another global skill.

MAKE A DIFFERENCE

Our close links with community groups and our established student volunteering programmes mean that we can help you get involved with things that matter to you – and gain valuable experience at the same time.

REPRESENT AND CAMPAIGN

Brighton SU is a member of the National Union of Students which represents over five million students in the UK. The union is run for the benefit of students, by students like you. Its council is formed of elected student officers and is the formal link between students and the university. You can influence the union’s work, or put yourself forward for a more active role.

Brighton SU also works with the student community to create events from cinema and club nights to black-tie balls, as well as helping societies to hold cultural and religious events for festivals such as Eid, Diwali, Hanukkah, Chinese New Year and Christmas.

There are over 100 student-run societies and you’re free to invent virtually any society that you can think of. Societies can be cultural, political, religious or course-related – and ratification by the union means access to office facilities, free advice from the union and the chance to bid for financial support.

OUR ALUMNI NETWORK

It's brilliant that the university gives us the opportunity to volunteer and advises us on placements that suit us best. I’ve really enjoyed working with such a diverse group with a common interest in making the community more sustainable.

MIKAELA WEYER, GEOGRAPHY BSC(HONS), VOLUNTEERED WITH THE GREEN CENTRE IN WHITEHAWK

You can benefit from the alumni network while you’re a student. We are in touch with 150,000 Brighton graduates in more than 140 countries around the world and many offer mentoring and placement opportunities to our students. www.brighton.ac.uk/alumni

Adam Pearson received our Alumnus of the Year Award in 2016.

The University of Brighton made me not just a qualified person, it made me a better person.

Our environment team work hard to make sure we remain one of the most sustainable universities in the country.

16

ADAM PEARSON, BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BSC(HONS) – ACTOR, CAMPAIGNER AND PRESENTER

Mikaela Weyer, Geography BSc(Hons) pictured with fellow student Philip Coos, (Environmental Science BSc(Hons) at the Green Centre.

SUSTAINABILITY MATTERS

Brighton has a first-class award from the People & Planet University League who recently ranked us second in the UK for sustainability.

Sustainability here is not just about being green. It’s about hearing people’s opinions, making the university a better place to study and work, and about taking action – there are lots of ways to get involved. www.brighton.ac.uk/sustainability

FOLLOW OUR BLOGS

The popular Food Coop project is led by students. Student and staff members source cost-effective, seasonal, local food which can be ordered weekly and picked up on campus.

The coop also organises events like trips to local organic farms and cookery workshops.

Our blogs are a great way to find out about the opportunities and experiences open to you as a student here. You’ll find lots of posts celebrating student success stories, find out about what happens on field trips and on placement, plus all the latest news on our research findings, new facilities, course updates and more. www.brighton.ac.uk/blogs 17

LIVE IN A BRILLIANT PLACE

18

50

MINUTES FROM LONDON TO BRIGHTON

BY TRAIN

MORE THAN

PEOPLE VISIT BRIGHTON EACH YEAR

The University of Brighton belongs to a forward-thinking city that’s loved for being original and eclectic. It’s a welcoming and exciting place to be.

You'll find us at sites across Brighton, and along the coast in Eastbourne (see the inside back cover for more information about our locations and maps). Wherever your course is taught, you’ll be near the beach and the countryside and within easy reach of London.

This stunning light projection on Royal Pavilion was part of the Dr Blighty programme for the Brighton Festival 2016 (a Nutkhut Production). The free event remembered an unexpected episode in Brighton’s history when the Royal Pavilion Estate became a military hospital for wounded Indian soldiers.

19

There are more than 400 independent shops, cafes and venues in the North Laine area.

Brighton Digital Festival brings together the city’s arts and digital cultures and communities to welcome around 47,000 visitors and over 150 events.

CINECITY Brighton Film Festival showcases the very best in cinema, offering premieres, previews and special events. We are one of the festival’s hosting partners and there are opportunities for students to participate through presenting film screenings, installations and performances.

The Great Escape has been firmly established internationally as Europe’s leading event for showcasing new music, with over 300 bands playing 30 venues across the city over three days.

5.4 miles of pebble beach, lined with volleyball and basketball courts, pubs, clubs, galleries and shops.

BRIGHTON

Brighton is no average university city.

It attracts people who share values like inclusivity and sustainability – just like its university.

It’s also known for its huge variety of venues and events – by the end of your course you’ll still be finding new places to enjoy away from your studies.

Brighton is home to the largest annual arts and culture festival in England, the Brighton Festival, and in 2017 will host a fantastic range of other events including the British Science Festival, Pride, the London to Brighton Bike Ride, the Brighton Food Festival and the Brighton Marathon.

20

The futuristic British Airways i360 which opened in 2016 is the world’s tallest moving observation tower.

The Brighton mod weekender recreates the style of the film Quadrophenia in its iconic setting.

The Brighton Pride Community Parade is a high-octane mix of celebration and campaigning.

Paddle Round the Pier festival is the ultimate expression of Brighton beach life, celebrating the best in water, street and urban sports.

The Great Escape.

The Spiegeltent at the Brighton Festival.

The British Science Festival, one of Europe’s leading and longest established science festivals, is coming to Brighton in 2017 and we will be proud co-hosts.

There will be over 100 events featuring new science from world-leading academics covering everything from technology and engineering to social sciences.

Brighton Fashion Week is a rare chance to see some of the future stars of fashion outside London.

The Color Run: the 'happiest 5k on the planet'.

There’s lots of sport to watch; local teams include Brighton and Hove Albion Football Club, Sussex County Cricket, Brighton Blues Rugby Club and Brighton & Hove Hockey Club. www.visitbrighton.com www.viewbrighton.co.uk

The murmuration of starlings, a fantastic aerial display at sunset, is an amazing spectacle over Brighton’s piers.

21

EASTBOURNE

Eastbourne is known for being sunny*, friendly and relaxed, and pretty much every place you need to go is around 15 minutes away on foot – the beach, the town centre or the beautiful hills of the South Downs. There’s lots to do, including music and arts festivals, shopping, theatres, galleries and sports.

Eastbourne has a close-knit university community and students have their own cosy on-campus pub, the Starting Gate.

One of the biggest free extreme sports festivals in the UK, Eastbourne Extreme is an adventure-filled weekend held on the seafront, featuring air, land and water-based outdoor activities.

The AEGON International tennis tournament takes place each June and features international tennis players as part of their pre-Wimbledon warm up.

There are opportunities to get involved by working at the tournament.

*The sunniest place in Britain is a hotly contested title but Eastbourne holds the UK record (jointly with Hastings) – 383.9 hours sunshine in July 1911.

22

35

MINUTES FROM BRIGHTON TO EASTBOURNE

BY TRAIN Besides the Towner Art Gallery with its contemporary art collection, there are also four theatres in Eastbourne and arts and music events throughout the year.

Go horse riding, mountain biking or paragliding, try out water sports including sailing, canoeing, body boarding, kayaking, windsurfing and kite surfing.

Students and staff participate in and volunteer at the Beachy Head Marathon, one of the UK’s largest offroad marathons which involves some challenging climbs and descents along the Seven Sisters.

Seven Sisters Country Park, outside Eastbourne, is a great place to explore on foot, by bicycle or by canoe.

23

FIND YOUR HOME

Helen Ferry, pictured right, with her Unihome housemates Lottie and Georgia.

24

100%

OF ELIGIBLE STUDENTS WHO APPLIED FOR ACCOMMODATION IN 2016 WERE OFFERED A PLACE IN ONE OF OUR HOUSING OPTIONS

WE ADHERE TO THE UNIVERSITIES UK STUDENT ACCOMMODATION CODE ENSURING HIGH STANDARDS IN OUR ACCOMMODATION

In hindsight, I am actually glad that I didn't get my first choice of halls. My Unihome housemates and I have bonded really well and we’re living with each other and one other person next year.

I now don’t think it’s true that you have a better social life in halls because you meet people everywhere you go at university. Our accommodation officer, Liz, has also been really helpful. We've met her several times now and she always asks if there's anything that needs fixing in the house and when there is, she is really quick to act on it.

Our accommodation team will help you find a home. They have years of experience, excellent local knowledge, and can advise you on all the options open to you. After you’ve applied for your course, they’ll be in touch to guide you through the process.

We offer several university accommodation options and in 2016 every eligible student who applied for a place was offered one. We can also help you find a home in the private sector.

HELEN FERRY, ILLUSTRATION BA(HONS) 25

UNIVERSITY ACCOMMODATION OPTIONS HALLS OF RESIDENCE We have more than 1,800 places in our Brighton halls: on our Moulsecoomb and Falmer campuses, in central Brighton, and at Varley Park on the outskirts of the city. Eastbourne has 350 halls places. You will be sent details of all halls, including catered and non-catered options and costs, before you have to apply for accommodation.

For more information about our locations and a map, turn to the inside back cover.

26

UNIHOMES We manage more than 140 rooms in shared houses and flats in Brighton, in our Unihomes scheme. We let these to you on behalf of private landlords that we know are reliable – so you get your own place with the convenience and reassurance of paying your rent to us.

Unihomes in Eastbourne are available to you from your second year.

HOUSE SHARE SCHEME We also work with local letting agents to secure hundreds of rooms in private rented houses in Brighton and the surrounding areas exclusively for our students. These properties have been checked by our team to make sure required standards are met and you’ll live with other University of Brighton students.

HOMESTAY

got a guestion?

PLEASE GET IN TOUCH, WE'RE HERE TO HELP accommodation@brighton.ac.uk 01273 644100

Homestay means renting a room in a home with a family, couple or single person who has registered with the university. It can be catered or selfcatered, and can provide a supportive home environment as you settle into life at university.

OTHER OPTIONS

You can also look for your own privately rented home. This option gives you the maximum independence, where you can choose your location, type of housing and your housemates.

To help you get started we organise house-hunting meetings and also have our own database with details of landlords who have registered with us and meet our code of standards. www.brightonstudentpad.co.uk You can also join our house-hunting groups on Facebook where you can buddy up with other student househunters.

Some students who are local to the university choose to stay at home. Even if you are already familiar with Brighton or Eastbourne, as an undergraduate student you’ll still meet new people and experience your town in a new way.

There’s more online…

More information about applying for halls, rent levels and house hunting can be found at www.brighton.ac.uk/ accommodation

27

OUR COURSES

One of our modern digital production and postproduction studios equipped with professional-standard hardware and software.

28

We continually develop our courses and the way that we deliver them. Our students are active partners in their university experience too – when you join our learning community, you will be part of this.

We are reviewing all of our modules (the component parts of each degree) to make sure that they are accessible and inclusive. This means that: • where possible, the emphasis should be on practical activities • you have some choice in how you are assessed • assessments are relatively consistent across modules, for example how many and the time we estimate you need to do them • the syllabus includes enquiry and research-led learning so that you participate actively, building practical skills, independence and confidence.

FLEXIBILITY AND CHOICE

Almost all of our courses offer option modules, where, alongside core modules that provide the essentials, you can choose to explore the subjects that interest you most or that match your career aspirations.

Some of our courses take that one step further and enable you to focus on a specialism. So if you find a subject that fascinates you during your studies, you may be able to explore it in more detail, and have that reflected in the degree title that you graduate with.

Before 2018, there may be changes to some of the courses printed in this prospectus. If you have any questions, our enquiries team are happy to help.

Turn over to find out more about our subjects and courses.

29

GUIDE TO OUR COURSE PAGES 01

SUBJECT AREA

Course pages in this prospectus are grouped and colour-coded according to the subjects that we teach. Each wide subject is broken down into smaller related groups, indicated at the top of the key facts column, to make it easy for you to see the course you are interested in and connected courses that might grab your attention.

Each course has its own page so that you can see information specific to that course, such as the UCAS code and entry requirements including any required subjects, in one place with the syllabus and other course content.

02

TYPE OF COURSE

Honours degrees These courses involve three or four years of full-time study leading to qualifications such as BA(Hons), BSc(Hons), BEng(Hons) and LLB(Hons). All of our full-time undergraduate students have the chance to do work-related learning as part of their course.

Integrated masters degrees Some degree courses include additional masters-level study. These courses are four years long and are available in these subject areas: engineering (MEng), pharmacy (MPharm), chemistry (MChem), art and design (MDes), computing (MComp) and science (MSci).

Integrated foundation year: engineering and science Our foundation years are a great way to prepare for an engineering, civil engineering, science and pharmacy degree, if you don’t have the grades or specific subjects needed to apply. The foundation is a one-year programme, integrated with a degree, that will help you to develop the skills and knowledge needed to progress. Find out more about engineering on page 114 and science and pharmacy on page 204.

Top-up degrees If you have an HND, foundation degree or professional qualification, you can often top this up to an honours degree.

Top-up degrees typically involve a year 30

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

02

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

04

Our three-year Business Management BSc(Hons) enables you to develop the practical skills and broad understanding of business principles needed to thrive in your chosen career.

Core learning covers law, marketing, finance, people management, business operations and systems. As you progress, option modules provide opportunities to tailor your learning.

You will develop a sound knowledge of key business functions and how they work together, as well as an appreciation of factors including customer and market requirements, competition, sustainability and economic, political and technological change.

Learning is delivered through a stimulating mix of seminars, expert guest lectures, group projects and workshops.

You will have the opportunity to develop confidence and expertise in analysis, business communication, team working, and transferable skills in preparing briefs, plans and reports, presenting, budgeting and evaluation.

Students who achieve the required standard in year 1 may transfer to the four-year Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons).

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

05

Individual specialisms are accredited by: • the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) for the purpose of gaining CIM qualifications through the Graduate Gateway.

• the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA).

WHY US • Wide selection of option modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Option to specialise and graduate with a degree in Business Management with economics, finance, human resource management or marketing • Opportunity to transfer to the four-year Business Management BSc(Hons), which provides a salaried placement year and Chartered Management Institute Diploma in Management and Leadership • Close links with leading employers and industry specialists

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Opportunities to tailor your learning make this degree an excellent preparation for roles in general management and specialist careers; for example employee relations, marketing, recruitment and selection as well as roles in accountancy, risk management and consultancy.

Recent graduates have joined companies including American Express, Nike, the London Stock Exchange, Credit Suisse, Warburg Dillon Read and Investec Asset Management.

Year 1 Business Economics • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project

01 06

04

Year 2 International Business Analysis • Business Law • Managing Systems • Operations and Project Management • Economic Theory and Applications • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Personal Financial Planning • Gamification

07

Final year Managing and Developing People • Business Strategy • Placement Project • Options include: Emerging Financial Markets • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Financial and Capital Markets • Globalisation and International Markets • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility • Behavioural Economics

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams.

All of our three-year Business Management degrees share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You can choose to specialise from year 2.

SPECIALISMS From your second year, through the module choices you make, you can either continue along a broad business management degree route, or specialise and graduate with one of the following awards.

03

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS BSc(Hons) Along with a foundation in business and management this specialism enables you to use economic techniques to analyse markets and evaluate business strategies. You will have the option to explore areas including financial markets, business ethics, game theory and behavioural economics.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH FINANCE BSc(Hons) Accredited by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), this specialism provides a foundation in business and management, develops your practical and personal skills and prepares you for careers in the financial and broader business sector.

You can explore topics including taxation, financial management, financial markets, business ethics and game theory.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) You will address core business topics in addition to organisational behaviour, managing and developing people and cross-cultural working. Human resource management options include employee recruitment, leadership, employee relations and organisational change.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Business management and marketing UCAS CODE N103 DURATION Full-time 3 years A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points with 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business or management required.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BSc(Hons) This route is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM), and provides an understanding of key business and marketing functions and an appreciation of the influences that drive business and marketing decisions. You can explore marketing topics including marketing communications, planning and strategy, market research, consumer psychology, and international and cross cultural marketing.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

56 56

57 57

of full-time study but there are some that can be studied part-time while you are working. Find out more on page 238.

03

SPECIALISMS

Some courses offer the chance to focus your studies in a particular area of interest by choosing specific modules and for the award (degree title) that you graduate with to reflect that.

It is also possible to transfer from one course to another if your interests change, or if you achieve a high standard of marks, for example from a BEng(Hons) to the related integrated masters MEng course.

04

LOCATION

Your course will be taught at one of our locations in Brighton or in Eastbourne.

05

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Many of our courses are professionally accredited, meaning that they meet standards set by a relevant professional organisation. This may mean that, in addition to gaining a degree, you are licensed to practise, for example as a nurse or teacher, are eligible to apply for membership of a professional body, or are exempt from professional exams.

06

UCAS CODE

Each full-time course has a code that is needed when applying through UCAS in combination with the institution code, which for Brighton is B72. Some courses do not have a UCAS code and for those you will need to apply direct to the university.

07

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Entry requirements for each course give an indication of the qualifications, knowledge, skills or experience that you need before applying, though at Brighton we look at other factors too (find out more on page 244). If you are unsure, contact our enquiries team who will be happy to help. enquiries@brighton.ac.uk

CHANGES TO COURSES We continually review and develop the courses that we offer. To make sure you have the most up-to-date course information visit www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

HELP AND ADVICE Further information about our courses can be found online at www.brighton. ac.uk/courses or by contacting us.

Call our team on 01273 644644 or enquiries@brighton.ac.uk.

SUBJECT AREAS

P.32

P.40

P.54

ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN

ARTS AND APPLIED ARTS

BUSINESS, FINANCE AND LAW

Architecture • interior architecture • urban planning • product design

Graphic design • illustration • fine art • fashion and textiles • painting • printmaking • sculpture • sound arts

Accounting, finance and investment • economics • business management • human resources management • marketing • law

P.80

P.100

P.112

P.70

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION Architectural technology • building surveying • civil engineering • construction

management

P.126

COMPUTING AND MATHEMATICS

EDUCATION AND TEACHING

ENGINEERING

GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY

Business information systems • software engineering • computer games development • digital media • mathematics

Education • teaching with qualified teacher status – primary and secondary, early years, English, mathematics, physical education

Aeronautical, automotive, electrical and electronic, and mechanical engineering

Environmental sciences • earth and ocean science • ecology • environmental biology • geography and archaeology

P.138

P.154

P.162

P.174

HEALTH

HOSPITALITY, RETAIL, EVENTS AND TOURISM

HUMANITIES

LITERATURE, LANGUAGE, LINGUISTICS

Medicine • physiotherapy • podiatry • nursing • midwifery • pharmacy

Event management • hospitality management • retail management and marketing • tourism management

History, literature and culture • humanities • philosophy, politics and ethics • globalisation • war and conflict • history of art and design

Creative writing • English language • English literature • linguistics

P.184

P.202

P.216

P.230

MEDIA, PHOTOGRAPHY AND JOURNALISM

NATURAL SCIENCES

SOCIAL SCIENCES AND PSYCHOLOGY

SPORT AND EXERCISE

Journalism • broadcast media • digital film and TV production • post production • film, screen and media studies

Biology • biomedical sciences • chemistry

Criminology • politics • sociology • social science • social policy • social work • psychology • economics

Sport and exercise science • sport business management • sport coaching • sport studies

31

PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED COURSES IN ARCHITECTURE AND PRODUCT DESIGN

EXHIBIT YOUR WORK THROUGHOUT THE COURSE

THRIVING DESIGN COMMUNITY WORKING IN DEDICATED STUDIOS WITH SPECIALIST EQUIPMENT

ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN At Brighton we provide a stimulating studio-led environment: our focus is on making sure you leave us equipped with the research, design and professional skills required to make an immediate impact on your chosen profession.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Architecture, Interior Architecture and Urban Planning with Architecture students share studios, workshops and learning spaces, simulating a real-world practice and encouraging the free flow of ideas. In years 2 and 3 Architecture students choose a themed studio, each supported by two tutors with a dedicated workspace.

Product Design students work in their own fully equipped studios with access to specialist facilities including 3D printers, wood, metal and welding workshops, finish room, prototyping laboratories, simulators, laser scanners, wind tunnels, plasma and laser cutters and a five-axis Computer Numerical Control (CNC) workshop.

Our Product Design course includes a placement year. Students have undertaken placements at Adidas, L’Oreal, Triumph, the Body Shop, Puma and Mini Cooper. Others have pursued their own entrepreneurial projects.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

• Product designers develop a profound understanding of materials, manufacturing, engineering and ergonomics while exploring their own interests, gaining hands-on experience creating and testing designs.

32

• Our students learn in many settings, in studios, classrooms and workshops, as well as on field trips, and from a variety of staff, including visiting professionals who share their experience.

• Planning your career will be an integral part of your studies and, for RIBAaccredited courses, our links with RIBA South East offer opportunities for one-to-one mentoring with practising architects, helping you to develop skills that will be valued by future employers.

• There is no house style at Brighton: we provide a stimulating and challenging environment which enables you to develop your own practice. From the outset our research-led approach to learning will help you develop a creative and rigorous approach.

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

On our architecture courses you can tailor your degree through our vertical studio structure and module choices.

In product design you can choose to specialise and have this reflected in the degree title you leave with.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our students have gone on to renowned companies and practices, including: Andrés Jaque Architects • Apple • Tom Pye Set Design • Scott Brownrigg • Dyson • Mars • Nokia • Norman Foster • Sauerbruch Hutton.

SUBJECT AREAS • Architecture Architecture • interior architecture • urban planning • Design Product design In recent years graduate achievements include: • Serjeant Award for Excellence in Drawing • 2014 RIBA President’s Medals Student Awards • joint winner 2014 RIBA Journal Eye Line Competition • first prize in the 2016 Barclays Bank Local Genius competition • winning two of the nine awards at Free Range Show 2016 • Emily Brooke’s Blaze light being fitted to 11,500 Santander bikes by TfL. Staff achievements include: • Best Individual New Home in the 2016 LABC Building Excellence Award for Architecture tutor Duncan Baker Brown • Excellence in Facilitating and Empowering Learning Awards 2016 for two members of the technical team • RIBA President’s Award for Outstanding University-located Research for Professor André Viljoen and Katrin Bohn • publication of Gem Barton’s book Don’t Get a Job… Make a Job.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Joshua Akhtar, Product Design with Professional Experience BSc(Hons) graduate, won the W’innovate & Wilko award at the New Designers 2016 event with his design for a foldable beehive dedicated to swarm capture.

“The Bait Hive uses a pheromone to attract a swarm” says Joshua. “The long term plan is called the bait hive mission which aims to exponentially boost the numbers of bees globally.”

Ade Krumins, workshop manager and carpenter, supports students on architecture and design courses. Technicians play a key role in learning, and Ade and his colleagues Pete Marsh and Claire Hoskin enable students to experience making techniques, both analogue and digital, including woodworking, casting, thermoforming, laser–cutting, 3D printing and photography.

The annual graduate show is the culmination of your degree – the University of Brighton show attracts around 12,000 visitors.

33

ARCHITECTURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Architecture BA(Hons) provides a thorough understanding of modern architectural practices from concept to development and is based around four elements: design, technologies, architectural humanities and practices. RIBA Part I is awarded on completion of the degree.

Based primarily in the studio and the workshop, over 70% of the course is taught and assessed by project. Most teaching is through individual tutorials.

You will learn with a course team of practicing architects and researchers and from seminars and workshops with visiting professionals.

Research-led learning encourages you to develop your own creative and rigorous approach to design and to develop the skills required to become a technologically, professionally and culturally literate architect.

Career planning is integral to your learning: our links with RIBA South East provide opportunities including mentoring and interview practice with architects.

The focus is on real-world skills, and you will learn on-site through projects with local communities and from the construction of our annual exhibition pavilion.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Architects Registration Board (ARB) and validated by the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA). It is the first part of the three stage process of qualification as an architect in the UK.

CAREER AND EMPLOYABILITY

On completion of the degree students can continue the route to full qualification as an architect by studying a Masters of Architecture course (RIBA Part 2).

Many students also choose to move into other design fields through masters study in areas such as graphics, fashion, performance, interaction or the history of art. Our students are working with local and international practices, including: Allies and Morrison, Andrés Jaque 34 34

WHY US • Our staff are professional architects, researchers and creative thinkers • A creative and design-led approach to all aspects of the profession • Career planning is integral to your learning, opportunities to be mentored by practicing architects • Our students regularly receive recognition in national and international RIBA awards and many work in high-profile practices Architects, Atelier Van Lieshout, de Rijke Marsh Morgan, Jun’ya Ishigami, Norman Foster, Sauerbruch Hutton and Atelier Bow Wow.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Your course will be based around four elements: design, technologies, architectural humanities and practices.

Through drawings and models you will explore your own architectural interests, creating and sharing new possibilities, and you will explore the history, theory and culture of architecture. The options module allows you to explore other disciplines – from fine art to chair design, from learning a language to bookbinding.

Year 1 Projects 1 • Projects 2 • Technologies 1 • Architectural Humanities 1 • Techniques Year 2 Projects 3 and Project 4, Vertical Design Studio. Choose from a variety of design studios and spend the year learning from and working alongside third year colleagues • Technologies 2, group construction project • Architectural Humanities 2 • Option study from our arts and humanities portfolio • Options: Edible Campus • Re-Imagining the House • Excursion in Immensity: The Shape of a Walk • Architecture of Play Year 3 Projects 5 and Project 6 Vertical Design Studio • Technologies 3 • Architectural Humanities 3 • Dissertation • Practices

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Architecture UCAS CODE K100 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will primarily be interested in your portfolio. If your predicted grades fall below these requirements but you can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, you are still encouraged to apply. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one the qualifications accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels and BTEC A–level AAB–BBB (136–120 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDD–DDM. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a strong portfolio.

IB 34 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course focuses on the design of interior spaces within existing buildings, and on design that links human activities and events to specific places and spaces. Using drawing, model-making, film and mixed media, you will explore the re-imagining of space for new or different purposes while developing a critical understanding of the experience of space at personal and group levels.

Project work is supported by the development of design, communication and analytical skills. Community projects enable you to learn how to design for the needs of clients and to engage with society. Live industry projects introduce the professional, legal and public context while field trips and exchange programmes further enrich your studies.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Interior Architecture graduates have many opportunities open to them in the creative sectors, and in design and architecture practices.

Our graduates are working in consulting, visualisation and commercial roles, in fields including interior design, set design, model-making, retail design, exhibition design, and as installation artists.

Some continue their studies at postgraduate level in architecture and other subjects. Brighton has a strong masters programme and there is the possibility of specialising at PhD level in related fields.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Design projects form the backbone of this course. You will be taught high-level drawing skills (including hand drawing and 2D/3D CAD packages) as well as model-making and professional graphical techniques.

History and theory sessions introduce you to the way this discipline is linked to the wider context of art, design and architectural practice.

WHY US • Develop spatial intelligence and design skills that open up a wide variety of design careers • Opportunities to design real-life spaces and experiences • Work with a course team who are actively engaged in leading areas of research, design and making The study of design technology provides you with an in-depth understanding of materials and their qualities, enabling professional engagement with other design disciplines, such as architecture, fashion, textiles and furniture design.

Professional practice sessions and live projects enable you to explore the professional, legal and public context of design while field trips and student exchange programmes enrich your studies.

Year 1 Design: Small, Medium, Large • Contexts: Skills, Techniques and Processes • Design: Multiple Programmes • History and Theory in Spatial Design: An Introduction • Contexts: Technologies, Precedents and Applications Year 2 Design: Concepts, Site and Technology • Design: Processes and Resolution • Contexts and Practices • History and Theory in Spatial Design • Options • Home: Making and Unmaking • Thinking Through Drawing Final year Design: Site, Context and Design Development • Design: Processes and Resolution • Contexts and Practices 2 • History and Theory in Spatial Design: Dissertation • Technologies

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Architecture UCAS CODE W250 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will primarily be interested in your portfolio and will select via a personal interview. If your predicted grades fall below these requirements but you can demonstrate a high-quality portfolio, you are still encouraged to apply. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one the qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels and BTEC A-level AAB–BBC (136–112 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDD–DMM. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a strong portfolio.

IB 34 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 35 35

URBAN PLANNING WITH ARCHITECTURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course offers you an exciting route into a career as an urban planner, giving you the conceptual foundations and practical skills required to shape innovative, desirable and sustainable built environments for the future.

You will learn how to create spaces and places for real communities and plan for the challenges facing urban and rural environments. The course enables you to explore planning practice alongside architectural design, spatial competency and theory.

Throughout the course you will benefit from dedicated studio spaces and the expertise and commitment of a highly qualified course team working in fields including planning theory and practice, urbanism and place making, architectural and urban design, and urban history and theory.

You will also have the opportunity to undertake an exchange with one of our partner schools in Europe and to take part in an optional field trip in your second year.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Your studies of both planning and architecture will equip you to find roles in the public and private sectors, including in planning departments and agencies, large architecture and planning practices, and non-governmental urban, social and cultural organisations Graduates may choose to start their own practices and businesses, or build a career in academia.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

During this course you will develop knowledge and understanding of the design and planning of the built environment, along with conceptual and practical skills.

WHY US • Live projects undertaken outside of the studio prepare you for professional life • Opportunities for European study exchange and field trips • Stage your own events through our student-run Brighton Interior Architecture and Architecture Society (BIAAS) You will study urban planning, emphasising the values of space, place and design for urban and rural communities. Studio-based projects engage you with local communities and real-life planning scenarios in Brighton and surrounding areas, giving you an understanding of the kinds of projects you will work on as a professional.

Planning and design projects focus on real-life scenarios and sustainable, community-oriented planning. These are complemented by modules in planning, urban theory and place making, helping you to take a holistic approach to the places that we live in.

Year 1 First Year Studio: Projects II • Place Making: Introduction • Urban and Rural Theory: Introduction • First Year Studio: Techniques • Planning: Introduction

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Architecture UCAS CODE K400 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We are looking for highly motivated students who take a keen interest in their environment, are eager to participate in creative projects with critical debates, and are prepared to play an active role in live projects and community engagement.

We will primarily be interested in your personal statement and consider you on an individual basis.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels and BTEC A-level ABB–BBC (128–112 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a strong portfolio.

Year 2 Studio: Urban Planning and Design • Place Making: Place, Space and Community • Urban and Rural Theory: Futures • Planning: Policy and Process • Option

IB 32 points.

Final year Studio: Rural and Coastal Planning and Design • Dissertation • Planning: Professional Practice • Major project

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or above.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

36 36

Louis Amphlett, Product Design Technology graduate, developed a motorcycle helmet designed to reduce wind and noise.

Urban Planning and Architecture course leader Dr Karin Jaschke discusses work with a student.

Architectural model by Liam Bedwell.

Second and third year Architecture students work side-by-side in a range of themed studio groups of their choice.

Graduate Adam Gale, developed a sustainable music sharing device.

Interior Architecture course leader Gem Barton looks at a student’s models in the workshops.

37 37

PRODUCT DESIGN WITH PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb Studying product design with us will develop your creative and practical skills in designing for people and in product styling. You will explore the theory and practice behind designing products that are meaningful and usable.

Working through a series of design projects, you will develop an understanding of the process of creating valuable ideas for people in society, and learn the latest human-centred design methods used by industry and reported in research publications.

You’ll benefit from access to specialist design and engineering facilities, which include our professional design studio, the University of Brighton Design Archives, prototyping laboratories, 3D lab and engineering workshops.

There are opportunities to exhibit your work nationally and a year-long placement in the third year. We will help you to secure a placement and you will have continued support throughout the placement itself. The experience gained is invaluable in helping you become a professional designer. Many students find that the placement experience informs their final year project.

100% of students agreed staff made the subject interesting and 100% described themselves as satisfied overall with this course in the National Student Survey 2016.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Our Product Design courses are accredited by the Institution of Engineering Designers (IED).

38 38

WHY US • Explore design psychology, trends and contexts • Design beautiful products that are meaningful and usable • Become a design thinker and creator, capable of challenging the status quo to achieve great design • Tailor your degree to your interests and career objectives through specialisms • Spend a year on placement developing your practice and applying your learning • Develop consumer, lifestyle, technical and leisure products for exhibition and your portfolio

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The course equips you for contemporary design roles, including: product designer, industrial designer, design researcher, user experience designer and design engineer.

Recent graduates are working for companies including Apple, Dyson, Hallmark Cards, Jaguar, Mars and Nokia.

Others have set up their own enterprises, some with support from the university.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 In year 1 you will gain the skills, knowledge and techniques needed to undertake design research, concept generation and product development.

You will also look at culture, social trends, behaviours and aesthetics in relation to how people and products interact.

Year 2 In year 2 projects will become increasingly challenging and varied.

You will explore design contexts and innovation in greater depth. There will also be an emphasis on professional and commercial skills to help you prepare for your third year placement.

Placement year The placement year provides you with an invaluable opportunity to gain professional design experience. You will be fully supported by our placements office and have the opportunity to apply to work at organisations, from international world leading brands through to innovative start-ups.

Final year The final year develops your ability to work as an independent and confident designer, and to engage with high-level practice and design theory. You will publicly exhibit your work to showcase your design talent to industry and the public.

KEY FACTS

Our extensive Product Design facilities include a room of 3D printers.

SUBJECT AREA Design UCAS CODE W242 DURATION With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level AAB–BBC (136–112 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDD–DMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

Must include an A-level in a technology-based subject.

SPECIALISMS You can choose to pursue the Product Design with Professional Experience route or to focus on a particular area and graduate with one of the following degree awards.

PRODUCT DESIGN TECHNOLOGY WITH PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE BSc(Hons) This option focuses on advanced engineering technology and provides an excellent pathway for students seeking careers as design engineers.

At the University of Brighton we believe that incorporating technology into the design of products is helping people to lead more fulfilling and connected lives. You will explore the theory and practice involved in designing innovative, technology-rich products and work through a series of design projects following industry best practice, and applying the tools, techniques and technologies that leading design organisations use.

You will develop a specific understanding of the technical aspects of design including materials, manufacturing and engineering and graduate with an understanding of electrical and mechanical engineering technologies in products and within the process of new product design.

SPORTS PRODUCT DESIGN WITH PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE BSc(Hons) This specialism enables you to develop a specific understanding of human physiology, anatomy and biomechanics and gives you the opportunity to apply your product design expertise to the design and development of sportsrelated products. You will explore the role design can play in both injury prevention and performance enhancement.

Through a series of design projects you will apply industry best practice, and use the tools, techniques and technologies that leading design organisations use to generate creative solutions and viable and functional sports related products.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a strong portfolio.

Foundation degree/HND May allow direct entry to year 2 of the course.

IB 34 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects including English language, maths and a science.

Other Recognised foundation programme in relevant area or relevant professional experience will be considered.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 39 39

1st

IN THE UK FOR LONG-TERM VALUE AND LEARNING EXPERIENCE THE BUSINESS OF FASHION

TOP 20 IN THE UK FOR ART

FOCUS ON CREATIVE EXPLORATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF PERSONAL STYLE

GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2017

ARTS AND APPLIED ARTS The University of Brighton is internationally renowned for its teaching, practice and research in the arts. We are central to the city of Brighton’s reputation as a creative, forward-thinking place to live, work and learn.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

There is no house style at Brighton: we provide a stimulating and challenging environment which enables you to confidently develop your own practice.

From the outset, you will combine professional studies with studio practice and critical and historical studies, preparing you for life as a professional artist or designer.

SPECIALIST FACILITIES

• One of the UK’s leading art and design library collections • Internationally renowned Design Archives (including Design Council Archives) • Dedicated studio spaces • Kilns • Wood and metal workshops • Industrial textile looms and knitting machines • Letterpress, printmaking and bookbinding workshops

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

We collaborate with partners across the world who support our students’ learning by providing placements, guest lectures and live projects.

The University of Brighton graduate show attracts around 12,000 visitors and transforms the university into the biggest art venue in the south east.

40

Our on-site galleries and theatre are key venues for arts events including the Brighton Festival, CINECITY and the Brighton Photo Biennial. Public lectures, events and exhibitions featuring international artists and current students take place throughout the year.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our students and staff are recognised for their work across the arts.

• Jake Grewal (Fine Art Painting) winner Cass Arts Prize 2016, and finalist Woon Art Prize 2016 • James Parker (Fashion Design with Business Studies), winner 2016 Project 20/20 UK Student Design Awards for his specialist garments for arborists and tree surgeons • Joe Palmer (3D Design and Craft) developed the social enterprise company Blockbuilders, which engages young people in local politics and neighbourhood planning.

• Rachel Graham (Textiles with Business Studies) winner of the Campaign for Wool Student Hand Knitting 2016 competition • Daphne Christoforou (Illustration) winner V&A Student Illustrator of the Year 2015 • Kathryn Maple (Fine Art Printmaking) winner 2016 Sunday Times Watercolour competition

SUBJECT AREAS • Design 3D design and craft • Fashion and textiles Fashion communication with business studies • fashion with business studies • textiles with business studies • Fine art Critical practice • painting • Printmaking • sculpture • Graphic design and illustration • Danielle Reynolds (Fashion with Business Studies) winner Barclays New Business Award at Graduate Fashion Week 2016 • Seven Brighton illustration graduates are amongst the founders of the 2015 Emmy award-winning Peepshow Collective Our arts alumni include notable creatives such as It’s Nice That founders Alex Bec and Will Hudson, the Children’s Laureate and political cartoonist, Chris Riddell, author and illustrator, Emily Gravett, artist Alison Lapper and Turner Prize winners Rachael Whiteread CBE and Keith Tyson.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE The course focuses on textiles for fashion, so the industry placement year really prepares you for your final year, and for when you leave. I spent mine working for Burberry, JPA and Vanners, as well as a stint in Barcelona with Dobert.

Textiles with Business Studies graduate, Ryan Johnson

3D Design and Craft students have access to raku firing facilities.

There are printmaking studios at our Grand Parade building in central Brighton.

Michaela Yearwood-Dan was featured in The Guardian’s roundup of the best end-of-year artwork of 2016.

41

3D DESIGN AND CRAFT BA(Hons)/MDes

Brighton: Grand Parade

Covering a comprehensive range of three-dimensional practices including ceramics, jewellery, sitespecific work and furniture, this well-established course explores the exciting opportunities that exist in the realisation of objects, products and artefacts.

Learning with designers, artists and makers whose teaching is informed by practice and research, you will work in a creative and critical environment that supports experimentation, innovation and the development of individual working methods.

• Track record of highly successful graduates • Place your work in real-world contexts through professional practice throughout the course • Specialise in fields, from ceramics, jewellery, furniture and site-specific work, to applied arts and product design • Workshop practice integrated with historical and critical studies MOMA, Saatchi Gallery and the Milan Furniture Fair.

Workshop practice is integrated with professional practice, historical and critical studies and creative research, so as well as understanding creative, commercial and professional implications, you’ll gain a deep appreciation of cultural and historical factors.

Opportunities for further study exist at the university at masters level – for example the Sustainable Design MA and the Craft MA. Research study opportunities are provided through the university’s Doctoral College.

You’ll have access to dedicated specialist equipped workshops in wood, metals, ceramics, polymers and digital technology through the Tech-Hub. You will explore and experiment with materials and processes alongside developing your personal approach.

Year 1 Introduction to Design and Craft • Design and Craft in Context • Creative Enquiry • Professional Practice • The Culture of Design and Craft

Students have the opportunity to study for a three-year BA(Hons) or a four-year MDes, equivalent to a masters.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates have successful careers as creative practitioners in professions such as jewellery, ceramics, furniture, product, lighting and sustainable design, interiors and architecture, media production, trend forecasting and styling, installation and exhibition design, journalism and teaching.

They are working with individuals and companies such as Conran, Antony Gormley, Nike, Lego, Disney, Liberty and the Science and Natural History Museums, and have exhibited at venues including the Design Museum, Tate Modern, the V&A, the Crafts Council, 42 42

WHY US

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 2 Materials, Process and Concept • Designing and Making in Context and Self Directed Study • Professional Practice: Research and Preparation for Work and Business • The Shape of Things: Design and Craft in Historical and Critical Perspective • Options BA(Hons) final year Self-directed Study Design and Craft • Creative Enquiry: Research Practices • Professional Practice • Historical and critical studies research project (Dissertation) MDes year 3 and 4 Self-directed Study Design and Craft • Creative Enquiry: Research Practices • Professional Practice • Professional Placement and Business Practice • Option • 3D Design and Craft Practice

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Design UCAS CODE BA(Hons) W240 / MDes W290 DURATION Full-time 3 years BA(Hons) Full-time 4 years MDes ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

FASHION COMMUNICATION WITH BUSINESS STUDIES

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade Study fashion communication at Brighton and gain the skills and knowledge to work in the global fashion industry. In a city of thriving creative culture, Brighton will prepare you for employment in the UK’s leading creative employer – worth £26 billion annually.

Fashion at Brighton is internationally respected. Taught by experienced industry professionals, this course is designed to respond to demands from the fashion industry.

Business studies forms an integral part of the course, where you will learn to prepare business plans and think in terms of enterprise and entrepreneurship.

With the opportunity to take an optional placement year at a fashion organisation, you will graduate with established industry contacts and an excellent portfolio of work experience.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates leave with the creative skills and business knowledge needed to succeed in this fast-moving industry.

Graduates of Fashion Communication with Business Studies can expect to work in careers such as fashion forecasting, fashion photography, fashion styling, fashion film, art direction, creative direction, features editing, picture editing, fashion buying, fashion PR, curating fashion spaces, fashion advertising and brand development, and visual merchandising.

WHY US • The optional placement at a fashion company gives you an advantage when you graduate, and important industry contacts • Work on live briefs, ranging from creating content for magazines to advertising and branding campaigns • Business studies is integrated throughout the course • Ranked in the Guardian top 4 in 2015 and 2016 for Fashion and Textiles

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The course is delivered through a diverse mix of lectures, seminars, practical workshops, tutorials and masterclasses.

Assessment is mainly practical with some written coursework.

Year 1 Introductions to Fashion Photography, Moving Image and Styling • Fashion Illustration and Imaging • Visual Promotion and the Value of Brands • Historical and Critical Studies • Mood Boards and Branding in Business Studies • Adobe design software – Photoshop and Illustrator Year 2 You will work on professional briefs, which specialise in these areas: Fashion Photography and Styling • Fashion Imaging, Film and Interaction • Visual Promotion Optional placement year Final year Research into a self-chosen area of study and final project • Historical and Critical Studies Dissertation • Business Plan • Final exhibition, online and physical portfolio

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Fashion and textiles UCAS CODE W213 DURATION Full time with placement year 4 years Full time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 43 43

FASHION WITH BUSINESS STUDIES

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Brighton is a hub for creative individuals and industries. When you join this course, you will become part of that culture, developing skills and knowledge that will help you towards your future in the contemporary fashion world.

Creativity and craftsmanship will be at the heart of your development, allowing you to explore your own interests in menswear or womenswear. Specialist areas such as tailoring, sportswear, creative cutting and materials innovation are introduced to help inform your ideas.

You will develop an individual approach and understanding helping you to think widely and critically about the subject and practice of fashion. The course is 60% practice-based and 40% academic.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will have the opportunity to complete a year in industry, working for high profile brands and organisations, gaining professional experience and building networks and contacts. In the Global Fashion School Rankings 2016 Brighton topped the global ranking for placements, with 96% of students saying they were satisfied or very satisfied with their placement.

Our students leave ready to enter the business of fashion, whether to start their own company or work as part of a team within fashion brands and design houses. Some of the roles and brands our graduates have gone on to include: menswear designer at Paul Smith, Alexander McQueen, Neil Barrett, Kilgour, COS, Sunspel, Hunter Originals, Topman, Arktis, H&M and French Connection; womenswear designer at Versace, Mulberry, Burberry, Stella McCartney, Marc Jacobs, Philip Lim, Aquascutum, Andrew Gn, Zandra Rhodes, Harrods, Toast and Topshop; and trend forecasting at Future Laboratory and For People.

WHY US • Ranked number 1 in the UK for learning experience and second globally for long term value: Global Fashion School Rankings 2016 • Use industry-standard practices and technologies to develop your understanding and appreciation of design process and quality • Complete a year in industry working for designers, brands and organisations • Business studies is integrated throughout the course • Ranked in the Guardian top 4 in 2015 and 2016 for Fashion and Textiles Notable alumni include: own label designers Caitlin Price, Sadie Williams, Ong-Oaj Pairam, Elena Dawson, Marchesa, Sideline, Linh Doan, Emma Cook and Fred Butler; John Holt, creative director at Brutus and founder of LAW Magazine; and Alistair Carr.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Fashion Design Process • Personal Design Development • Design and Culture Under Scrutiny • Market Research and Business in the Creative Industries Year 2 Fashion Design and Market Awareness • Fashion Design Specialism • Concepts, Contexts and Collaboration • Option • The Clothes and Fabrics of Society • Preparing for and Engaging with Business Optional placement year Final year Fashion Design Research • Fashion Design Collection and Professional Portfolio • Historical and Critical Studies Research Project • Design Management and Business Plan

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Fashion and textiles UCAS CODE W2N2 DURATION Full time 3 years Full time with placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

44 44

TEXTILES WITH BUSINESS STUDIES

BA(Hons)/MDes

Brighton: Grand Parade

Textile designers are highly sought after and work across a range of sectors combining traditional design techniques with modern digital technologies. Our textiles degree is a rare mix of creative exploration with integrated business studies and an industry placement.

The course will prepare you to become a versatile, professional textiles practitioner with a wealth of creative potential – you’ll have the entrepreneurial skills to start your own business or join an established company as a skilled practitioner with an understanding of business practice.

Through hands-on and theoretical teaching, you will explore research, concept and design development, as well as business studies. Our workshops have industrial standard machinery and digital technology with technicians on hand to guide you. The optional placement year is a great way to gain professional experience whilst building industry contacts. There are also opportunities to attend talks by experts in the field as well as to publicly exhibit your own work.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates are employed in fashion organisations worldwide, including Burberry, Mulberry, H&M and DKNY. Other alumni, such as Sarah Arnett, Clarissa Hulse, Julien Macdonald OBE and Mark Eley, have established their own design labels. Most alumni work as in-house or freelance designers, buyers, merchandisers, stylists and trend forecasters. Other graduates go on to postgraduate study. Every year, students win national and international competitions and bursaries and the course has links with professional bodies and worldwide institutions.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 You will explore three disciplines: knit, print and weave. You will then specialise in one and develop your skills in media and materials, textile design, construction and fabric realisation for fashion.

WHY US • Opportunity to complete a year in industry working for designers, brands and organisations • Business studies is integrated throughout the course • Graduate with BA(Hons) or MDes depending on career aspirations.

• Facilities include knitting machines, linkers, embellishers and looms, as well as screen printing and digital printing, knitting and weaving provision, CAD CAM technology, a dye lab and access to laser cutters • Highly creative course with a strong reputation within industry • Ranked in the Guardian top 4 in 2015 and 2016 for Fashion and Textiles Market Research and Business in the Creative Industries • Textiles Rotation • Textiles Specialism • Design and Culture under Scrutiny Year 2 You will look principally at fashion textiles market sectors and there is a focus on creativity with technical process, collaboration and sustainable design practice through live briefs and market relevant projects.

Preparing for and Engaging with Business • Technical Design, Process and Market Awareness • Ethical Considerations in Relation to Market • Collaborative Experience and Portfolio Presentation • The Clothes and Fabrics of Society • Option • Professional Experience (optional placement year – 27 weeks for BA(Hons), 12 weeks for MDes) BA(Hons) Final year Design Management and Business Plan • Textiles Design Research • Fashion Textiles Design Collection • Historical and Critical Studies research project MDes Final year Personal research project • Design Management and Business Plan • Options

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Fashion and textiles UCAS CODE BA(Hons) W2NC / MDes W2ND DURATION Full-time 3 years BA(Hons) Full-time 4 years MDes ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 45 45

FINE ART CRITICAL PRACTICE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

This conceptual and challenging course will develop your creative, intellectual and technical skills.

From traditional wall-based work like collage, drawing and photography, to performance, video and site-specific installations, your work can take many forms. Shaped by your own motivations and interests, you will develop a distinct body of work that is critically informed by contemporary art practice and ideas.

Equal emphasis is placed on art practice and theory by our experienced teaching staff – and your work will be tested against a programme of discussion and analysis. The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, group crits, individual tutorials, technical inductions, demonstrations and e-learning.

Opportunities to work beyond the studio are encouraged and our second-year placements are an invaluable source of real-world experience and useful contacts. We have strong links with local arts communities, which offer various openings to be involved with external projects.

We also have international exchange programmes with Nagoya University of Arts, Japan, Nova Scotia College of Art & Design, Canada and Seoul National University, Korea, which are available to second year students by competitive application.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Former students from the Fine Art Critical Practice course have achieved significant international recognition as artists and include Heather and Ivan Morrison, Harold Offeh and Turner Prize winner Keith Tyson. Many of our graduates choose to pursue other art-related careers including journalism, arts management, teaching, advertising, and curating, whilst others move onto postgraduate study and research.

WHY US • Join an innovative course, which is intellectually challenging and actively questions ideas of what art can be • Be part of a dynamic and forwardthinking academic community, critically committed to the dialogue between theory and practice • Undertake an artist’s placement within a university context

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

To begin, you will be encouraged to explore a wide range of art practices and processes, alongside discussions on theoretical texts. Highlights include the first-year exhibition, gallery visits and a camping trip.

In the second year you will further develop your critical engagement with theory and practice, have the opportunity to exhibit your work in public and participate in a real-life artist’s placement.

The final year will focus on your selfdirected art practice and theoretical interests. Outcomes include your final Historical and Critical Studies essay, an important interim presentation and the final exhibition.

Year 1 Art Practice • Contemporary Art: Institutional Roles And Terms • Fine Art Historical and Critical Studies • Art Practice 2 Year 2 Art Practice 3 • Fine Art Historical and Critical Studies • Option • Art Practice 4 Final year Interim Presentation • Fine Art Historical and Critical Studies • Art Practice 5 – Final Show

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Fine art UCAS CODE W100 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

46 46

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Leah Capaldi is an artist who lectures on the Fine Art Sculpture programme.

The crossover area between the disciplines of sculpture and performance are of particular interest to her practice. She explores the pivotal relationship between object or subject, encouraging the audience to question themselves in relation to the work and playing with notions of surveillance and spectatorship. Her work has been shown at galleries including the Serpentine, Matt’s Gallery and the ICA.

Fashion with Business students pattern cutting.

Astringent, 2016, oil on canvas, by Jake Grewal who won the 2016 Cass Arts Prize and was a Woon Art Prize 2016 finalist.

47 47

FINE ART PAINTING

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Fine Art Painting degree is one of the few courses in the UK that offers specialist study in the subject. Painting has been taught at Brighton for over 150 years and this course builds on this history of teaching excellence by questioning and redefining the role of painting in a changing society.

At Brighton, there is no house style.

The course encourages you to test the boundaries of painting and fosters an environment of discussion, debate and the daily interchange of ideas. Our philosophy is that painting is a practice; you must actively engage with it to discover where it can take you. Painting teaches you that meaning will come out of the making of your work rather than any preconceptions you might have about what art is. Painting continues to maintain contemporary relevance because it speaks directly from the heart of its creators.

To develop you must be unafraid of taking risks, open to the uncertainty of the new, and willing to learn through failure as well as success. The key to development is in your recognition of the possibilities that present themselves throughout your journey, as an artist and a human being, and how these may be the key to new ideas and ways of understanding.

• One of the few specialist painting courses in the UK • You have your own studio space at the university • All studio lecturers are established professional painters; guest lecturers inspire and challenge your concepts of painting

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Lectures in historical and critical studies equip you with an understanding of the context and history of the medium.

Your studio-based work will be guided by a team of established artists, with regular contact and feedback on your work through tutorials, seminars and workshops. Visits to galleries, exhibitions and intern or volunteer work enhance your understanding of professional practice along with the opportunity to apply for overseas study placements.

The course covers all aspects of fine art painting, including practical skills acquisition, understanding the philosophical and ethical dimensions of your work, and professional development.

Studio Practice • Methods and Materials Skills Acquisition • Exhibition and Presentation Skills • Historical and Critical Studies • Professional Development

The individual practices and research concerns of our teaching staff, both artists and teachers, differ widely, but we all share the desire to be surprised, and to delight in difference and possibilities of the new. This breadth of knowledge creates and informs the course

Year 1 Fine Art Painting: Studio Practice 1 • Fine Art Painting: Studio Practice 2 • Methods and Materials • Engaging with Art: 1860– the Present

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Year 2 Studio Practice 3 and 4 • Practice in Context • Options

Recent graduates have shown their work nationally and internationally, exhibiting at, among others, the John Moores Painting Prize and Jerwood Drawing Prize exhibitions and at the Saatchi Gallery. Each year graduates go on to leading postgraduate programmes with others working in related fields including curation and teaching.

48 48

WHY US

Final year Fine Art Painting: Studio Practice 5 • Fine Art Historical and Critical Studies: Research Project • Studio Practice 6

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Fine art UCAS CODE W120 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

FINE ART PRINTMAKING

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

An emphasis is placed upon the specialist nature of printmaking and we encourage a broad definition of its continually evolving borders. Students may choose to work within the established traditions of printmaking or creatively test its boundaries.

You will be encouraged to explore and investigate print media that can transform ideas to reveal new and unexpected avenues of investigation.

You will move across studio and workshop environments, learning the practical skills of making different types of print as well as exploring drawing, collage, photographic processes and artists’ books. We encourage you to develop your critical thinking and research skills. Staff practice and research informs teaching and enhances your experience. Current staff interests include the hand drawn, digital and photographic imagery, materiality, representations of landscape, visual perception, walking as practice, meditation, inclusive and collaborative practices and trans-cultural identity.

Printmaking students regularly exhibit work both within and outside the university. Currently a print folio project with colleges in Japan and Thailand offers students and staff across three universities in three different countries the opportunity to engage with cross-cultural dialogue.

Links with local arts communities provide opportunities to enhance your future prospects through work placements in schools, galleries and studios.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The career prospects of fine art graduates are rich and diverse, and Brighton has an excellent record of producing outstanding graduates.

WHY US • Explore your ideas and develop your skills in one of the best equipped printmaking workshops and studios in the country • Take part in exhibitions, international portfolio collaborations and real life projects in schools • Study with the support of researchled academic staff, practicing artists and specialist technical demonstrators Among our alumni we have a growing list of prizewinners who have scooped prestigious awards including the Turner Prize, Neo Print Prize, Times Watercolour competition 2014 and 2016, the National Printmaking exhibition, the International Printmaking Biennale and the Chelsea Arts Club Award for Research and Materials. Many graduates return for postgraduate study, or enter careers including curatorial, technical and teaching roles, or go on to become successful artists.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Studio Practice 1: Orientation • Studio Practice 2: Enquiry, Edition, Exhibition • Technical Inductions • Engaging with Art: 1860–The Present Year 2 Studio Practice 3: Exhibition and Presentation • Studio Practice 4: Investigation, Redefinition and Engagement • Practice in Context • College Option Final year Studio Practice 5: Speculation and Integration • Studio Practice 6: Coherence and Syntheses – Degree Exhibition • Historical and Critical Studies: Research Project

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Fine art UCAS CODE W140 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 49 49

FINE ART SCULPTURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Fine Art Sculpture course is an exciting hands-on course taught from specialist workshops in central Brighton. With the freedom to create art in your own workspace within our studios, you will learn the core approaches to materials, space and form, as well as examining the wider fields of installation, performance, 3D modelling, photography, video, light and sound.

We challenge you to explore, negotiate and transform materials, space and meaning. You develop your own sculptural language using the studio, group dialogue, the gallery and the environment.

The Fine Art Sculptural teaching team has specialist and broad-based knowledge that reflects contemporary sculptural practice and this informs our teaching and enhances your experience on the course. Current staff interests include sculpture through a variety of media, including materiality, space and sound, object and subject, digital media and performance, and the relationship between scientific experiment and natural phenomena.

You will initiate and follow your own projects with guidance from tutors and expert technicians who will provide support for students as well as inductions into equipment and technologies. We prepare you for life as a working artist with our ongoing professional practice sessions on funding, networking advice, studio provision, financial management and website creation, along with folio and exhibition presentation.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Brighton’s Fine Art Sculpture course has an excellent record of postgraduate placement and international prize-winning success. Our graduates benefit from close contact with artists, galleries and arts organisations such as De La Warr Pavillion, Serpentine Gallery and Matt’s Gallery, London. Many graduates go on to establish successful careers as artists, 50 50

WHY US • Explore sculpture in its widest sense as a specialist subject in one of the few specialist sculpture courses in the UK • Gain skills in practical processes, such as casting, metal, forging, fabrics, wood, drawing, digital technologies, video, sound, and performance • Exhibit and curate your work within a variety of settings • Engage in current sculpture practice with tutors who are leading in the field of contemporary art curators, teachers, and related fields of practice within the creative sector.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Group discussions, student-led seminars and exhibitions are important features of the course. Tutors and guest artists provide tutorials and run seminars.

Practical demonstrations in sculptural and audio-visual processes support your own individual practice. Lectures and seminars in historical and critical studies equip you with the knowledge and tools to explore historical contexts and contemporary themes in fine art.

You will initiate and follow your own projects, with support from tutors. There will be opportunities to assist artists in the production and installation of work, and to take part in artist residency schemes, gaining skills that will enhance your future career.

Year 1 Studio Practice 1 • Studio Practice 2 • Methods and Materials • Engaging with Art: 1860s–The Present Year 2 Studio Practice 3 • Studio Practice 4 • Practice in Context • Option Final year Studio Practice 5 • Fine Art Historical and Critical Studies: Research Project • Studio Practice 6

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Fine art UCAS CODE W130 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Hella Keck graduated with a Fine Art Sculpture BA(Hons) in 2016 and is a set designer working in areas including fashion and magazine shoots and music videos.

Fashion with Business Studies BA(Hons) student Danielle Reynolds won the Barclays New Business Award at Graduate Fashion Week 2016.

A Fine Art Critical Practice student in a group discussion.

Wood turning.

51 51

GRAPHIC DESIGN

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Graphic design communicates. It persuades, informs and educates.

Graphic designers research, organise, analyse and present information across established and emerging media to direct, inform, entertain and challenge us using skills rooted in an understanding of language, narrative and typography.

The Graphic Design course at Brighton is innovative and popular with a successful track record and an international reputation.

As well as dedicated studio space you will benefit from working with a course team who combine teaching with professional practice in typography, letterpress printing, book design, exhibition design, photography, art direction, animation, digital sound and music.

You will work closely with students from our Illustration BA(Hons). Both courses foster an understanding of visual communication intellectually and practically.

Graduates from this course go on to influential roles across the creative industries as art directors, graphic designers, animators, filmmakers and illustrators.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Students leave us ready for the professional world; able to communicate, think creatively, collaborate, problemsolve, and to produce individual and innovative responses to any brief. You may choose to work freelance, for a design consultancy, as a branding specialist or in an advertising agency.

Many of our students progress to postgraduate study.

Recent employers of our graduates include Macmillan, Apple, Interbrand and Channel 4, and alumni are working in Switzerland, Germany, France, Hong Kong, Korea and China.

52 52

WHY US • Studio space and workshops • Resources include one of the UK’s best-stocked art and design libraries and the internationally significant Design Archives • Work closely with students from illustration and other disciplines • Opportunities to exhibit your work, including an independent show in London and at the Graduate Show which attracts around 12,000 visitors

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 introduces you to visual communication. Through studio projects and workshops in computing, letterpress, photography and book arts, you will begin to develop your own visual language. Year 2 introduces the key concepts of sequential communication, focusing on collaborative, experimental and independent ways of working.

You will begin to explore the creative industries through personal and professional development and start to build a personal voice in your work. In year 3 you will build upon your creative and analytical abilities and move toward more self-directed study. You will work on set and self-initiated projects and live industry projects, while establishing professional practice links.

Year 1 Visual Communication • Introduction to Personal and Professional Development • Cultural and Critical Studies 1 • Visual Language Year 2 Sequential Communication (including Personal and Professional Development) • Cultural and Critical Studies 2 • Applied Practice (incl. Personal and Professional Development) • Option Final year Cultural and Critical Studies Research Project • Studio Practice • Independent Practice

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Graphic design and illustration UCAS CODE W210 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 32 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

ILLUSTRATION

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Illustration course provides an excellent springboard from which to forge your own creative practice or enter work across the creative industries. The course celebrates both traditional forms of illustration and emerging hybrid practices.

Our course team of leading practitioners, researchers and teachers will help you to develop your own visual language and expertise in a combination of traditional craft and modern digital practices. You’ll benefit from dedicated studio space and opportunities for collaboration with close links between the Illustration and Graphic Design courses.

You’ll also have access to one of the country’s best specialist art and design libraries and our internationally significant Design Archives.

Students enjoy a rich programme of studio and gallery visits to London and further afield with recent optional study trips visiting New York, San Francisco, Berlin and Amsterdam. There are numerous opportunities to exhibit throughout the course, culminating in a graduate show that attracts about 12,000 visitors each year.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Students leave us equipped to go into the professional world able to communicate, think, collaborate, problem-solve, and to generate individual and innovative responses to any brief. You may choose to work as a freelance practitioner in both established commercial areas and exploring future opportunities for self-authored practices.

Many of our graduates progress to postgraduate study and some into teaching. Recent employers of our graduates include Macmillan, Penguin, Jonathan Cape, Wieden and Kennedy, Blink Art, national and international newspapers, magazines and advertising agencies. Graduates go on to start their own businesses – such as the Emmy award-winning Peepshow Collective.

WHY US • Our illustrious list of alumni and contributors includes Raymond Briggs, John Vernon Lord, George Hardie, Emily Gravett, Isabel Greenberg, Katie Scott and Jasper Goodall • Dedicated studio space • Work closely with students studying graphic design and other disciplines • Resources include one of the UK’s best-stocked art and design libraries and the internationally significant Design Archives • Opportunities to publicly exhibit your work, including at the Graduate Show which attracts around 12,000 visitors

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 introduces you to the basic concepts of visual communication in illustration through a series of studio based projects and workshops.

Year 2 establishes the key concepts of sequential communication and professional development. In years 2 and 3 you will also attend a weekly professional practice lecture by guest speakers working within the industry. In year 3 you build upon the creative and analytical abilities you have developed.

Year 1 Visual Communication • Introduction to Personal and Professional Development • Cultural and Critical Studies 1 • Visual Language Year 2 Sequential Communication (including Personal and Professional Development) • Cultural and Critical Studies 2 • Applied Practice (incl. Personal and Professional Development) • Option Final year Cultural and Critical Studies Research Project • Studio Practice • Independent Practice

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Graphic design and illustration UCAS CODE W220 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Art foundation diploma Pass. A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one of a range of qualifications that is accepted for admission to this course.

A-levels or BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–CCC (120–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. We are looking for highly motivated and creative students. We will consider you on an individual basis. Your portfolio is the most important and mandatory part of your application. If your predicted or actual grades fall below the range but you can evidence your thinking, ideas and abilities through a high-quality portfolio we will still consider your application.

IB 32 points Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Art and design courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, and 30 credits must be at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 53 53

OPPORTUNITY TO GRADUATE WITH DUAL QUALIFICATIONS

ACCREDITED COURSES WITH LONGSTANDING LINKS TO INDUSTRY AND THE PROFESSIONS

BUILD EXPERIENCE AND SKILLS WITH A PAID PLACEMENT YEAR

BUSINESS, FINANCE AND LAW At Brighton our courses are flexible and career-focused, designed to benefit you throughout your career. You will cover the theory in depth and explore real-world issues through case studies and employer-based projects.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Alongside seminars, field trips, skills workshops and guest lectures from industry experts you will have the opportunity to take part in course-related activities such as: the Brighton vs Sussex Trading challenge; Dragon’s Den-style competitions – where you will pitch your ideas to local business owners; speed meetings with employers; and international mooting, client interviewing and negotiation competitions.

Professional skills development is emphasised throughout, and live client project work is a significant feature.

Student-led societies provide you with additional opportunities to meet experts, to compete against other universities and to visit industry fairs and institutions relevant to your studies.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

The option of a salaried work placement enables you to come back to your final year with confidence, experience and contacts. Our students have completed placements with leading companies including: American Express • Barclays • Bosch • Disney • Goldman Sachs • IBM • Nike • Porsche • Virgin Holidays.

54

Many professional bodies accredit our courses – this typically offers you exemptions from their professional exams as well as access to industry networks and events.

These include: • Association of Chartered Certified Accountants • Chartered Institute of Marketing • Chartered Management Institute • Solicitors Regulation Authority.

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

When you choose to explore a subject at university level you should expect to discover new interests and career aspirations. We design your learning experience with that in mind.

At the end of year 1 our Business Management and Law degrees offer the option to tailor your learning to your strengths, interests and chosen career path and have this reflected in the degree title you leave us with.

On both our 3 and 4-year Business Management degrees you can specialise in economics, finance, human resource management (HRM) or marketing.

Law students can choose to specialise in business or criminology.

SUBJECT AREAS • Business management and marketing Business management • business management with economics, finance, human resource management, marketing • international business management • marketing management • Finance and economics Accounting and finance • economics • finance and investment • Law Law • law with business • law with criminology

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Each year we recognise and reward students from all years who have excelled in their studies. Our partners, ranging from professional bodies to local and national businesses, sponsor events hosted at the university, and provide cash prizes and additional work experience opportunities.

Through our Community Legal Outreach Collaboration initiative, Law students can gain experience and training from legal firms and HM Courts by volunteering as a legal companion, providing vital help and support to disadvantaged communities.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE Doing a placement helped me identify what I enjoy doing and has given me the confidence and knowledge that if I do want to start a business when I finish university then I can.

Olivia Harrison, Business Management with Marketing student on placement at Matchbox Mobile software

JP Omari graduated from the university in 2003 with an International Business degree. He has since gone on to set up and run Streetfunk, the south coast’s most successful street dance school as well as a premier dance studio complex. “The University of Brighton made me who I am,” he says, adding that his course of study has been “integral” to his role as an entrepreneur.

55

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our three-year Business Management BSc(Hons) enables you to develop the practical skills and broad understanding of business principles needed to thrive in your chosen career.

Core learning covers law, marketing, finance, people management, business operations and systems. As you progress, option modules provide opportunities to tailor your learning.

You will develop a sound knowledge of key business functions and how they work together, as well as an appreciation of factors including customer and market requirements, competition, sustainability and economic, political and technological change.

Learning is delivered through a stimulating mix of seminars, expert guest lectures, group projects and workshops.

You will have the opportunity to develop confidence and expertise in analysis, business communication, team working, and transferable skills in preparing briefs, plans and reports, presenting, budgeting and evaluation.

Students who achieve the required standard in year 1 may transfer to the four-year Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons).

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Individual specialisms are accredited by: • the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) for the purpose of gaining CIM qualifications through the Graduate Gateway.

• the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA).

56 56

WHY US • Wide selection of option modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Option to specialise and graduate with a degree in Business Management with economics, finance, human resource management or marketing • Opportunity to transfer to the four-year Business Management BSc(Hons), which provides a salaried placement year and Chartered Management Institute Diploma in Management and Leadership • Close links with leading employers and industry specialists

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Opportunities to tailor your learning make this degree an excellent preparation for roles in general management and specialist careers; for example employee relations, marketing, recruitment and selection as well as roles in accountancy, risk management and consultancy.

Recent graduates have joined companies including American Express, Nike, the London Stock Exchange, Credit Suisse, Warburg Dillon Read and Investec Asset Management.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams.

All of our three-year Business Management degrees share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business principles and practice. You can choose to specialise from year 2.

Year 1 Business Economics • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project Year 2 International Business Analysis • Business Law • Managing Systems • Operations and Project Management • Economic Theory and Applications • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Personal Financial Planning • Gamification Final year Managing and Developing People • Business Strategy • Placement Project • Options include: Emerging Financial Markets • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Financial and Capital Markets • Globalisation and International Markets • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility • Behavioural Economics

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Business management and marketing UCAS CODE N103 DURATION Full-time 3 years A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

SPECIALISMS From your second year, through the module choices you make, you can either continue along a broad business management degree route, or specialise and graduate with one of the following awards.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS BSc(Hons) Along with a foundation in business and management this specialism enables you to use economic techniques to analyse markets and evaluate business strategies. You will have the option to explore areas including financial markets, business ethics, game theory and behavioural economics.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH FINANCE BSc(Hons) Accredited by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), this specialism provides a foundation in business and management, develops your practical and personal skills and prepares you for careers in the financial and broader business sector.

You can explore topics including taxation, financial management, financial markets, business ethics and game theory.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) You will address core business topics in addition to organisational behaviour, managing and developing people and cross-cultural working. Human resource management options include employee recruitment, leadership, employee relations and organisational change.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points with 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business or management required.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BSc(Hons) This route is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM), and provides an understanding of key business and marketing functions and an appreciation of the influences that drive business and marketing decisions. You can explore marketing topics including marketing communications, planning and strategy, market research, consumer psychology, and international and cross cultural marketing.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 57 57

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH PLACEMENT YEAR

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb Our four-year Business Management BSc(Hons) follows the same first year as the three-year BSc(Hons) but also gives you the opportunity to graduate with a year’s paid work experience in industry and a Chartered Management Institute Diploma in Management and Leadership.

This professionally accredited degree enables you to develop the practical skills and broad understanding of business principles you need to thrive in your chosen career.

Core learning covers law, marketing, finance, people management, business operations and systems. As you progress, option modules provide opportunities to tailor your learning.

You will develop a sound knowledge of key business functions and how they work together as well as an appreciation of factors including customer and market requirements, competition, sustainability and economic, political and technological change.

Learning is delivered through a stimulating mix of seminars, expert guest lectures, group projects and workshops.

In year 3 you can take a year’s salaried placement in industry, giving you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice.

You will have the opportunity to develop confidence and expertise in analysis, business communication, team working, and transferable skills in preparing briefs, plans and reports, presenting, budgeting and evaluation.

WHY US • Wide selection of optional modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Option to specialise and graduate with degree in Business Management with economics, finance, human resource management or marketing • Salaried placement year that gives you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice • Graduate with a BSc(Hons), a year in industry and a CMI Diploma in Management and Leadership

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

All specialisms of our four-year Business Management BSc(Hons) are accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI). Individual specialisms are accredited by: • the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) for the purpose of gaining CIM qualifications through the Graduate Gateway • the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The experience derived from the placement year and opportunities to tailor your learning make this degree an excellent preparation for roles in general management and specialist careers, for example employee relations, marketing, and recruitment, as well as roles in accountancy, risk management and consultancy.

Recent graduates have joined companies including American Express, KPMG, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Walt Disney Company and Towers Watsons.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

All of our business management degrees share the same first year modules to give you a broad understanding of business disciplines, principles and practice. From year 2 you can tailor your learning to your interests and career aspirations.

58 58

Your third year is spent on placement.

In your final year you’ll use what you have learned on placement to inform a research project, which contributes to your CMI Diploma in Leadership and Management.

Year 1 Business Economics • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Developing Academic and Employability Skills • Business Project Year 2 International Business Analysis • Business Law • Managing Systems • Operations and Project Management • Economic Theory and Applications • Options: Environmental Sustainability • Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Personal Financial Planning • Gamification Placement year You spend your third year in a paid placement where you can consolidate your skills and gain valuable contacts in industry. We place over 120 students with more than 90 different companies each year. Placement companies include Coty, IBM, Virgin Holidays, Nestlé, Gist, GSK, Bosch and BMW. Final year Managing and Developing People • Business Strategy • Placement Project • Options include: Emerging Financial Markets • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Financial and Capital Markets • Globalisation and International Markets • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility • Behavioural Economics

KEY FACTS Kieron Scott, Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons), on placement with The Body Shop.

SUBJECT AREA Business management and marketing UCAS CODE N200 DURATION Full-time 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

SPECIALISMS From your second year, through the module choices you make, you can either continue along a broad business management degree route, or specialise and graduate with one of the following awards.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH ECONOMICS AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) Along with a foundation in business and management this specialism enables you to use economic techniques to analyse markets and evaluate business strategies. You will have the option to explore areas including financial markets, business ethics, game theory and behavioural economics.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH FINANCE AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) Accredited by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), this specialism provides a foundation in business and management, develops your practical and personal skills and prepares you for careers in the financial and broader business sector.

You can explore topics including taxation, financial management, financial markets, business ethics and game theory.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) You will address core business topics in addition to organisational behaviour, managing and developing people and cross-cultural working. Human resource management options include employee recruitment, leadership, employee relations and organisational change.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING AND PLACEMENT YEAR BSc(Hons) This route is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM), and provides an understanding of key business and marketing functions and an appreciation of the influences that drive business and marketing decisions. You can explore marketing topics including marketing communications, planning and strategy, market research, consumer psychology, and international and cross cultural marketing.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include business or management.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 59 59

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The global nature of the business environment requires graduates who can combine broad-ranging business experience and knowledge with an awareness and understanding of cultural differences.

Our four-year International Business Management BSc(Hons) prepares you for the challenges of a global business environment while giving you the freedom to shape the course according to your own aspirations.

You will develop a thorough understanding of business disciplines together with skills in cross-cultural management.

In year 3, you will gain firsthand experience of the international aspect of the course, spending a year either studying or working abroad in Europe, Australia, North America or Japan, providing you with the opportunity to make international contacts and boost your CV. You also have the opportunity to develop your existing language skills in French, German or Spanish.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduating with an international business degree prepares you for careers in management, marketing, finance, human resources, purchasing and logistics.

Our graduates are working in roles including: Accountant for AIG Europe in Finland, IT professional for IBM in Germany, Account Executive for McCann Erickson in London, Project Leader for Bayer AG in Germany, Marketing Assistant for the Danone Group in Italy, Customer Service Professional for Kimberly Clark Europe in France, Human Resource Officer for Ralph Lauren in the US and Associate for PricewaterhouseCoopers in Germany.

60 60

WHY US • Option to study or work abroad in Europe, Australia, North America or Japan • Chance to build international networks and skills in cross-cultural management • Opportunity to develop your existing language skills in French, German or Spanish

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Business Economics • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Principles of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management • Understanding Cultural Difference (with language route) • Academic and Professional Skills (with language route) • Language option Year 2 Working Across Cultures • Business Operations and Systems • International Business Analysis • Business Law • Building Cross-Cultural Awareness • Options include: Creativity in Enterprise • Design and Innovation • Purchasing and Supply • Working in the Voluntary Sector • Personal Financial Planning • Gamification • Language option Year abroad In year 3, you have the opportunity to study or work abroad. We currently have partner universities in France, the Netherlands, Italy, Spain, Sweden, Germany, Turkey, Canada, Australia, Japan and the USA. Final year Strategy for International Business • Cultural Insights for International Business • Year abroad report • Options including: Marketing Across Cultures • Globalisation and International Markets • International Human Resource Management • Law of International Trade • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility • Climate Change and Global Business Operations • Political Economy in Europe • Language option

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Business management and marketing UCAS CODE N110 DURATION Full-time 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points with 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business or management required.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

BE INSPIRED

Asher Rospigliosi is joint winner of the 2015 Students’ Union Excellence Engagement Award and principal lecturer in e-business, digital marketing and management information systems. Asher teaches and researches on the impact of big data and technology on work, study and society. Before choosing academic life Asher was webmaster for PC Magazine, The Computer Channel, IT Week and Gamespot UK. Away from the Business School Asher is a Glastonbury regular – and the fire keeper in the tipi field.

On all our courses you will learn through lectures, seminars, workshops and case studies.

Fionnuala Richardson and Chloe Chatton, Law with Business LLB(Hons) graduates, winners of the Gerard Maye Legal sponsored Client Interviewing competition, and runners up of the 2016 International Client Interviewing competition.

International Business students have the option to study a language as part of their course, and to study in Europe, Australia, North America or Japan.

Jason Rodriques, Savoury Food Category Commercial Manager for Nestlé Professional, guest lecturing to marketing students on brand positioning.

61 61

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Marketing professionals make sure that organisations are able to understand and meet customer needs effectively. In a fast-changing and dynamic environment, the role of marketing has become more critical than ever and now covers a wide variety of business activities.

Our three-year Chartered Institute of Management-accredited course is designed to give you the skills and experience to become a well-rounded marketing professional with the ability to make an immediate impact in your chosen career, and the confidence to progress into a number of roles from product marketing to public relations.

From the first year you will engage in live client project work, putting your developing skills and knowledge into practice. There will also be opportunities to test your professional skills, to learn what works and what doesn’t, to make mistakes in a secure and supportive environment, and to develop innovative approaches to marketing problem – solving. You will benefit from our collaborative approach to teaching and learning which enables our students to determine the nature, structure and content of a number of modules.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) for the purpose of gaining CIM qualifications through the Graduate Gateway.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

After graduating, you will be well qualified for roles in market research, brand management, account management, advertising, public relations, consultancy and digital marketing.

62 62

WHY US • Specialist marketing modules that develop your expertise • Links to industry bodies including the Chartered Institute of Marketing, Chartered Institute of Public Relations and Institute of Direct and Digital Marketing • Emphasis on practical learning and professional skills

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. You can choose to explore a broad range of subject options or specialise in an area that matches your interests and career ambitions.

The year 1 module The Professional Marketing Practitioner allows you to develop your own brand, as you develop client management abilities and team leadership skills that you can apply in projects with local organisations.

Year 1 Business Economics • Digital and Social Media Marketing • Principles of Marketing • Understanding Markets and Consumers • Finance for Marketing • The Professional Marketing Practitioner Year 2 Marketing and Responsibility • Law for Marketing • Marketing Planning and Strategy • Marketing Research and Insight • Marketing Analytics • Content, Copy and Creative Final year Marketing Research Project • Marketing Management and Leadership • Options: Futurism for Marketers • Marketing Communications • Public Relations • Consumer Psychology • Retail Marketing and Distribution • New Business Planning • Social Marketing • CRM and Services Marketing • Marketing Across Cultures • Digital and Social Media Marketing • eCommerce and Online Consumer Behaviour

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Business management and marketing UCAS CODE N501 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points with 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business, management or humanities required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

MARKETING MANAGEMENT WITH PLACEMENT YEAR

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb Our four-year Marketing Management with placement year degree is designed to give you the skills and experience to become a well-rounded marketing professional.

The course builds upon the syllabus of the three-year course with a year’s salaried work placement in industry.

During your placement year, you will further develop your marketing knowledge and skills, giving you the confidence to progress into a number of career roles, from product marketing to public relations.

From the first year you will engage in live client project work, putting your developing skills and knowledge into practice. There will also be opportunities to test your professional skills, to learn what works and what doesn’t, to make mistakes in a secure and supportive environment, and to develop innovative approaches to marketing problem solving. You will benefit from our collaborative approach to our teaching and learning which enables our students to determine the nature, structure and content of a number of modules.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) for the purpose of gaining CIM qualifications through the Graduate Gateway.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

After graduating, you will be well qualified for roles in market research, brand management, account management, advertising, public relations, consultancy and digital marketing.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. You can choose to explore a broad range of subject options or specialise in an area that matches your interests and career ambitions.

WHY US • Specialist marketing modules that develop your expertise • Links to industry bodies including the Chartered Institute of Marketing, Chartered Institute of Public Relations and Institute of Direct and Digital Marketing • Placement year that develops your skills and knowledge The year 1 module The Professional Marketing Practitioner allows you to develop your own brand, as you develop client management abilities and team leadership skills that you can apply in applied projects with local organisations.

Year 1 Business Economics • Digital and Social Media Marketing • Principles of Marketing • Understanding Markets and Consumers • Finance for Marketing • The Professional Marketing Practitioner Year 2 Marketing and Responsibility • Law for Marketing • Marketing Planning and Strategy • Marketing Research and Insight • Marketing Analytics • Content, Copy and Creative Placement year Final year Marketing Research Project • Marketing Management and Leadership • Options: Futurism for Marketers • Marketing Communications • Public Relations • Consumer Psychology • Retail Marketing and Distribution • New Business Planning • Social Marketing • CRM and Services Marketing • Marketing Across Cultures • Digital and Social Media Marketing • eCommerce and Online Consumer Behaviour

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA XX Business management and marketing UCAS CODE xx UCAS CODE N500 DURATION Full-time DURATION x years With placement Full-time 4 yearsyear x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. requirements are in the range of Entry A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff GCSE points), or BTEC Extended Diploma XX. DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically IB XX. fall within this range.

We will to generally make you an offer if Access HE diploma your XX predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are English language towards the lowerrequirements end of this range we see page xx. you an offer if you have may still make a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or Fees and funding page xx relevant non-academic achievements.

Entry and application page xx IB 28 points with 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business, management or humanities required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 63 63

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Taken over three years, or four years with a placement, this course is accredited by five professional accountancy bodies and prepares you for a career in accountancy and finance, developing the skills and knowledge required for roles across the financial sector.

This course uses a mix of seminars, guest lecturers, workshops and tutorials and offers a real-world focus on business practices. You will learn how to apply accounting, finance and risk management principles to business situations in the UK and internationally.

You will gain an understanding of the legal, corporate and social contexts in which accounting and finance operate, and develop skills in recording and summarising financial transactions.

The four-year route offers the opportunity to take a salaried placement year, which enables you to enhance your CV, gain valuable experience and make contacts for your future career. Students have been on placement with companies including American Express, Rolls Royce Motors, Goldman Sachs and Barclays.

The University of Brighton is a certified ACCA Gold Learning Partner, which means we are recognised as providing high quality standards of tuition and excellent student support.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by: • the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) • the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) • the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) • the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) • the Association of International Accountants (AIA).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Many of our graduates go on to work in accountancy firms, investment 64 64

WHY US • Accredited by the ICAEW, ACCA, CIMA, CIPFA and AIA • Opportunities to gain relevant experience and take part in competitions sponsored by accountancy firms • Access to financial databases from Reuters and Financial Analysis Made Easy (FAME) banking, building societies and brokerage firms. Accounting is a globally transferable business skill, giving you employment opportunities across the world. Accounting and Finance graduates have gone onto roles in organisations such as American Express, Experian, Grant Thornton, Lacoste and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. In the final year, you can choose to specialise in subject areas that match your interests and career ambitions.

Year 1 Financial Accounting • Management Accounting • Economics • Financial Skills • Academic and Professional Skills Year 2 Financial Accounting and Reporting • Management Accounting Systems • Financial Management • Corporate and Business Law • Business Ethics and Corporate Governance • Case Study Analysis

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA XX Finance and economics UCAS CODE xx UCAS CODE N420 DURATION Full-time DURATION x years With placement Full-time 3 yearsyear x years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of GCSE A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff XX. points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers IB XX. typically fall within this range.

Access to HE diploma We XX will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of English language this range.

If yourrequirements predicted grades are see pagethe xx.lower end of this range we towards may still make you an offer if you have Fees and funding page xx a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Entry and application page xx IB 28 including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in accounting, finance, business or management required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Optional placement year Final year Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice • Management Control Systems • Finance and Risk Management • Advanced Case Study or Placement Project • Options include: Audit and Assurance • Taxation • Investment Management • Business Strategy

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE My placement taught me valuable office and administrative skills. I’ve also learnt how to present myself to clients at meetings and in presentations at mid-management and executive levels.

I know that the skills I have learned and developed will play an important role in my final year, as I will need to remain organised and professional in order to graduate with a first-class honours.

Velsen Devarajulu, Accounting and Finance student on placement at IBM

Commercially experienced lecturers help provide practical context to your learning.

We are one of only a handful of universities in the UK to have a trading room that simulates a real trading environment with up-to-the-minute data from Reuters.

Our lecturers are here to support you, providing students with advice, feedback and guidance in and outside of the classroom.

65 65

ECONOMICS

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Economics BSc(Hons) takes a contemporary, applied approach to the subject, combining both traditional and post-2008 financial crisis theory to analyse real-world issues.

On this course, you will develop highlevel analytical and quantitative skills keenly valued by employers in many fields, including investment banking, economic analysis, consultancy and public policy.

Along with core modules in microeconomics, macroeconomics and quantitative methods, you have the opportunity to choose from a wide selection of optional modules and explore specific branches of economic study, including behavioural economics, game theory, globalisation and applied econometrics.

You can also choose to complement your study of economics by taking modules in related subject areas such as finance, business management, digital marketing and law.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Through its focus on developing the analytical, quantitative and research skills employers are looking for, this course gives you an advantage in fields such as investment banking, insurance and risk management, economic analysis (eg for large corporations, non-governmental organisations and the civil service), business consultancy and economic policy. It also gives you a solid foundation for further study in economics and related disciplines, for example on our Economics and Finance MSc.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Economics • Quantitative Methods for Economics and Finance • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business • Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management • Academic and Professional Skills

WHY US • Advanced training in microeconomics, macroeconomics and econometrics • Option to take a work placement with a high-profile institution • Excellent career prospects in economics and finance Year 2 Microeconomics • Macroeconomics • Introduction to Econometrics • Research Methods • Options, choose two from a list including: International Financial Economics • Monetary Economics • Understanding Financial Theory and Practice • Business Law • Operations and Process Management • Business Ethics and Corporate Governance • Principles of Marketing Optional placement year The placement year is a great opportunity to gain experience. Previous University of Brighton students have completed their placements with companies including American Express, Credit Suisse, PricewaterhouseCoopers and the Bank of England.

Final year Contemporary Issues in Economics • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options, choose four from a list including: Applied Econometrics • Behavioural Economics • Economic and Legal Aspects of Financial Regulation • Emerging Financial Markets • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Globalisation and International Markets • Labour Market Analysis • Applied Financial Techniques • Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility • Financial and Capital Markets

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Finance and economics UCAS CODE L100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in business, management or humanities required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

66 66

FINANCE AND INVESTMENT

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This professionally accredited course prepares you for work across the financial sector, enabling you to apply economic and financial principles to business situations in the UK and international economies.

You will have the opportunity to work in our real-time trading room, which recreates the pressure of a trading floor with up-to-the-minute data from Reuters.

There you can apply your skills to realworld financial markets, use simulation software and learn from the expertise of guest traders. Trading sessions are supervised by guest traders who pass on their own extensive trading experience.

A distinctive feature of the course is the optional salaried work placement year, where you can gain valuable experience and make professional contacts for your future career.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by three professional bodies, giving you exemptions from some of the foundation level exams set by these professional bodies: Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); Association of International Accountants (AIA); and the Chartered Insurance Institute (CII).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Many of our graduates go on to work in investment banks, commercial banks, building societies, brokerage firms and insurance companies. You will also be qualified to work in the financial departments of commercial companies.

Recent Finance and Investment graduates have gone on to work for companies such as Amazon, Capgemini, CitiGroup, Deloitte, Lloyds Banking Group and World Fuel Services.

WHY US • Option to take a placement year, excellent employment prospects and high earning potential • Professional accreditation by the ACCA, AIA and CII • Real-time trading room supervised by guest traders and staff with trading experience

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Finance and economics UCAS CODE N390 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching involves a mixture of seminars, lectures, workshops and tutorials, and you are assessed through coursework and exams. In the final year, you can choose to explore a range of subject options or specialise in areas that match your interests and career ambitions.

Year 1 Financial Accounting • Introduction to Finance • Economics • Financial Skills • Academic and Professional Skills Year 2 Corporate Analysis • Finance and Risk Management • International Financial Economics • Monetary Economics: Theory and Policy • Investment Case Study • Professional Practice Optional placement year The optional placement year is a great opportunity to add to your CV, and improve your employment prospects.

Placement companies include American Express, Credit Suisse, Goldman Sachs, KPMG and Barclays.

Final year Advanced Financial Risk Management • Investment Management • Applied Financial Techniques • Economic and Legal Regulation • Options: Placement Project • Dissertation • Financial Econometrics • Behavioural Economics • International Finance • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Taxation • Applied Strategy

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in accounting, finance, business or management required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 67 67

LAW

LLB(Hons) Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Law (LLB) degree combines academic study with opportunities to experience law in practice, preparing you for a career as a legal professional or as a legal specialist within an organisation.

Taken over three years, or four years with an optional salaried placement, core learning provides practical skills in presentation, negotiation, oration, mooting and advocacy and develops an understanding of the English legal system. As you progress, option modules provide opportunities to tailor your learning.

Learning is delivered through a stimulating mix of seminars, guest lectures, skills sessions and workshops.

Extracurricular activities, such as industry-sponsored mooting and client interviewing competitions and pro bono work, allow you to further develop practical skills in problem-solving, critical analysis and communication.

In year 3 you can take a year’s salaried placement in industry, giving you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Recognised by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board, this is a qualifying law degree; which means that graduates will have completed the academic stage of training for entry into the legal profession.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

On completion of this qualifying law degree, you will be able to progress directly to the vocational stages of training: the Legal Practice Course if you want to become a solicitor or the Bar Professional Training Course if you want to become a barrister.

68 68

WHY US • Qualifying law degree that enables you to train as a solicitor or barrister after graduation • Options to specialise and graduate with degree in Law with Business or Criminology • Optional salaried placement year that gives you the chance to gain industry contacts, boost your CV and put your skills into practice • Excellent links with local law firms You could also progress into a career in business where a detailed knowledge of law is useful, for example human resources, public administration, legal publishing, patents, blue chip companies, the charity sector or the civil service.

The placement year gives you a great opportunity to improve your CV and gain relevant experience. Our LLB students have completed placements at Atlas Cables, GE, QualitySolicitors Howlett Clarke, Enterprise Rent a Car, Gumersalls Solicitors, SAP Software Solutions and Mourant Ozannes.

Students who take the placement year will use what they have learned on placement to inform their final-year research project.

The university enjoys strong links with the local legal profession and regularly hosts guest speakers and law networking events. You will be encouraged to complete vacation placements with solicitors’ firms, mini pupillages with barristers’ chambers and internships with other institutions.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Law of Torts • Public Law • The Legal System and Ethics • Law in Practice • Business Planning • Criminal Justice and Theory Year 2 Law of Organisations • Law in Action: Moot • Contract Law • European Union Law • Criminal Law • Choice of Employment Law or Intellectual Property Law Optional placement year Final year Land Law • Equity and Trusts • Legal Project • Plus three options from a list that includes: Commercial Law • Company Law • Employment Law • Intellectual Property Law • Family Law • Negotiation, Mediation and Alternative Dispute Resolution • Criminal Appeals at the University of Brighton Innocence Programme • Human Rights and Business • Law Dissertation • Employee Relations • Small Business and Entrepreneurship • Marketing Communications • Public International Law • Employee Selection and Development

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Law UCAS CODE M100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–BCC (112–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

Law students have the opportunity to volunteer as a legal companion, receiving training from partner organisations from legal firms to charities.

SPECIALISMS From your second year, through the module choices you make, you can either continue along a broad law degree route, or specialise and graduate with one of the following awards.

LAW WITH CRIMINOLOGY LLB(Hons)

LAW WITH BUSINESS LLB(Hons) Our qualifying Law with Business LLB(Hons) degree provides a detailed understanding of the legal framework that businesses operate within, preparing you for careers in the legal profession and many business environments.

This specialist route is a qualifying law degree which will develop your understanding of the principles of law and which addresses specialist topics including crime theory and the criminal justice system.

In addition to law modules you will explore topics such as business planning and business development. You will also be able to choose options from commercial law, family law, digital marketing and entrepreneurship.

From your second year you will be able to choose from law and criminology options including crime control, crosscultural criminology, employee relations and commercial law.

This specialism provides you with expertise in legal and business issues that may be applied in commercial, marketing, human resources and business start-up contexts.

This specialism provides you with an ideal basis for a career in the legal profession in areas such as probation, policing, the prison service, youth work, voluntary organisations and government.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, including 16 at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Units in law, business or humanities required.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 69 69

COURSES DEVELOPED IN CONSULTATION WITH INDUSTRY

BUILD EXPERIENCE AND SKILLS WITH A SALARIED PLACEMENT YEAR

CHOOSE A DEGREE ACCREDITED BY PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION At Brighton we have strong and well-established consultancy and research links with partners locally and across the world. Our industry partners help design our courses and contribute to lectures and seminars, keeping learning relevant and helping you to develop your knowledge and skills, ready for employment.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

From the very start of your studies you will be working in project groups and on scenarios similar to those you will experience as an industry professional, building the skills that make you confident and ready for work.

You’ll take part in site visits, field trips, intensive design studios and practical workshops. Local industry projects such as the development of the university’s advanced engineering building, provide a wealth of opportunities for fieldwork, work experience and networking.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

All of our honours degrees are accredited by professional bodies and offer a work placement year. Our students have been placed with leading organisations in the UK and beyond, including: Sir Robert McAlpine • Morgan Sindall • The Environment Agency • Southern Water • Arup • Kier Construction.

You will benefit from our specialist laboratories for structural dynamics, geotechnics, thermal dynamics, hydraulics and avionics including:

70

centrifuge, concrete lab, hydraulics lab with flume and computer-controlled wave generation.

You also have use of our drawing studio and our computer suite with specialist software, including training in building information modelling (BIM) software, a key tool in industry.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our lecturers are active members of their professional institutions, have contacts across the construction and civil engineering industries and provide consultancy services for external clients.

This can provide opportunities for you to get involved in current, real-world projects.

Our team are involved in wide-ranging research including resilient structures and earthquake engineering, and coastal, estuarine and riverine engineering.

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR OPTION

Our engineering foundation year (page 114) provides students who have a range of life and academic experience with the best possible preparation for successful undergraduate study in civil engineering.

SUBJECT AREAS • Civil engineering Civil engineering • civil engineering with construction management • civil with environmental engineering • Construction and building Architectural technology • building surveying • project management for construction

ADVANCED STUDY

The integrated masters MEng route offered on our civil engineering degrees can prepare you for higher-level positions earlier in your career. Offering the option of a further year of study at advancedlevel, the MEng fully satisfies the educational base for Chartered Engineer (CEng).

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

Both our BEng(Hons) and MEng degrees in civil engineering offer opportunities to tailor your learning and specialise – in either construction management or environmental engineering. Your specialism will be reflected in the degree title you leave us with.

The 2016 TARGETjobs Construction, Engineering & Design Undergraduate of the Year competition was entered by 500 students studying construction, engineering and architectural courses at universities across the UK.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE I found out about the competition through the university. I got through a number of rounds successfully including an assessment centre day, with the support of my lecturers. I reached the final awards ceremony in London and couldn’t believe it when I won! My prize was a trip to Dubai to work on the Motiongate theme park project over the summer.

Scott Dalton, Civil Engineering MEng graduate.

Winner of the 2016 TARGETjobs Construction, Engineering & Design Undergraduate of the Year award.

Students gain practical experience with surveying equipment on site.

Specialist facilities include a hydraulics flume, used for open channel flow experiments.

Our experimental river basin is used for simulating processes which occur in our river, coastal and estuarine environments.

71

CIVIL ENGINEERING

BEng(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Become a highly skilled civil engineer with the ability to manage the design, construction and maintenance of infrastructures. When you study the Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) at Brighton, you will develop detailed scientific knowledge and strong leadership and teamwork skills.

This professionally accredited course gives you the opportunity to put theory into practice through field trips and design projects that will enable you to work alongside students studying related subjects, such as construction management and architectural technology. This multidisciplinary approach to project work, designed in consultation with our Industrial Advisory Board mirrors what you will experience in industry.

Core learning covers structures, materials, geotechnics and hydraulics.

As you progress, option modules provide opportunities to tailor your learning. You will be taught by staff who are active in research and consultancy and have strong links with some of the UK’s most prestigious employers. Each year, inspirational lecturers, speakers and researchers are invited to share their knowledge and experience with you.

You will have access to specialist facilities including a concrete lab, hydraulics lab, soils lab, geotechnical centrifuge, dynamics lab and computer suite.

Real-life case studies of civil engineering projects will give you a professional perspective and the option of a salaried placement year gives you the chance to enhance your CV and gain professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Civil Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

72 72

WHY US • Learn from industry professionals and make useful contacts • Access to professional-standard engineering and environmental labs, and specialist facilities, in our award-winning Cockcroft building • Benefit from our strong links with some of the sector’s most prestigious employers • Option to specialise and have this reflected in the award you graduate with

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for Incorporated Engineer status (IEng) and partially satisfies the educational base for a Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Innovative and adaptable, our graduates are well equipped for careers in consultancy, local and national government, contracting and research, geotechnics, hydraulics, hydrology, surveying, research and management.

Our graduates are now working for organisations including Bureauveritas, the Environment Agency, Halcrow, HR Wallingford and WS Atkins, MottMacdonald, Ove Arup, WS Atkins, the Environment Agency, Halcrow, Hemsley Orrell Partnership, South East Water, Southern Water and HR Wallingford.

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who are interested in civil engineering and who may not meet the entry requirements for this course can take the integrated foundation year option. Find out more on page 114.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Introduction to Professional Practice • Construction Materials • Mathematics 1 and 2 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Hydraulics 1 • Structural and Stress Analysis 1 • Geology for Civil Engineers Year 2 Construction Methods and Technology • Construction Management 2 • Soil Mechanics 1 and 2 • Structural and Stress Analysis 2 • Further Mathematics • Design of Structural Steel Members • Design of Reinforced Concrete Members • Options: Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • Design without Borders • Hydraulics 2 Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Project Planning and Analysis • Design of Structures • Structural Analysis 3 • Construction Management 3 • Options: Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Geomechanics • Waste Management • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Civil Engineering Design of Renewable Technologies • Design Practice • Geotechnical Design • Environmental Impact Assessment • Computational Structural Mechanics

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Civil engineering UCAS CODE H201 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (120–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. You will be considered if your predicted grades fall within this range.

SPECIALISMS From your second year, through the module choices you make, you can either continue along a broad Civil Engineering degree route, or specialise and graduate with one of the following awards.

CIVIL WITH ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING BEng(Hons)

CIVIL ENGINEERING WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT BEng(Hons)

This specialism provides you with a foundation in the principles of civil engineering, developing your knowledge of how to assess the environmental impact of civil engineering projects and to design environmentally friendly structures.

This specialism equips you with the ability to manage complex construction projects from design to completion, increasing your knowledge in construction management, project planning and design of structures. This is in addition to developing your understanding of the core principles of civil engineering, including structures, materials, geotechnics and hydraulics.

You will develop core learning in areas including the design of structures and renewable technologies, environmental hydraulics, environmental impact assessment, water and health, and have the option to explore topics such as coastal environments, exploration geology and geographic information systems.

You will have the option to explore a range of areas including sustainable construction, waste management, and design of renewable technologies.

Our staff are active in industry, research and consultancy. You will put your academic learning into practice on field trips and project work, where you will work alongside students from related disciplines in a way that mirrors the realworld environment of an interdisciplinary industry.

A-levels must include maths, and preferably physics or chemistry. BTEC should include at least an M in further maths.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level including maths at grade 5.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall in engineering or science diploma. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must achieve maths level 3 units at distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 73 73

CIVIL ENGINEERING

MEng

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This integrated qualification gives you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level, enabling you to become a highly skilled engineer with the ability to manage design, construction and the maintenance of infrastructure.

Core learning covers structures, materials, geotechnics and hydraulics with the option to specialise in construction management and environmental engineering. As you progress, option modules provide opportunities to tailor your learning.

You will be taught by staff who are active in industry, research and consultancy.

Learning is supported by access to specialist facilities including a concrete lab, hydraulics lab, soils lab, geotechnical centrifuge, dynamics lab and computer suite.

You will put theory into practice through design projects based on case studies.

You will work alongside students from similar disciplines, mirroring the professional environment you will encounter in industry, on a course designed in consultation with our Industrial Advisory Board. There may also be opportunities to get involved with your lecturers’ research as part of your masters-level study.

Site visits, placement opportunities and your final year project, run in collaboration with our industry partners, are also integral parts of the course.

On successful completion of this course you will have the qualifications you need to progress on the path to becoming a Chartered Engineer.

74 74

WHY US • Learn from industry professionals and make useful contacts • Access to professional-standard engineering and environmental labs, and specialist facilities, in our award-winning Cockcroft building • Benefit from our strong links with some of the sector’s most prestigious employers

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Joint Board of Moderators (JBM), an organisation that represents the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), the Chartered Institute of Highways and Transportation (CIHT) and the Institute of Highway Engineers (IHE).

It fully satisfies the educational base for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The course will lead to opportunities in structural engineering, geotechnics, hydraulics, environmental engineering and surveying.

Recent graduates have been employed by companies including Halcrow, Hemsley Orrell Partnership, HR Wallingford, WS Atkins, Mott MacDonald, MWH, Laing O’Rourke, Balfour Beatty, Costain, WSP/Parsons Brinckerhoff, Laing O’Rourke, Cementation Skanska, Kier Group and Southern Water.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will learn through lectures, tutorials, group practice, design weeks and laboratory work.

Year 1 Introduction to Professional Practice • Construction Materials • Mathematics • Structural Form and Behaviour • Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice • Mathematics • Hydraulics • Structural and Stress Analysis • Geology for Civil Engineers Year 2 Construction Methods and Technology • Building Information Modelling (BIM) • Soil Mechanics • Structural and Stress Analysis • Mathematics • Soil Mechanics • Hydraulics • Design of Structural Members • Design Without Borders Optional placement year Year 3 Geomechanics • Design of Structures • Structural Analysis • Computational Structural Mechanics • Applied Hydraulics • Dynamics of Structures • Design Practice • Geotechnical Design • Options include: Hydrogeology • Water and Health • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Civil Engineering Design of Renewable Technologies • Application of Design • Environmental Impact Assessment • Project Planning and Analysis Final year Individual Project • Options include: Bridge Loads and Analysis • Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering • Dynamics of Structures with Earthquake Engineering Applications • Water Resource Management • Sustainable Construction • Wave Mechanics and Structural Loading • Rock Mechanics • Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering • Repair and Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete Structures

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Civil engineering UCAS CODE H200 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level ABB–BBB (128–120 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM. You will be considered if your predicted grades fall above or within this range.

A-levels must include maths, and preferably physics or chemistry. BTEC should include at least an M in further maths.

SPECIALISMS Through the module choices you make, you can either continue along a broad Civil Engineering MEng degree route or specialise and graduate with one of the following awards.

CIVIL ENGINEERING WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT MEng In addition to developing your understanding of the principles of civil engineering including structures, materials, geotechnics and hydraulics, this specialism will provide an in-depth perspective of the planning, organisation and construction methods involved in building design, enabling you to work across a project life cycle. You will increase your knowledge in areas such as construction management, project planning and construction law.

You will have the option to explore a range of areas including project risk and financial analysis, sustainable construction and waste management.

CIVIL WITH ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING MEng This specialism provides you with a foundation in the principles of civil engineering and develops your knowledge of how to assess the environmental impact of civil engineering projects and design environmentally friendly structures.

Your core learning will cover the design of structures and renewable technologies, environmental hydraulics, environmental impact assessment and water and health. You will also have the option to explore topics such as coastal environments, exploration geology and geographic information systems.

Foundation degree/HND International foundation may be considered. HND may be considered for year 2 entry.

IB 32 points, with three subjects at Higher level including Higher level maths at grade 5.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Engineering or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above with overall distinction profile. Must achieve level 3 maths with distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 75 75

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

As an architectural technologist you will be the technical member of the design team, making sure that designs are buildable, durable, sustainable, economical and easy to maintain.

You will learn how to take architectural design projects from conception to completion, focusing on building technology, function and performance.

You will gain extensive knowledge of design processes, construction methods, environments, materials and the latest technologies.

During the course, you will gain insight into building services and professional practice. You will visit real construction sites and work with students from other subjects to construct small-scale mock-ups of iconic buildings such as the London Gherkin. This focus on multidisciplinary learning mirrors the working environment you will experience after you graduate.

The option of a salaried placement year gives you the opportunity to gain vital work experience, enhance your CV and make valuable industry contacts.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Architectural Technologists (CIAT) and the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The placement year puts you at a significant advantage in the job market.

Recent graduates are now working in companies including Mace, Osborne, McAlpine, Morgan Sindall, Frankham, Delta Green, and Hemsley Orrell Partnership. Others have progressed to postgraduate and MPhil/PhD studies.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 gives you a strong foundation in construction technology, information technology, and the structure and processes of the built environment disciplines.

WHY US • Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Architectural Technologist (CIAT) and the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) • Professional work placements with architectural practices • Practical experience from fieldwork opportunities on construction sites From year 2 you take modules focusing on design, technology and management, and you can spend year 3 working in industry.

In your final year you complete a project that allows you to research a specialist area of architectural technology. Previous University of Brighton students have won national prizes for their research projects.

Year 1 Building Technology and Design • Introduction to the Built Environment • Indoor Environment Building Services 1 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Construction Materials • Surveying Practice (Land Surveying) • Computeraided Drafting and Design (CADD) Practice Year 2 Architectural Technology 2 • Cost and Contract Administration • Construction Methods and Technology • Research Methodology • Indoor Environment and Building Services 2 • IT Graphics for Construction • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • Options: Property Law • Design Without Borders

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Construction and building UCAS CODE K236 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Optional placement year Final year Architectural Technology 3 • Honours Project • Options: Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Project Planning and Analysis • Building Pathology and Life Care • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Environmental Impact Assessment • Waste Management

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

76 76

BUILDING SURVEYING

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

As a building surveyor you will be involved in the development, management, conservation, refurbishment and maintenance of all types of real estate.

On the course you will gain extensive knowledge of all the elements involved in building surveying, including construction technology, building pathology, property management and property law. You will build experience from fieldwork, project work and practical workshops using specialist facilities.

Our focus on interdisciplinary learning means you will study and work alongside students from related fields, mirroring the real-world working environment you will experience after you graduate.

Our network of local industry links and the option of a salaried professional placement year will further increase your employability and help provide you with valuable networking opportunities.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is fully accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). Your work during the placement year may contribute towards the RICS Assessment of Professional Competence.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our links with local industry will help you find placement opportunities and employment after graduation. Graduates have undertaken careers within companies including Malcolm Hollis, CBRE, Mace, Portsmouth City Council, Stiles Harold Williams, Clifford Dann, Coppard Giles.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Activity weeks take place in each semester to allow time for design projects, surveying practice, and site visits to construction projects and heritage buildings. You also have the chance to go on field trips.

WHY US • Accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) • Professional work placements with leading construction companies • Practical fieldwork opportunities on construction sites

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Construction and building UCAS CODE K230 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years

Year 1 Building Technology and Design • Introduction to the Built Environment • Indoor Environment and Building Services 1 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Construction Materials • Surveying Practice (Land Surveying) • Computeraided Design Practice (CADD) Practice • Options: Mathematics 1 • French, German or Spanish language modules

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

Year 2 Property Law • Construction Methods and Technology • Research Methodology • Indoor Environments and Building Services 2 • Building Surveying 2 • Cost and Contract Administration • Design Without Borders • Options: Environmental and Spatial Planning • IT Graphics for Construction • Construction Surveying • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • French, German or Spanish language modules

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Optional placement year Final year Building Surveying 3 • Honours Project • Building Pathology and Life Care • Options: Building Performance and Design Configuration • Project Planning and Analysis • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Environmental Impact Assessment • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Waste Management • French, German or Spanish language modules

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 77 77

PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

As a project manager within construction you’ll be overseeing concepts, designs, operations and commissioning, as well as liaising with clients and working on projects and sites across a diverse range of sectors.

On the course you will develop a combination of technical, managerial and communication skills. In interdisciplinary project groups you will study and work alongside students in related fields on scenarios similar to those you can expect to find as a professional in industry.

You will develop a combination of technical, managerial and communication skills. You will study topics such as building technology, information technology, construction materials, building surveying, engineering and scientific design and construction of buildings, and cost and contract administration, with the option to specialise in construction management.

As you progress, option modules provide opportunities to tailor your learning.

Site visits, field trips and practical workshops will enable you to put theory into practice and prepare you for industry challenges. The option of a paid work placement will also help you gain experience and provide valuable networking opportunities.

Senior representatives from construction companies, architects and surveyors from around the region meet regularly at our industrial liaison panel to review our courses, ensuring they remain up-to-date and relevant to industry.

78 78

WHY US • Accreditation from the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) and Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) • Professional work placements with leading construction companies • Practical fieldwork opportunities on construction sites within a construction project environment

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Project Management for Construction is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB), exempting graduates from the chartered membership examination. It is also accredited by the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) as meeting the requirements for further learning for Chartered Engineer status (CEng) under the provisions of UK-SPEC.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Upon graduation you’ll be equipped with skills in public safety, cost management and mathematics and ready to work in all sectors of the industry including residential, commercial, civil, industrial and environmental.

Graduates have undertaken careers in Morgan Sindall, Kier, MACE, Osbourne, Buro4, Willmott Dixon, ISG Group and the RG Group.

Our students meet the demand for high-calibre professionals, well versed in construction practice. You graduate with sufficient knowledge of the industry and its products to take control of a project, from the appraisal of a client’s needs to the operation of a facility.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will be introduced to the construction industry and the professions associated with it. You will also specialise in construction management and the issues of sustainable construction, before choosing option modules.

Year 1 Building Technology and Design • Introduction to the Built Environment • Indoor Environment and Building Services 1 • Structural Form and Behaviour • Construction Materials • Construction Surveying Practice • Computer-aided Design (CADD) Practice Year 2 Cost and Contract Administration • Construction Methods and Technology • Research Methodology • Indoor Environments and Building Services 2 • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 1 • Project Management for Construction 2 or Construction Management 2 • Options: Property Law • IT Graphics for Construction • Construction Surveying • Design Without Borders Optional placement year Final year Project Management for Construction 3 or Construction Management 3 • Honours project • Project Planning and Analysis • Principles of Sustainable Construction • Options: Building Performance and Design Configuration • Building Pathology and Life Care • Building Information Modelling (BIM) 2 • Environmental Impact Assessment • Waste Management

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Construction and building UCAS CODE K251 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

SPECIALISMS From your second year, through the module choices you make, you can either continue along the Project Management for Construction route, or specialise and graduate with the following award.

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT BSc(Hons) As a construction manager you will be involved in the planning and coordination of a project from beginning to completion. You will be tasked with ensuring that the client’s needs are met on projects and sites across a wide range of sectors.

This award is accredited by Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB). It will enable you to devise solutions to complex and often unforeseen problems and learn how to provide expert advice on their operational and commercial consequences.

In addition to core learning in areas including building technology, information technology, construction materials, engineering and scientific design and construction of buildings, and construction surveying, you will learn to coordinate the manufacturing process and how to manage on-site activities.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 79 79

CHOOSE FROM A RANGE OF PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED COURSES

GET A YEAR’S PAID PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE BEFORE YOU GRADUATE

WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND INFORMATICS RESEARCH REF 2014

COMPUTING AND MATHEMATICS The city of Brighton & Hove is a leading player in the UK digital sector. Our computing and mathematics students benefit from career-focused courses, professional-standard facilities, placement and networking opportunities. Our degrees are designed in conjunction with employers, and our well-established professional networks, in the city and beyond, provide mentors and placements.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Five years after graduating from the university’s course in European Computing, Will Blandin sold his Silicon Valley company to Facebook. With his business partner, Will co-founded Wit. ai which provides speech recognition applications for devices including mobile phones and tablets.

SAS is a leading provider of business analytics software and we hold SAS Academy status. This enables our maths students to develop sought-after skills in using sophisticated software, and to prepare for SAS certification exams.

Research is an integral part of university life, which informs our teaching and makes a difference to people’s lives worldwide. Staff research interests in computing and maths include intelligent systems, natural language technology, visual modelling, software engineering and information security, and discrete mathematics and its applications.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Computer science, digital media, and business computing courses are accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Our mathematics degrees are accredited by the Institution of Mathematics and its Applications.

Our students have benefited from placements with organisations including: Absolute Radio • Albion in the Community • Department of Energy and Climate Change • Ernst and Young • GSK • IBM • Lloyds TSB • Nestlé • Pepsico • Rocketmill • Rolls-Royce • Warner Bros.

80

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our links and partnerships with business and industry enhance your learning experience and keep our courses current and relevant. Our Industrial Advisory Board for computing and maths includes companies such as the Society of Data Miners, the NHS Business Services Authority, River Bed Software and SAS.

The University of Brighton is the lead academic partner of the Digital Catapult Centre Brighton, which is developing innovative projects for digital start-ups and SMEs, and helping them to innovate at speed and with less risk.

SUBJECT AREAS • Business computing • Computing and games Computer science • computer science (games) • digital games production • software engineering • Digital media Digital media development • Mathematics Mathematics • mathematics with business • with finance • with economics

ADVANCED STUDY

Our integrated masters MComp route can prepare you for higher-level positions earlier in your career. Offering the option of a further year of study at advanced-level, the MComp develops your experience as a researcher and fully meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status with BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Business Computer Systems, Computer Science and Software Engineering all offer the MComp route.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE I am a trainee web developer on placement at BBC News in the visual journalism department. I was co-developer on my first project – a World Leaders Online Quiz as part of a Global Data project – I was in charge of the graphs. 750,000 people engaged with the quiz on the first day, including 2,000 people in Brighton! It has since been published in 21 languages.

Becky Rush, Digital Media Development BSc(Hons)

Final year computing students take their project from idea to product.

Computing students apply artificial intelligence (AI) principles to create basic robots that map their environment.

Our maths graduates are sought after for their strong communication and analytical skills.

Maths students use a variety of sophisticated mathematical and statistical software.

81

BUSINESS COMPUTER SYSTEMS

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course takes an applied, businessoriented approach to computing.

You will develop technical skills in programming, database management, website design and e-commerce to prepare you for a career in a complex organisational setting.

You will learn to build and maintain software for business systems as you gain a professional understanding of how to manage the development process, along with an ability to evaluate whether existing business system processes are effective.

With an optional year of paid professional experience and the flexibility to tailor the degree to your career ambitions, this course will give you a head start in the workplace.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Business Computer Systems MComp and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and partially meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates have become network managers, business software developers and network architects. Others have gone on to work in web application development and database design.

Recent graduates are working at companies including Accenture, Pepsi, Intel, HP, Vodafone, Arcadia Group, Capgemini and BNP Paribas.

WHY US • Valuable blend of computing skills and business context • Option to take a year of paid professional experience • Chance to tailor the degree to your interests and career ambitions

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In year 1 you will learn the foundations of computing covering areas such as programming, databases and web development. In subsequent years you will be able to specialise in either business analysis or software development.

In your final year, you will undertake a major project that will allow you to research an area of interest in depth.

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Introduction to Web Development • Introduction to Requirements Analysis • Introduction to Organisations • Perspectives on Computing • Humancomputer Interaction Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Web Application Development • Databases II • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Networking Technologies • Socio-technical Approaches to Information Systems • Integrated Group Project in Business Computing Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Data Management • Options include: Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Usability Evaluation • Object-oriented Design and Architecture • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Project Management • Web and Network Management

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Business computing UCAS CODE G610 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

82 82

BUSINESS COMPUTER SYSTEMS

MComp

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course develops computing specialists with advanced conceptual knowledge in business information systems – equipping you with technical skills in programming, database management, website design and e-commerce. Graduates are able to identify and apply methods, technologies and architecture in business environments.

The MComp is an integrated masters programme which combines undergraduate and postgraduate-level study – offering additional breadth and depth to your studies and giving you a head start in the jobs market. You will study masters-level modules and be well placed to take on higher level positions earlier in your career.

You will also have the opportunity to take a year-long paid placement allowing you to build your professional experience and make crucial industry contacts and connections.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and fully meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The integrated masters degree produces specialists who will be equipped to take a leading role within an organisation’s IT function.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In year 1, you will learn the foundations of computing, covering areas such as programming, databases and web development. In subsequent years, you will be able to specialise in either business analysis or software development.

The final year major project enables you to research an area of interest in depth.

WHY US • Valuable blend of computing skills and business context • Option to take a year of paid professional experience • Strong links with industry To maximise your career prospects outside of the UK, you can also opt to study European languages including French, German and Spanish.

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Introduction to Web Development • Introduction to Requirements Analysis • Introduction to Organisations • Perspectives on Computing • Humancomputer Interaction Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Web Application Development • Databases II • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Networking Technologies • Socio-technical Approaches to Information Systems • Integrated Group Project in Business Computing Optional placement year Year 3 Major Team Project • Data Management • Options include: Object-oriented Design and Architecture • Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Usability Evaluation • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Project Management • Web and Network Management Final year Research Methods • Individual Project • Options: Algorithms and Computability • Enterprise Application Development • Specification, Verification and Validation • Distributed Systems Principles • Intellectual Property Law • Software Architectures

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Business computing UCAS CODE G612 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 83 83

BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Business Information Systems BA(Hons) develops your knowledge of both computing and business-related disciplines, as well as providing the opportunity to gain paid work experience in industry.

By developing your skills in databases, network management and web application development, the course will teach you to create technically proficient business information systems as you gain a complementary understanding of business topics including marketing, e-commerce and project management.

You will also develop your professional skills in the analysis of information systems, matching of ICT solutions to requirements and management of the development process, helping you to apply your knowledge to the wider workplace.

The optional placement year is a great opportunity to gain practical work experience in a business organisation.

Previous students have been on placement with prestigious companies include Pepsico, GSK, Intel, Disney, BAA, Honeywell and Cadbury.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and partially meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates with this award have become business analysts, systems analysts, project managers and ICT consultants for companies including Accenture, Pepsi, Intel, HP, Vodafone, Arcadia Group, Capgemini and BNP Paribas.

WHY US • Accreditation from BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT • Long-established industry partnerships • Opportunity to focus on areas of interest through option modules and the final year research project

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Business computing UCAS CODE G560 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Throughout your degree, you will build your creative thinking, teamwork and IT communications skills.

Year 1 Introduction to Application Development • Introduction to Databases • Introduction to Web Development • Introduction to Requirements Analysis • Perspectives in Computing • Introduction to Organisations • Digital Technologies • Human-computer Interaction

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Year 2 Information Systems Management • Web Application Development • Databases II • Networking Technologies • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Socio-technical Approaches to IT Systems • Integrated Group Project

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Optional placement year

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

Final year Individual Project • Project Management • Deriving Business Value from ICT • Options include: Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Usability Evaluation • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Data Management • Web and Network Management • Digital Marketing • Adaptive Interactive Systems • Systems Development Methods in Practice • Advanced Internet App. Development • Web Management • Interactive Educational Software Design

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

84 84

MAKING A DIFFERENCE The university is teaming up with the University of Cambridge to explore using diagrams, instead of mathematical symbols, to make data more accessible. Brighton maths graduate and Reader in the School of Computing, Engineering and Mathematics, Dr Gem Stapleton, said: “The tools we develop will enable better communication and understanding between those who produce models to represent information, and those who use them. Ultimately it will lead to more robust and effective models to underpin scientific research.” The research is funded by a £368k grant awarded by the Leverhulme Trust.

Students learning about mobile eye technology with our Tobii Glasses 2.

Computing students showcase their final year project to industry.

We support local events including the Brighton Virtual Reality Meetup, held in our Creativity Centre.

The quadcopter, developed by Saeed Malekshahi Gheytassi and his team of students has many applications including remote camera work and reconnaissance.

85 85

COMPUTER SCIENCE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Computer Science BSc(Hons) develops your understanding of software development, softwarehardware interface design and artificial intelligence (AI) as you learn the processes for making applications efficient, reliable and secure.

Focusing on employability, the course allows you to tailor your studies to your career aspirations. It also offers opportunities for paid work experience so you can put theory into practice.

Brighton is one of the most important areas in the UK for digital technology businesses, and you will keep up-todate with the latest industry trends.

The University of Brighton is the lead academic partner of the Digital Catapult Centre Brighton, which helps entrepreneurs and small businesses to bring their digital services and products to market.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Computer Science MComp which is an integrated masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and partially meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The optional placement year is a chance to boost your CV and gain a significant advantage in the graduate jobs market.

Our students have been on placement with companies including IBM, Baker Tilly and NATS, and are now working as software developers and real-time system designers in organisations such as IBM, Microsoft, BT and Gatwick Airport.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Core modules cover topics such as software design and implementation, 86 86

WHY US • Accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT • Option of a professional placement year • Well-established links with the local digital community, including the Digital Catapult Centre Brighton formal specification, computer systems architecture and operating systems, while option modules give you the freedom to specialise in particular areas of computer science according to your own interests.

Year 1 Programming • Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Introduction to Web Development • Humancomputer Interaction • Introduction to Requirements Analysis • Perspectives on Computing Year 2 Integrated Group Project • Computer Systems Architecture • Functional Programming • Logic and Formal Specification • Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Project Planning and Control • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Options: Intelligent Systems • Introduction to Functional Programming • Databases II Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Specification and Refinement • Options: Computer Graphics Algorithms • Software Verification and Validation • Objectoriented Design and Development • Internet Gaming Design and Development • Mobile Application Development • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Mobile Computer Engineering • Web and Network Management • Data Management • Usability Evaluation

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Computing and games UCAS CODE G400 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

COMPUTER SCIENCE

MComp

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This MComp enables you to become a computer science specialist, qualified to design, develop and integrate complex software and hardware components.

During the course you will gain advanced knowledge and skills – from artificial intelligence, industrial project planning and implementation, to software design, critical evaluation and research techniques.

Our links with Brighton’s digital sector, one of the most significant in the UK, keep you in touch with the latest industry trends.

You also have the opportunity to take a year’s salaried placement allowing you to build experience and make industry contacts and connections. Past students have been on placement in organisations such as NATS, IBM and Baker Tilly.

The MComp is an integrated masters programme which combines undergraduate and postgraduate-level study – offering additional breadth and depth to your studies and giving you a head start in the jobs market. You will study masters-level modules and be well placed to take on higher level positions earlier in your career.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and fully meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates are equipped with advanced skills and knowledge that allow them to take leading roles in the design of hardware and software. They have gone on to become software developers and real-time system designers.

WHY US • Accredited by the BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT • Opportunity of paid work experience on a placement year • Well-established links with the local digital community, including the Digital Catapult Centre Brighton

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Introduction to Website Development • Humancomputer Interaction • Introduction to Requirements Analysis • Perspectives on Computing Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Computer Systems Architecture • Project Planning and Control • Logic and Formal Specification • Integrated Group Project • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Options: Databases II • Intelligent Systems Optional placement year Year 3 Team Project • Specification and Refinement • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Options include: Objectoriented Design and Architecture • Internet Gaming Design and Development • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Web and Network Management • Mobile Engineering • Computer Graphics Algorithms • Verification and Validation Final year Individual Project • Research Methods • Advanced Computer System Architecture • Options include: Specification, Verification and Validation • Distributed Systems Principles • Internet Application Development • Software Architecture • Intelligent Systems • Enterprise Application Development

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Computing and games UCAS CODE G404 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A–level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 87 87

COMPUTER SCIENCE (GAMES)

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Computer Science (Games) BSc(Hons) gives you all the technical skills you need to launch your career in the multibillion pound games industry.

Exploring topics from databases and programming to 3D graphics and animation, you will graduate with a sound understanding of the software technologies underlying the games development process, along with transferable computing skills in software development, data analysis and system modelling.

The course has been developed in consultation with industry leaders helping keep your learning at the forefront of technological advances.

Our annual video games research conference provides networking opportunities as does the optional salaried placement year, which allows you to gain valuable professional experience with a relevant organisation.

• Accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT • Course developed in consultation with industry experts • Training in technical and creative games development software

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Video games have three core elements: the engine that drives the dynamics of the game, the application interface, and user experience design. You will develop expertise in each of these elements, based on a sound foundation of computing knowledge and skills.

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Mathematics • Introduction to Web Development • Introduction to Games Development Platforms • Humancomputer Interaction • Perspectives on Computing • Software Development Tooling • Games Design Principles

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and partially meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

Year 2 Intelligent Systems • 3D Graphics and Animation • Games Development • Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Integrated Group Project • Data Structures and Algorithms • Options include: Computer Systems Architecture • Web-based Game Development

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Optional placement year

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

After graduation, you will be well qualified for roles across the games development industry, leaving with a portfolio of project work to show potential employers. The large number of creative tech companies in Brighton & Hove offers you ample opportunities for career progression.

Graduates have taken up positions in companies such as Ash Gaming, Unity and Freestyle Gaming. You will also have the general computing skills necessary to work in information systems and security, mobile app development, software development, and web design and development.

88 88

WHY US

Final year Individual Project • Computer Graphics Algorithms • 3D Emerging Games Technologies • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Applied Intelligent Systems • Options include: Internet Games Design and Development • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Mobile Engineering • Mobile Application Development

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Computing and games UCAS CODE G455 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

DIGITAL GAMES PRODUCTION

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Digital games are at the centre of a fast-paced, multibillion pound industry and this course gives you everything you need to be a part of it, including hands-on industry experience.

The course is highly practical and teaches you to develop innovative multimedia products, particularly on web and mobile platforms. Using our specialist software and facilities, including Oculus Rift technology, you will master essential programming skills and how to apply these to games development. Our Games Jam, where our students work in teams with industry professionals to design and build games using industrystandard tools, helps put these skills into practice.

The option of a placement is a great opportunity to gain vital experience and make your CV stand out from the crowd.

Many of our students are offered job roles with placement companies after graduation.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

By the time you graduate you will be fully equipped to start a career in the digital gaming industry. You will be practiced in the art of designing and creating games, with specialist knowledge of using internet and mobile clients.

You will also be qualified to work in the wider interactive media industry, including in web, mobile, interactive television and public displays.

Recent graduates are working as games developers (Climax Computer Games Design), web developers (Xerox) and database developers (BT).

WHY US • Option to gain a year’s paid work experience • Specialist technology including Oculus Rift • Chance to develop your own portfolio of single- and multi-player games

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The course covers four main themes: program design and implementation; asset design and creation; web technologies; and product development.

The last of these spans digital game theory, managing multimedia projects and developing design ideas, as well as programming complete digital games and delivering them to the marketplace.

Year 1 Programming • Practical Introduction to Databases • Introduction to Game Production • Introduction to Web Development • Human-computer Interaction • Professional and Study Skills • 3D Animation and Modelling • Games Design Principles Year 2 Web Technologies • Multimedia Game Production • Object-oriented Design, Implementation and Testing • 2D Games Development • The Mobile Context • 3D Compositing Optional placement year Final year Individual project • Object-oriented Analysis and Modelling Methods • New Directions in Games • Multiplayer Games Development • Sound Production and Design for Games

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Computing and games UCAS CODE GG46 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 89 89

EUROPEAN COMPUTING/DEST INFORMATIQUE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our European Computing/DEST Informatique BSc(Hons) is the only course in the country to offer both a UK honours degree and an equivalent French qualification.

It provides an opportunity to develop your knowledge of computer technologies alongside the ability to communicate effectively in French.

You will earn a DEST (Diplôme d’Etudes Supérieures Technologiques d’Informatique) while spending five months of the final year at the Université Paris Descartes, where you will study in French.

You will gain the skills and knowledge that you need to develop computer systems that interact with internet technologies, with an emphasis on technical issues and the ability to collaborate with businesses and other stakeholders.

We will support you when relocating to Paris and help you to find suitable accommodation. Erasmus grants may be available during the study abroad period.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As well as developing your technical skills in programming, databases and networking technology, this course is an opportunity to live and study in France for part of the course, and to improve your French language skills, increasing your employability both domestically and abroad.

The course is particularly beneficial for careers in information technology, software development and network engineering, and will also prepare you to work in the IT departments of major financial and commercial organisations.

WHY US • Chance to gain professional experience in a French-speaking organisation • Opportunity to gain both an honours degree and an equivalent French qualification • Research-active course tutors and industry-informed teaching

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Computing and games UCAS CODE G421 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Introduction to Application Development.

Introduction to Databases • Introduction to Organisations • Introduction to Web Development • Humancomputer Interaction • Introduction to Requirements Analysis • Perspectives on Computing • Digital Technologies • French Language Year 2 Web-based Application Development • Databases II • Networking Technologies • Systems Analysis and Design • Project Planning and Control • Socio-technical Approaches to Information Systems.

Integrated Group Project • Information Systems Management • French Language Optional placement year Final year At Brighton, in English: Usability Evaluation • Project Management • Business Value from ICT • Project • In Paris, in French: Parallelism in Computers • Information Systems • European Business • Language, Communication and General Informatics Culture • Project

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A–level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

Must include AS-level French or equivalent.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level. Must include French.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. AS-level French, or equivalent, required.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 90 90

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Software Engineering BSc(Hons) enables you to create high-quality software applications for complex organisational environments, with an emphasis on good engineering practice that allows for ease of maintenance and the use of existing components.

You have the opportunity of paid work experience to explore potential career paths and the range of option modules enables you to design your degree to reflect your career interests.

The course is developed in consultation with industry experts so your studies remain at the forefront of advancements in technology.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Software Engineering MComp and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and partially meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The course prepares you for a career in the software development industry and equips you with a number of transferable skills, from web design to programming.

The year in industry allows you to further increase your employability as you build a network of professional contacts.

Over the course of the degree, you will create a portfolio of software projects that you can showcase to potential employers.

WHY US • Accreditation from BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT • Opportunity to gain a year of professional experience before you graduate • Well-established links with industry

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Among the subjects explored are object-oriented software design and implementation, databases, operating systems, software architecture and interactive user-centred design.

Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Introduction to Web Development • Human-computer Interaction • Introduction to Requirement Analysis • Perspectives on Computing Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Databases II • Project Planning and Control • Logic and Formal Specification • Integrated Group Project • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Introduction to Functional Programming Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Software Verification and Validation • Object-oriented Design and Architecture • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Options include: Usability Evaluation • Computer Graphics Algorithms • Specification and Refinement • Intellectual Property Law and IT • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Internet Games Design and Development • Project Management • Data Management • Mobile Computer Engineering • Mobile Application Development • Information Retrieval

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Computing and games UCAS CODE G600 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, 3 subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 91 91

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

MComp

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course enables you to become a software engineering specialist with advanced knowledge of complex software design.

You will critically evaluate computer systems and applied technologies, and provide solutions to system problems based on sound analysis and design. You will also learn to conduct independent research and manage projects with a high degree of professionalism.

The MComp is an integrated masters programme that provides additional breadth and depth to your studies and gives you a head start in the jobs market.

You will study advanced-level modules and also undertake an individual project in your chosen specialism.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and fully meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The course equips you with a number of transferable skills, from web design to programming. The year in industry allows you to further increase your employability as you build a network of professional contacts.

Over the course of the degree, you will create a portfolio of software projects that you can showcase to potential employers.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Among the subjects explored are object-oriented software design and implementation, databases, operating systems, software architecture and interactive user-centred design.

WHY US • Accreditation from BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT • Advanced masters-level study • Opportunity to gain a year of professional experience before you graduate Year 1 Programming • Introduction to Databases • Mathematics • Embedded Architecture and Programming • Introduction to Web Development • Human-computer Interaction • Introduction to Requirement Analysis • Perspectives on Computing Year 2 Object-oriented Software Design and Implementation • Databases II • Project Planning and Control • Logic and Formal Specification • Integrated Group Project • Operating Systems • Data Structures and Algorithms • Introduction to Functional Programming Optional placement year Year 3 Team Project • Object-oriented Design and Architecture • Software Verification and Validation • Programming Languages Concurrency and Client Server Computing • Options: Usability Evaluation • Computer Graphics Algorithms • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Internet Games Design and Development • 3D Dynamic Modelling • Project Management • Data Management • Mobile Engineering • Mobile Application Development Final year Individual Project • Research Methods • Options include: Software Architecture.

Advanced Computer System Architecture • Algorithms and Computability • Intelligent Systems • Specification, Verification and Validation • Distributed Systems Principles • Enterprise Application Development • Internet Application Development

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Computing and games UCAS CODE G602 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non–academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

92 92

DIGITAL MEDIA

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Digital Media BSc(Hons) combines modules addressing technical production alongside business studies and marketing, giving you the skills, experience and knowledge to go on to a career as a confident and accomplished digital media professional.

You will benefit from our close links with industry, in Brighton and beyond, guest lectures from digital media professionals and opportunities to work on live projects for real clients. You will also have the option to spend a year on paid professional placement. Students have previously been on placements in organisations such as Cogapp, Net Natives and City & Guilds Kineo.

Home to over 1,000 companies in the digital sector, Brighton is one of the UK’s leading centres for creative media technology. This helps us to deliver a course that is relevant to employers’ needs and provides you with great networking opportunities.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and partially meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

With a focus on employability this course provides you with skills that are in demand across the expanding digital media sector. You will produce a professional online portfolio of work to show to future employers.

Our graduates have gone on to careers in organisations such as the UK Ministry of Justice, VICE Media, News UK, Pure360, dotmailer, VOX Markets, CGI, Rocketmill, Circulate Digital and the Southbank Centre.

WHY US • Thriving digital and creative scene in Brighton • Option to take a professional placement year • Professional-standard facilities including two digital media labs and a usability lab

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Digital media UCAS CODE G456 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The course teaches you to produce interactive products for web and mobile, going from the initial concept through to design, production and marketing.

You will have access to digital media and games studios equipped with the latest technology, including mobile eye tracking glasses, an audio and video suite, a TV studio and a usability lab for testing software.

Year 1 Design for Digital Media • Creative Design Lab • Introduction to Web Development • Introduction to New Media • Humancomputer Interaction • Introduction to Programming • A Practical Introduction to Databases • Digital Technologies • Professional and Study Skills • Portfolio Project 1 Year 2 Principles of Marketing • Website Design and Development • Project Planning and Control • Portfolio Project 2 • Options include: Time-based Media • 3D Graphics and Animation • Interactive Multimedia Development • Web Technologies • Professional Experience and Learning

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non–academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Optional placement year Final year Marketing Applications • Digital Marketing • Individual Project • Options: Usability Evaluation • Digital Postproduction • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning • Internet Games Design and Development

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 93 93

DIGITAL MEDIA DEVELOPMENT

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Home to over 1,000 companies in the digital sector, Brighton is wellestablished as one of the UK’s leading centres for creative media technology.

Our location helps shape our course, making it relevant to employers’ needs and providing great networking opportunities for those who want to pursue a career as a technical specialist in the sector.

This course focuses on the skills you need to develop web and mobile applications, with advanced instruction in technology, design and production.

During your studies you’ll create a professional portfolio of work showing that you can integrate sound, video, image, text and animation to create rich and engaging digital user experiences.

You’ll have access to facilities including digital media and games studios equipped with the latest technology including mobile eye tracking glasses, an audio and video suite, a TV studio and a usability lab for testing software.

While working towards this professionally accredited qualification, you will benefit from guest lectures from industry professionals and have the opportunity to work on projects for real clients.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT. Accreditation means that the course meets the high standards set by the profession and partially meets the academic requirements for Chartered IT Professional (CITP) status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This is a course with a focus on employability. You’ll benefit from our close links with industry, guest lectures from digital media experts, the opportunity to work on projects for real clients and the option to spend a year on paid professional placement. The Entrepreneurship option in the final year helps if you want to launch a digital startup company after graduation.

94 94

WHY US • Thriving digital and creative scene in Brighton • Option to take a professional placement year • Specialist facilities including two digital media labs and a usability lab Recent graduates are now working as web developers, mobile app developers, digital, social media or SEO specialists and 2D/3D animators with organisations such as DabApps, Cogapp, HCL Innovation Lab, Rate My Placement, CGI and Rocketmill.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

We use a variety of teaching methods, including lectures, practical classes in our computing laboratories and projectbased independent study.

Year 1 Design for Digital Media • Introduction to Web Development • Introduction to New Media • Human-computer Interaction • Programming • A Practical Introduction to Databases • Digital Technologies • Professional Practice and Study Skills • Portfolio Project 1 Year 2 Interactive Multimedia Development • Web Technologies • Website Design and Development • Project Planning and Control • Portfolio Project 2 • Options include: 3D Graphics and Animation. • Time-based Media • Object-orientated Software Architecture, Design and Implementation

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Digital media UCAS CODE G451 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non–academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in computing required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Optional placement year Final year Individual Project • Mobile Application Development • Options: 3D Dynamic Modelling • Digital Post-production • Internet Games Design and Development • Digital Marketing • Usability Evaluation • Intellectual Property Law and IT • Entrepreneurship: New Business Planning

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

MATHEMATICS

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Mathematics graduates are in demand for their highly developed analytical skills and capacity to apply their knowledge to problems relevant to modern industry and commerce.

This accredited course is a blend of theory and real-world practice. You’ll have the opportunity to spend a year on professional placement and apply your knowledge to practical problems throughout the course, so you’ll be prepared to start a career in a variety of specialist areas.

You will learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it in a clear way. You’ll apply mathematics and statistics meaningfully in a wide range of contexts using sophisticated mathematical and statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS. Both independently and part of a team, you will use your knowledge within problem solving scenarios.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course meets the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician designation, awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem-solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

WHY US • SAS Academy status • Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Communicating and Exploring Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Modelling and Applications 1: Modelling and Mechanics • Modelling and Applications 2: Introduction to Operational Research Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Options: Operational Research • Statistics 3 • Modern Language • Advanced Mechanics Optional placement year Final year Mathematical Sciences Project • Options: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Mathematics of Finance • Introduction to Topology • Topics in Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equations • Complex Analysis • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Advanced Operational Research with Elements of Artificial Intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence • Advanced Fluid Dynamics • Modern Language

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. A-levels must include maths at grade B. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 95 95

MATHEMATICS WITH BUSINESS

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Mathematics and business graduates are highly sought after for their ability to analyse and solve problems in contexts relevant to modern society and industry.

This course covers key mathematical concepts and their practical applications with an emphasis on problem-solving and communication. You will develop skills in research, evaluation, strategy-planning and resource management – excellent preparation for a career in business or management.

Two-thirds of the course concentrates on developing your mathematical abilities, with a third taught by specialists in the university’s Business School and focused on business with some elements of economics and finance.

Using sophisticated mathematical and statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS, you will develop core and advanced mathematical skills. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a professional placement allowing you to build your experience and make industry connections.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course meets the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician designation, awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem-solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

WHY US • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate • Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Integrated blend of maths and business

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Communicating and Exploring Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Business Economics • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • International Business Analysis • Information Systems Management • Options: Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Operational Research • Statistics 3 Optional placement year Final year Mathematical Sciences Project • Mathematics options include: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Introduction to Topology • Topics in Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equation • Complex Analysis • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Operational Research with Elements of Artificial Intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence • Business options include: Managing the E-Enterprise • Digital Marketing • Small Business and Entrepreneurship • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Applied Strategy • Financial Management • E-Commerce and Online Behaviour • Social Enterprise: New Business Planning

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G1N1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. A-levels must include maths at grade B. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

96 96

Rochelle Cheema-Wells pictured at Brighton and Hove Albion FC, on placement with Albion in the Community

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE I love the diverse nature of the placement and the fact that I’m not just sitting behind a desk inputting numbers. Working with coaching groups on the programmes organised by this charity has solidified my direction after graduation – I would like to use my knowledge of maths to help people, as a teacher or in a more analytical role.

Rochelle Cheema-Wells – Mathematics BSc(Hons)

Our students gain a variety of experiences through lectures, workshops, teamwork, laboratories and presentation skills.

Maths students conducting an experiment using paper helicopters.

Working in small teams helps to develop problem-solving skills.

Maths students learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it clearly.

97 97

MATHEMATICS WITH ECONOMICS

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Modern economics is highly mathematical and an important application area of mathematics.

This course produces mathematically and economically literate graduates who can work both individually and in teams, and who can communicate complex ideas and conclusions effectively to a wide range of audiences.

Two-thirds of the course concentrates on developing your mathematical abilities, with a third taught by specialists in the university’s Business School, and centred on economics with some elements of business and finance.

WHY US • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate • Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Integrated blend of maths and economics

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Communicating and Exploring Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Business Economics • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business

Using sophisticated mathematical and statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS, you will develop core and advanced mathematical skills. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement in industry.

Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • International Business Analysis • Economic Theory and Applications • Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Operational Research • Statistics 3

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Optional placement year

The course meets the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician status. This is awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem-solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

Final year Mathematical Sciences Project • Mathematics options include: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Mathematics of Finance • Introduction to Topology • Topics in Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equation • Complex Analysis • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Advanced Operational Research with Elements of Artificial Intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence • Economics options include: Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Political Economy in Europe • Globalisation and International Markets • Environmental Economics • Emerging Markets • Contemporary Economic Issues

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G1L1 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. A-levels must include maths at grade B. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

98 98

MATHEMATICS WITH FINANCE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Mathematics is an essential tool in financial markets. Private companies, public corporations, governments and individuals all need to borrow and to lend. The products to meet these needs are defined in mathematical terms, and the more sophisticated modern instruments are based on advanced mathematics. There is a need for mathematics graduates who are aware of these analytical techniques.

This accredited course is a blend of theory and real-world practice. Two-thirds of the course concentrates on developing your mathematical abilities, with a third taught by specialists in the university’s Business School, and centred on finance skills with some elements of economics and business. You’ll have the opportunity to spend a year on professional placement and apply your knowledge to practical problems throughout the course, so you’ll be prepared to start a career in a variety of specialist areas.

You will learn how to understand technical maths and communicate it in a clear way. You’ll apply mathematics and statistics meaningfully in a wide range of contexts using sophisticated mathematical and statistical software such as Maple, R and SAS.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course meets the educational requirements of the chartered mathematician status. This is awarded by the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be sought after for your strong communication, analytical and problem solving skills, confidence, and the ability to work within teams.

Graduates from our maths courses have secured roles within organisations such as Lloyds TSB, American Express, Covance, Roche, HSBC and Ipsos MORI. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and research, as well as teacher training.

WHY US • Chance to gain paid industry experience before you graduate • Emphasis on exploring and communicating mathematics • Integrated blend of maths and finance

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Core Mathematics 1 and 2 • Communicating and Exploring Mathematics • Statistics 1 • Business Economics • Financial Knowledge and Skills for Business Year 2 Core Mathematics 3 and 4 • Statistics 2 • International Business Analysis • Understanding Finance Theory and Practice • Options: Analysis and Algebra • Numerical Methods • Operational Research • Statistics 3 Optional placement year Final year Mathematical Sciences Project • Mathematics options include: Mathematics: The Wider Context • Nonlinear Optimisation • Graph Theory and Applications • Mathematics of Finance • Introduction to Topology • Topics in Abstract Algebra • Logic and Number Systems • Numerical Analysis of Partial Differential Equation • Complex Analysis • The Mathematics of Social Choice • Advanced Operational Research with Elements of Artificial Intelligence • Medical Statistics • Statistical Modelling • Stochastic Methods • Time Series and Forecasting • Statistical Learning and Artificial Intelligence • Finance options include: Current Issues in Finance • International Finance • Game Theory in Economics, Finance and Business • Corporate Financial Management • Business Taxation

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mathematics UCAS CODE G1N3 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. A-levels must include maths at grade B. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths at grade 6.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 maths units required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 99 99

EXCELLENT GRADUATE RATES OF EMPLOYMENT AND FURTHER STUDY

OUR WORK IN INITIAL TEACHER EDUCATION PROVISION RATED ‘OUTSTANDING’

BY OFSTED

ONE OF THE UK’S LARGEST TEACHER TRAINING UNIVERSITIES, EDUCATING TEACHERS FOR MORE THAN 100 YEARS

EDUCATION AND TEACHING The legacy of a good education is passed from generation to generation, from one person to whole communities. Our expertise spans all phases of learning and development, from early years to adult education.

At Brighton you will have the opportunity to develop the skills and knowledge needed to be a great education professional and to play your part in changing our society for the better.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

You can choose teacher education courses leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) at primary or secondary level, and specialise in maths, English or PE. Employment rates for our trained teachers are consistently above the sector average.

Our education studies courses allow you to explore how we learn throughout life, across all age-phases, and how education is influenced by culture, history and government policy.

You’ll draw on psychology, sociology, philosophy, history and social policy on courses that offer flexibility and choice.

Our courses open doors to further study as well as professional employment in roles including teaching, youth and community work, educational welfare, family support and local authority work.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

As a trainee teacher you’ll have opportunities to put your teaching into practice through school-based training with our partner schools across the south-east.

100

Our education courses offer a variety of placement opportunities, including overseas. The setting will depend on your personal interests and ambitions.

Our students have chosen placements in schools and the community, scientific and cultural settings as well as learning support services.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our students benefit from the work of the University of Brighton Academies Trust. Set up in 2014, the trust is building our relationships with schools in Sussex with the aim of transforming teaching and learning for the benefit of pupils, academies and their staff, and local communities. The trust currently supports four primary academies, one secondary academy and will be opening a brand new secondary school in Brighton in 2018.

We are also lead sponsor of the Hastings Academies Trust where we are supporting the development of two secondary and seven primary academies.

The Prime Minister, Theresa May, praised the University of Brighton for our commitment and track record in raising the aspirations of school students through our support for academy schools.

SUBJECT AREAS • Education studies Early childhood education and care • education • Teacher education Physical education • primary education • primary English education • primary mathematics education • secondary mathematics education

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE Placements give you the opportunity to observe great teaching, try out what you have learnt at uni and give you confidence that you can do it! I had very supportive university and school mentors during my placements and as I was teaching with another student from Brighton we supported each other.

Sian Phillips – Primary Education (5–11 years) BA(Hons) with QTS graduate

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE Having time to reflect on what I was doing and what I hoped to achieve during my placement was pivotal to my learning because I was able to determine my next steps. The networking during my placement put me in touch with lots of education professionals and I know that this will benefit my future.

Donna Moseley – Education BA(Hons) graduate

The curriculum centre in Falmer houses over 30,000 specialist items to support our teaching and education students.

Physical education courses are taught alongside our sport courses in Eastbourne. All other courses are based on our Falmer campus in Brighton.

Digital technologies used by the University of Brighton to train teachers have been held up nationally as an example of good practice.

101

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION AND CARE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

The foundations of our emotional, physical and intellectual development are established during the early years of infancy. This course gives you an in-depth understanding of child development from birth to five years. You will explore topics from theoretical perspectives, including education, sociology, psychology, health and social policy. You will also examine the roles of the family and wider institutions in supporting healthy development from infancy through to childhood.

A distinctive benefit of the course is the opportunity to spend time in settings during observation study visits and in the second year on extensive placement, which allows you to explore potential career paths, consolidate your learning and build up practical experience. Your placement setting will depend on your career aspirations – previous students have completed placements in children’s centres, schools, playgroups, hospitals and clinics.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The course will prepare you for a variety of careers and contexts such as primary schools, children’s centres, health care, social work, the police and research.

You will gain a relevant qualification for the purpose of registration and regulation in an early years setting. After graduation you will be eligible to apply for Early Years Initial Teacher Training or for further study such as a PGCE.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In year 1 focus is on your learning and the theories and philosophies of learning and early childhood. You will also study how babies and toddlers make sense of the world around them. You will learn key theories surrounding children’s physical, emotional and social health and consider the role that families and communities, and policy and legislation play in a child’s development.

WHY US • Placements in varied early childhood settings • Broad syllabus for a flexible future • Focused support on employability skills In year 2 you will focus on communication, language and literacy, the role of play on a child’s development and equalities. You will also gain realworld experience on placement in a setting of your choice.

In your final year you will draw on your placement experiences to explore the complexities of multi-agency and interdisciplinary working, as well as how childhood is interpreted across the globe.

You will also have the opportunity to research areas of particular interest.

Year 1 Learning in Higher Education • Child Development: Physical, Social and Emotional Development • Families and Communities in Early Childhood Contexts • Policy and Legislation in Early Childhood Contexts • Perspectives on Learning and Development • Philosophy of Education and Early Childhood

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Education studies UCAS CODE X310 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBC. BTEC DMM: individual assessment.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in communication, numeracy and IT required. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Year 2 Child Development: Play for Learning and Development in Early Childhood • Research Methods • Equalities and Inclusion in Early Childhood Contexts • Child Development: Communication, Language and Literacy in Early Childhood • Placement: Understanding Young Children and Young Children’s Services Final year Teamwork, Collaboration and Leadership • International Perspectives on Childhood • Assessing Children’s Learning and Development in Early Childhood • Reflection on Learning • Dissertation: Researching Early Childhood

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

102 102

EDUCATION

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

This degree enables you to develop an in-depth understanding of education that will open doors to a wide range of opportunities in the sector including research and postgraduate study.

Taught by a highly qualified, experienced and enthusiastic team, you will experience a dynamic learning approach, encountering new ideas, perspectives and world views including psychological, philosophical, political, and sociological perspectives. Course modules can be tailored to your area of interest and chosen career path.

Blending academic and placement learning, the course enables you to develop areas of personal interest, explore career avenues and gain relevant experience to build your CV. These placements will give you the opportunity to apply your learning in a setting of your choice, allowing you to build a solid understanding of education, as well as providing a high degree of flexibility to your studies.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates from this course are confident, articulate and fully equipped to contribute as professionals within the field of education.

Our graduates have gone on to careers in primary teaching, secondary teaching, charities, youth work, alternative education, learning support, special educational needs, educational welfare, educational agencies, recruitment and human resources.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In year 1 you will consider educational structures and approaches, questioning their impact on children and young people’s learning and development.

Central to your study will be your development as a researcher as you became equipped with the tools to analyse, understand and present your findings from your first year placement.

WHY US • Chance to gain practical work experience on placements in the UK and overseas • Tailor the programme to meet your aspirations • Broad syllabus for a flexible future

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Education studies UCAS CODE X300 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

International education, experiential learning and inclusion are key themes in year 2 as you prepare for your eightweek block placement.

A-levels BBC.

Previous students have experienced working in schools, local authorities, prisons, community groups, museums, and in business.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in communication, numeracy and IT required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit.

If you show strong academic performance you may also be considered for an international placement in year 2.

In the final year you will consider your identity as an educator and engage in the critical debates about the future of the education system.

BTEC DMM. IB 28 points.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Year 1 Systems and Structures in Education • Philosophy of Education • Learning in Higher Education • Education and Society • Perspectives on Learning and Development • Placement Learning: Towards Enquiry-based Learning (includes 10-day placement) Year 2 Reflective Practice • Research Methods in Education • Equality and Inclusion in Education • Comparative Education • Placement Learning: Reflecting and Researching (includes eight-week placement of your choice) Final year Inequality and Education: Critical Approaches • Reframing Identity • Learning in Practice • A Comparative and Cultural Approach to International Education • Dissertation

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 103 103

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

BA(Hons) with QTS Eastbourne

Physical Education at Brighton is highly respected both nationally and internationally, with a tradition of excellence going back over more than 100 years. We are also one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, rated ‘outstanding’ in our last Ofsted inspection.

We have partnerships with over 600 schools and you will have regular opportunities to work directly with children in schools, in the community and using the university’s facilities, ensuring you will graduate fully prepared to be an outstanding PE teacher: determined, adaptable and keen to inspire and motivate young people.

Our Eastbourne campus, where this course is based, has excellent sports facilities, which you will share with students from our other sport courses.

On graduation you will be eligible for Qualified Teacher Status, with the all-round experience and knowledge to teach the National Curriculum for Physical Education (NCPE).

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course is ideal if you want to start a career as a PE teacher. The knowledge and experience that you gain on the course will also prepare you for roles across and beyond the education sector. As well as teaching children and young people, our graduates have found success in such varied fields as sport and leisure development for young people, the armed forces, the police, sport management, sports coaching and doctoral research.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In years 1 and 2 you will gain knowledge of your subject and teaching methods, including behaviour management, assessment and examinations in PE, with a two-week school placement.

104 104

WHY US • Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training • Gain professional experience before you graduate • Excellent resources and sport facilities Years 3 and 4 combine practical placement experience and classroombased learning. Additional qualifications and extracurricular activities on offer during your course include National Governing Body awards, sports competitions and the opportunity to perform with the university’s dance companies. There is also a water sports module and ski trip.

Year 1 Dance • Education Studies 1 • Foundation Games • Gymnastic Activities • Independent Professional Development: Enquiry-based Learning • Outdoor and Adventurous Activities • Qualitative Analysis of Human Movement • Swimming and Water Safety • Teachers as Educators • Track and Field Athletics Year 2 Accredited PE • Creating a Positive Teaching and Learning Environment • Education Studies • Initial School Experience • Research Methods for PE • Learning and Teaching Through: Adventurous Activities • An Aesthetic Activity • An Artistic Activity • Aquatic Activities • Athletics Activities • Games Activities Final year Research project • Education Studies 3: Inclusive Practice • Intermediate Professional Semester • PE and the National Agenda • Final Professional Semester • PE in the 14–19 Curriculum • Two options from: Association Football • Martial Arts and Combat Sports: Theory and Practice • Track and Field Athletics • Dance and Choreography • Gender and Physical Culture • Coaching for Competition • Netball • Rugby Union • Basketball Hockey • ICT in PE

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Teacher XX education UCAS CODE X1C6 xx DURATION Full-time 4 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC A-levelsABB–BBC A-level and BTEC(128–112 UCAS Tariff XX. points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. You will be considered if GCSE your predicted grades fall within this XX. range, but any offer will be made based on assessment at interview.

IB XX. IB 32 points, including English at Access to HE diploma Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and XX maths at Standard level 4.

English language requirements Access to xx.

HE diploma see page Pass with 60 credits overall. At least Fees and funding xx 24 credits at 45 credits at Levelpage 3, with merit or above.

Entry and application page xx GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five GCSEs to include English language and maths. Students must be in the process of re-taking the required GCSE(s). No equivalent accepted.

Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 246 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

KEY FACTS

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

A School for Malagiri is a charity that enables young children in rural Malagiri, Nepal, to gain a primary education by supporting the construction and running of a new school.

The charity was founded by the School of Education and continues to be supported by staff and students.

Designed with the environment in mind, the Checkland Building has natural ventilation and green roofs.

Our specialist facilities will help you get the most out of your course.

105 105

PRIMARY EDUCATION (3–7 YEARS)

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

Teachers play a vital role in the development of children during their early years – physically, culturally, morally, socially and academically.

As a practitioner you will provide developmental support to learners from foundation to Key Stage 1, encouraging a rounded love of learning to help them reach their full potential.

• Rated ’outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training • Gain professional experience before you graduate • Access excellent resources • Support after you qualify through our NQT support programme

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities rated ‘outstanding’ in our last Ofsted inspection. We have partnerships with over 600 schools where you will gain practical experience and support in large, small, rural and urban settings which ensures that you will graduate fully prepared to be an outstanding teacher.

You will spend around a quarter of each year in school-based training. You will gain knowledge of the full primary curriculum, whilst developing your leadership and management skills.

From year 2 you’ll study an area of subject interest. You will graduate being able to teach Foundation Stage and Key Stage 1.

From art and design and children’s literature to mathematics, science and computing, we offer a diverse range of modules to give you the knowledge, skills and understanding required to become a fully qualified teacher. These are delivered by our experienced and enthusiastic tutors.

Year 1 Education Studies: How Children Learn • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Language and Literacy • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Science • Introducing Foundation Subjects • Computing with Academic Study Support • School Placement 1

You will also benefit from having an individual support tutor who will help guide you through your academic and professional development as you progress through the course.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools. Brighton graduates enjoy a reputation for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning.

Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles, or have focused on specialist areas such as special education needs.

106 106

WHY US

Year 2 Creating an Inclusive Learning Environment • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Language and Literacy • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Science • Foundation Subjects: Embedding Knowledge, Enhancing Practice • School Placement 2 (Primary) • Two subject-study modules (options determined by your chosen specialism route) Final year Deepening Subject and Pedagogic Knowledge to Impact on Children’s Mathematics Understanding (3–7) • Subject Study modules (option determined by your chosen specialism route) • Education Studies: Leading Children’s Learning • Individual Professional Project • Final School Placement (Primary)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Teacher education UCAS CODE X100 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points; specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and the rest at merit.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects including English language, maths and science.

Experience You will need the equivalent of at least two weeks’ recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary or nursery setting.

Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 246 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

PRIMARY EDUCATION (5–11 YEARS)

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

WHY US

Teachers have the opportunity to shape young lives and minds, inspiring the next generation of learners to realise their potential. As a qualified teacher of Key Stages 1 and 2, you will have the skills and knowledge to develop your students’ love of learning.

• Gain professional experience before you graduate • Access to excellent resources • Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training • Support after you qualify through our NQT support programme

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities rated ‘outstanding’ in our last Ofsted inspection. We have partnerships with over 600 schools offering you diverse, supported opportunities to build practical experience and ensure you will graduate fully prepared to teach Key Stage 1 and Key Stage 2.

You will spend around a quarter of each year on placement developing your practical and analytical skills with the support of relevant theory. You will gain knowledge and understanding of the full primary curriculum, whilst developing your leadership and management skills.

From mathematics, science and computing to art and design and children’s literature we offer modules to give you the knowledge, skills and the option to gain advanced knowledge of a particular subject area. Our experienced and enthusiastic tutors will guide you to become a fully qualified teacher.

You will benefit from having an individual support tutor who will help guide you through your academic and professional development. You’ll also have access to resources including our curriculum centre which houses 30,000 specialist resources for trainee teachers.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools. Brighton graduates enjoy a reputation for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning. Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles, or have focused on specialist areas such as special education needs.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

From year 2 you’ll be able to explore an area of particular interest.

Year 1 Education Studies: How Children Learn • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Language and Literacy • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Science • Introducing Foundation Subjects • Computing with Academic Study Support • School Placement 1 Year 2 Creating an Inclusive Learning Environment • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Language and Literacy • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Science • Foundation Subjects: Embedding Knowledge, Enhancing Practice • Two subject-study modules • School Placement 2 (Primary) Final year Deepening Subject and Pedagogic Knowledge to Impact on Children’s Mathematics Understanding (5–11) • Consolidating Teaching, Learning and Assessing English (5–11) • Subject study • Education Studies: Leading Children’s Learning • Individual Professional Project • Final School Placement (Primary)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Teacher XX education UCAS CODE X122 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBB. A-levels and BTEC BTEC XX. DDM. IB 30 points; specified subjects.

GCSE XX. Access to HE diploma pass IB XX.with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at Access to HE distinction and diploma the rest at merit.

XX GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) English At least language five subjects requirements including English see page xx. language, maths and science.

Experience Fees and funding page xx You will need the equivalent of at least Entry and application page xx two weeks’ recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary or nursery setting.

Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 246 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 107 107

PRIMARY ENGLISH EDUCATION

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

The legacy of a good teacher can last a lifetime. This course is ideal for students who have a passion for English and the desire to be an outstanding teacher across all the primary curriculum subject areas.

We are one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, with a rating of ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted and placement partnerships with over 600 schools. Our relationship with these partners ensures you will experience teaching in a wide variety of settings and graduate fully prepared for the teaching profession.

A distinctive feature of this course is the focus on English as a specialism. With additional English modules (compared to our other primary QTS routes) you will develop a greater depth of English subject knowledge. This, alongside the additional modules we offer, will provide you with all the relevant knowledge, skills and understanding needed on your journey to becoming a qualified teacher.

All modules are delivered by our experienced and enthusiastic tutors and you will also benefit from having an individual support tutor who will help guide you through your academic and professional development.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools. Brighton graduates enjoy a reputation for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning. Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles. It is expected that students on this specialist route will be future leaders in the English subject area.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will spend around a quarter of each year in school-based training developing practical skills. You will gain a knowledge 108 108

WHY US • Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training • Gain professional experience before you graduate • Access to excellent resources • Support after you qualify through our NQT support programme and understanding of the full primary curriculum, while developing leadership and management skills.

Year 1 Education Studies 1: How Children Learn • Introducing Foundation Subjects • An Introduction to Teaching Primary Science • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Language and Literacy • School Placement 1 • Specialist modules: Children’s Literature • Exploring the Teaching and Learning of English with Academic Study Support Year 2 Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Language and Literacy • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Education Learning and Development: Creating an Inclusive Environment • Computing and Contemporary Curriculum Developments • Foundation Subjects: Embedding Knowledge, Enhancing Practice (7–11) • School Placement 2 (Primary) • Specialist modules: Exploring Challenging Texts through Drama and Writing • Literacies in the Twenty-first Century Final year Education Studies 3: Leading Children’s Learning • Consolidating Teaching, Learning and Assessing in English (5–11) • Deepening Subject and Pedagogic Knowledge to Impact on Children’s Mathematics Understanding (5–11) • Final School Placement • Specialist Modules: Current Theories, Developments and Practice in Primary English • Individual Professional Enquiry

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Teacher XX education UCAS CODE XQ13 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBB. Must include English.

A-levels and BTEC BTEC XX. DDM. IB 30 points, including English.

GCSE XX. Access to HE diploma pass IB XX.with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in English required. At least 45 Access to credits at HE level diploma 3, with 24 credits at XX or above. merit GCSE (minimum English languagegrade requirements C or grade 4) seeleast At pagethree xx. subjects including English language, maths and science.

Fees and funding pagetests xx are In-house equivalence available suitable candidates Entry andfor application page xx if these requirements have not already been achieved.

Experience You will need the equivalent of at least two weeks’ recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary or nursery setting.

Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 246 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

KEY FACTS

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

The work of Professor Andy Hobson, head of the Education Research Centre in the School of Education, focuses on advancing the wellbeing and professional learning and development of teachers in schools and colleges. He is an international authority on teacher mentoring, and his research impacts policy, practice and scholarship. He is also Editor-in-Chief of the International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education.

109 109

PRIMARY MATHEMATICS EDUCATION

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

The legacy of a good teacher can last a lifetime. This course is ideal for students who combine a passion for mathematics and the desire to be an outstanding teacher across all the primary curriculum subject areas.

We are one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, with a rating of ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted and placement partnerships with over 600 schools. Our relationship with these partners ensures you will graduate fully prepared for the teaching profession.

A distinctive feature of the course is the focus on mathematics as a specialism.

The opportunity to develop a detailed understanding of the mathematics subject area, alongside the modules and school-based experiences we offer, ensures you will graduate from this course with everything you need to be an outstanding KS1 and KS2 teacher and future leader of primary mathematics.

You will benefit from having an individual support tutor who will help guide you through your academic and professional development.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), which will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate you will be highly sought after by our partner schools. Our graduates enjoy an excellent reputation for their creative and innovative approaches to teaching and learning.

Many of our graduates have secured mentoring and leadership roles. It is expected that students on this specialist route will be future leaders in the mathematics subject area.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Your studies will take place in the university and on school-based training where you will spend around a quarter of each year developing your practical and analytical skills.

110 110

WHY US • Gain professional experience before you graduate • Access to excellent resources • Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training • Support after you qualify through our NQT support programme Year 1 Education Studies 1: How Children Learn • Introducing Foundation Subjects • An Introduction to Teaching Primary Science • Exploring Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Exploring Language and Teaching in Language and Literacy • School Placement 1 • Specialist Modules: Thinking and Learning Mathematically with Academic Study Support • Mathematics through Computer Science Year 2 Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Language and Literacy • Enhancing Learning and Teaching in Mathematics • Education Learning and Development: Creating an Inclusive Learning Environment • Computing and Contemporary Curriculum Developments • Foundation Subjects: Embedding Knowledge, Enhancing Practice • School Placement 2 (Primary) • Specialist Modules: Mathematical Modelling and Real World Applications • Developing Mathematical Thinking and Preparing for Progress Final year Education Studies 3: Leading Children’s Learning • Consolidating Teaching, Learning and Assessing in English (5–11) • Deepening Subject and Pedagogic Knowledge to Impact on Children’s Mathematics Understanding (5–11) • Final School Placement (KS2/3) • Specialist Modules: The Nature and Learning of Mathematics: Developing a Personal View • Individual Professional Enquiry

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Teacher education UCAS CODE XG1C DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBB. BTEC DDM. IB 30 points, including mathematics.

Access to HE diploma pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and science.

In-house equivalence tests are available for suitable candidates if these requirements have not already been achieved.

Experience You will need the equivalent of at least two weeks’ recent work experience with children, preferably in a primary or nursery setting.

Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 246 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession (including men in primary teaching) are particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

SECONDARY MATHEMATICS EDUCATION

BA(Hons) with QTS Brighton: Falmer

By training to teach mathematics you will help young people acquire fundamental life and career skills. As well as exceptional job satisfaction you can expect to benefit from many opportunities to engage young people and make maths enjoyable.

Mathematics teachers are always in high demand. With financial training incentives, competitive starting salaries and plenty of room to progress, there’s never been a better time to train to teach.

This two-year course is suitable if you have completed a foundation degree, HND or HNC, or if you have successfully completed at least one year of degreelevel study in mathematics or a related subject such as engineering or computer science. It could also be that you are already working in a similar area and are now looking to switch to a career where you can inspire young people on a daily basis.

Brighton is one of the UK’s largest teacher training universities, with an outstanding reputation and partnerships with over 600 schools. In partner schools you will gain practical experience working alongside mentors and experienced teachers.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course leads to the award of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) in relation to Key Stages 3 and 4, and will allow you to teach in England and Wales.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates enjoy a consistently higher rate of employment than the national average for the sector, alongside a high demand for mathematics teachers. Some of our graduates go on to be special educational needs teachers or head teachers. QTS is a universal qualification and many teachers teach other age ranges during their career.

WHY US • Gain professional experience before you graduate • Access to excellent resources • Rated ‘outstanding’ by Ofsted for initial teacher training • Support after you qualify through our NQT support programme

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The course is split between tuition, placements and independent study, and covers everything you need to teach mathematics at secondary level.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Teacher education UCAS CODE XG11 DURATION Full-time 2 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Foundation degree/HND/HNC minimum one year full-time study at HE level OR 120 CATS points at level 1 in a relevant subject area.

A-levels/IB/Access to HE Diploma not suitable.

Your university studies explore areas including education policy, learning styles, classroom management and special needs. Tutors help you to identify your strengths and areas for development with a bespoke learning programme.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and science.

In-house equivalence tests are available for suitable candidates if these requirements have not already been achieved.

In year 2, two-thirds of your time is spent on placements in two secondary schools. A school-based mentor works in partnership with your university tutor to provide expert support and training throughout.

Experience You will need the equivalent of at least two weeks’ recent work experience with children, preferably in a secondary setting.

Year 1 Mathematics Subject Study Audit • Learning Mathematics in a Digital Age • Using and Applying Mathematics • Geometry and Proof • The Data Handling Process • Mathematical Technologies • Mathematical Enquiry • Profound Understanding of Fundamental Mathematics • Historical and Cultural Perspectives on Mathematics Year 2 Education Studies • Mathematics Education • Mathematics Subject Study • Secondary School Placement • Professional Studies including final placement

Applicants must meet all Department for Education entry requirements for initial teacher training courses (see page 246 for details). All offers are subject to an occupational health check and Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

Applicants from minority ethnic and other groups under-represented in the profession particularly welcome.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 111 111

DEGREES ACCREDITED

BY PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS

BUILD EXPERIENCE AND SKILLS WITH A SALARIED PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENT YEAR

OUR ADVANCED ENGINEERING BUILDING IS HOME TO A WORLD-CLASS CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING EXCELLENCE

ENGINEERING At Brighton we are respected in industry for our hands-on, design-led approach to engineering and this is a significant factor in the employment opportunities enjoyed by our graduates. You’ll be joining a learning community which delivers world-leading research and has well-established links with industry through partnerships, knowledge transfer and consultancy.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Projects such as our annual combat robots competition make your learning experience challenging and enjoyable.

Working together in groups, students from across the engineering disciplines work intensively to build and fight their own robots. During this project, as well as applying learning and having the opportunity to be creative you will also develop project management and teamwork skills, and collaborate with other engineering specialists in the same ways as you will when you enter industry.

Our engineering Industrial Advisory Board contributes to the ongoing development of courses, advising on content and structure and enabling you to develop the skills, knowledge and experience that is most valued by employers.

Members of the board include Schneider Electric, Paxton Access, Cummins Turbo Technologies, Ricardo, Gatwick Airport and Southern Water.

You will benefit from facilities which include the advanced engineering building, Sir Harry Ricardo laboratories for automotive engine research, laboratories for embedded microprocessor systems development, flight simulators, car simulator, wind tunnel, prototyping laboratories and workshops and specialist laboratories for structural dynamics.

112

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Our honours degrees in engineering are accredited by professional bodies including the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE).

All of our BEng and MEng courses offer salaried professional placement year opportunities. Our placements team will support you throughout the placement. We have placed students with organisations including: Bentley • BMW • Bosch • Jaguar Land Rover • McAlpine Helicopters • NATS • Ricardo • Rolls-Royce • Southern Water • Visteon Corporation.

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR OPTION

Our engineering foundation year provides students who have a range of life and academic experience with the best possible preparation for successful undergraduate study in engineering.

ADVANCED STUDY

The integrated masters MEng route offered on our engineering degrees can prepare you for higher-level positions earlier in your career. Offering the option of a further year of study at advancedlevel, the MEng fully satisfies the educational base for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

SUBJECT AREAS • Electrical and electronic engineering Electronic and computer engineering • Mechanical engineering Aeronautical engineering • automotive engineering • mechanical engineering Students on BEng(Hons) courses who achieve the required standard in year 2 can transfer to the third year of the MEng option.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

The University of Brighton is a member of the UK’s Advanced Propulsion Centre (APC), and is recognised as the National Centre of Excellence for Internal Combustion Engine Thermal Efficiency.

Our Advanced Engineering Centre (AEC) has an international reputation. Our pioneering work on low carbon internal systems supports the development of cleaner, greener, more efficient engines.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

A group of engineering students, designed and built a prototype racing car as part of their degree and got to test the car on the track at Goodwood Motor Circuit. The final version of the car will be entered into the next Formula Student contest, Europe’s most established educational motorsport competition, run by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE).

Our new advanced engineering building provides world-class specialist facilities for students.

Electrical engineering labs are housed in the award-winning Cockcroft building.

The Sir Harry Ricardo labs offer a specialist, advanced engineering research environment.

Our students have access to a range of equipment including Oculus Rift technology.

113

ENGINEERING INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Foundation year

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

We offer a number of BEng(Hons) engineering courses with an extra year of study at foundation level. Offering this route opens up opportunities in engineering to students who do not hold the required scientific A-levels or equivalent qualifications, or who are changing career. This foundation year gives you the support, knowledge and skills you need to progress. You will be required to successfully complete the foundation year before progressing to the degree course.

We offer the following integrated foundation year degree courses: • Aeronautical Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code H415 • Automotive Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code H331 • Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code H202 • Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code H606 • Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code HI61 • Mechanical Engineering BEng(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code H301.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

All of the BEng(Hons) courses with an integrated foundation year are accredited by relevant professional organisations, including the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET), Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE), and Joint Board of Moderators (JBM).

WHY US • Gain specific knowledge and skills you need to progress • Access to professional-standard facilities including specialist laboratories and custom-built workshops • Integrates with a range of BEng(Hons) and MEng courses

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Engineering UCAS CODE See codes in left column DURATION Full-time 1 year plus 3–4 years BEng(Hons) ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The practical approach of this course and placement opportunities help prepare you for your career as an engineer. Recent graduates are working in companies including Rolls-Royce, National Rail, Bosch and Airbus Defence and Space.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the BEng(Hons), you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the respective MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Core Mathematics • Geometry • Core Science • Engineering Mathematics • Engineering Science • Engineering Mechanics • Group Project*

*If English is not your first language, you may substitute the group project with the English for Academic Purposes module.

UCAS Tariff 72 points with maths and physics at A or AS-level, otherwise 96 points.

General Studies excluded.

BTEC MMP/DM. IB 24 points, specified subjects, certificates considered.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects including maths and a physical science (or equivalent).

Mature students without these qualifications but with relevant industrial experience may be considered.

EU students must have IELTS 5.0 plus UK AS-level equivalent qualifications including maths and physics (min grade C or grade 4).

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 114 114

David Oyegbile (left) and Quico Candea Lopez (right) with Vice-Chancellor Professor Debra Humphris.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

University of Brighton engineering graduates fought off tough competition to secure jobs on a new Gatwick Airport Graduate Engineering programme. David Oyegbile and Quico Candea Lopez, both graduates of the MEng in Mechanical Engineering, secured two of the three places to work on construction of the new duty free area at Gatwick’s North Terminal.

Engineering students operating the wind tunnel in the specialist thermal dynamics and avionics laboratory.

Our engineering students have access to flight simulators to support their learning.

115 115

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING

BEng(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course, you will develop strong electrical and electronic engineering knowledge and skills, exploring fundamental theories and applying them during practical work in the lab.

Designed with input from industry and the accrediting body (IET), this course provides the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience. You will benefit from access to our specialist electronics and computer laboratories, and the option of a year’s paid placement.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

WHY US • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) • Well-established links with industry and option of a paid placement year • Access to advanced engineering facilities

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In years 1 and 2 you will take modules in electronic engineering, mathematics and communications. You will also undertake practical projects including the combat robots project. You have the option of a year’s paid industrial placement after year 2. In your final year you will specialise in areas of interest and complete an extensive piece of individual work that you can showcase to potential employers.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering 1

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management • Analogue Electronics • Electrical Engineering 2 • Radio and Navigation Systems • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications

This course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

The practical approach of this course, alongside placement opportunities, means that our graduates enjoy employment success. Students have undertaken placements at Network Rail, Rolls-Royce, General Electric and Cummins Generator Technology.

Recent graduates are working in companies including Rolls-Royce, Southern Water, National Rail, Edwards High Vacuum and Innogy. Some graduates go on to further study and research at masters or PhD level.

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who are interested in engineering and who may not meet the entry requirements for this course can take the integrated foundation year option. Find out more on page 114.

Optional placement year Final year Project • Product Innovation and Management • Electronics • High Voltage Power, Distribution and Utilisation • Options include: Digital Signal Processing • Communications

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA XX Electrical and electronic engineering UCAS CODE xx UCAS CODE H605 DURATION Full-time DURATION x years With placement Full-time 3 yearsyear x years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of GCSE A–level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff XX. points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers IB XX. typically fall within this range.

Access to HE diploma A-levels must include maths and a XX physical science.

English language requirements We generally make you an offer if see will page xx. your predicted grades are at the top of Fees and funding xx grades are this range.

If yourpage predicted towards the lower end of this range we Entry and application page xx may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics.

Foundation course Must include maths and a physical science.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

116 116

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING

MEng

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

When you study towards an Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng, you will develop strong knowledge and skills, exploring fundamental theories and applying them during practical work in the lab.

WHY US • Well-established links with industry and option of a paid placement year • Advanced study in engineering, business and project management • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

The MEng is an integrated qualification giving you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level. On successful completion of this course you will have the qualifications you need to progress on the path to becoming a Chartered Engineer.

In years 1 and 2 you will take modules in electronic engineering, mathematics and computer programming. You will also undertake practical projects.

You’ll gain an advanced understanding of engineering theory, business and project management, with access to specialist facilities including electronics and computer laboratories as you work on group and individual projects.

In your final two years, you will specialise in areas of interest and undertake an individual project. In the final year you will also work on a major team project, which may be supported by one of our industrial partners.

The course is designed with industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering I

As part of the course, you will have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement in industry, which will not only enhance your CV but also allow you to make valuable professional contacts.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) and fully meets the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The practical approach of this course, alongside masters-level study and placement opportunities, enhances the employability of our graduates. The MEng is an ideal route into management positions early in your career.

Recent graduates are working for companies including Applications Solutions (ASL), Rolls-Royce, Southern Water, National Rail, Edwards High Vacuum and Innogy. Some graduates have chosen to study at PhD level.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management • Analogue Electronics • Electrical Engineering II • Radio and Navigation Systems • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications Optional placement year Year 3 Project • Product Innovation and Management • Integrating Case Study • Electronics • High Voltage Power, Distribution and Utilisation Final year Major Team Project • Operations Management for Logistics • Engineering with MATLAB • Automotive Communication Systems • Sensors and Interfacing • Power Electronics and Actuators

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA XX Electrical and electronic engineering UCAS CODE xx UCAS CODE H607 DURATION Full-time DURATION x years With placement Full-time 4 yearsyear x years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of GCSE A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff XX. points or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers IB XX. typically fall within this range.

Access to HE diploma A-levels must include maths and a XX physical science.

English language requirements We generally make you an offer if see will page xx. your predicted grades are at the top of Fees and funding xx grades are this range.

If yourpage predicted towards the lower end of this range we Entry and application page xx may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non–academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics.

Access to HE diploma Access courses not accepted.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 117 117

ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

BEng(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course you will develop strong electrical and electronic engineering knowledge and skills. You will explore fundamental theories and apply them during practical work in the lab, helping to prepare you for a career in this fast-paced field.

You will benefit from access to specialist facilities including laboratories for embedded microprocessor systems development, electronic and computeraided design resources, and digital video equipment.

The course is designed in consultation with industry and the accrediting body (IET) to provide you with the most up-todate and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience. You will have the opportunity to undertake a year’s paid placement and will prepare a project portfolio for your future career.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The practical approach of this course and placement opportunities help our graduates to achieve employment success. Recent graduates are working in companies including Electa, Eurotherm, Paxton Access and Hanover Displays, while others have established their own companies. Some graduates choose to go on to further study and research at MSc or PhD level.

WHY US • Well-established links with industry • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) • Chance to gain a year’s paid industry experience before you graduate

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who are interested in engineering and who may not meet the entry requirements for this course can take the integrated foundation year option. Find out more on page 114.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Your first year will provide you with a broad introduction to electronic and computer engineering, which will be developed in more detail in your second year. You may choose to spend a year in industry after your second year, and in the final year you will consolidate your knowledge, skills and experience with an emphasis on embedded computer systems design. You will complete an individual final year project, focusing on areas that interest you.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering 1 Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications • Analogue Electronics • Radio and Navigation Systems • Electrical Engineering 2 Optional placement year Final year Project • Product Innovation and Management • Communications • Digital Signal Processing • Microprocessor Systems Design

118 118

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Electrical and electronic engineering UCAS CODE HG64 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A–level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include maths and a physical science.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics.

Foundation course Must include maths and a physical science.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

MEng

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course you will gain strong knowledge of theory and practice in digital electronics and computing. The MEng is an integrated qualification giving you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level. On successful completion of this course you will have the qualifications you need to become a Chartered Engineer.

WHY US • Well-established links with industry and the option of a year’s paid placement • In-depth study of engineering, business and project management • Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will benefit from an in-depth understanding of engineering theory, business and project management, with an emphasis on embedded computer systems design. You’ll have access to specialist facilities including embedded microprocessor systems and electronics and computer laboratories.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Technology Projects • Digital Electronics • Analogue Electronics • Electronic Computer-aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering 1

You’ll also take on practical, hands-on group and individual projects, allowing you to work and learn in a multidisciplinary engineering context. And you will have the opportunity to take a year’s paid placement in industry.

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design Management • Programmable Logic and VHDL • Computer Programming • Microcontrollers and Data Communications • Analogue Electronics • Radio and Navigation Systems • Electrical Engineering 2

The course is designed in consultation with industry and the accrediting body (IET) to provide you with the most up-todate and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) and fully meets the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The practical approach of this course, alongside the masters-level study and placement opportunities, means our graduates have enhanced employability.

Studying at this level provides opportunities for more senior positions earlier in your career.

Recent graduates are working in companies including Electa, Eurotherm and Paxton Access. Some graduates have established their own companies or gone on to study at PhD level.

Optional placement year Year 3 / Final year Project • Product Innovation and Management • Integrating Case Study • Microprocessor Systems Design • Options: Digital Signal Processing • Communications Final year Major Team Project • Operations Management for Logistics • Automotive Control Systems • Automotive Communication Systems • Embedded Processor Systems • Engineering with MATLAB

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA XX Electrical and electronic engineering UCAS CODE xx UCAS CODE HG6K DURATION Full-time DURATION x years With placement Full-time 4 yearsyear x years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of GCSE A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff XX. points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers IB XX. typically fall within this range.

Access to HE diploma A-levels must include maths and a XX physical science English language requirements We generally make you an offer if see will page xx. your predicted grades are at the top of Fees and funding xx grades are this range.

If yourpage predicted towards the lower end of this range we Entry and application page xx may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level to include grade 5 in maths and physics.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 119 119

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

BEng(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course you will gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an aeronautical engineer.

A strong foundation of mechanical engineering, together with a mix of theory and practice, will support your learning and development.

You will benefit from access to our new advanced engineering building, specialist laboratories, flight simulators, Sir Harry Ricardo research facilities, wind tunnel, experimental gas turbine, aerodynamics lab and facilities for rapid prototyping.

The course is designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience. The paid placement year is a great opportunity to gain invaluable experience and build professional contacts within industry.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress to year 3 of the Aeronautical Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and Institution of Engineering Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements stage for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Placement opportunities at companies offer a great opportunity to enhance your CV. Past students have been on placement with organisations such as NATS and Rolls-Royce.

Recent graduates are working in defence, aerospace and satellite development with companies including McAlpine Helicopters Ltd, Marshall Aerospace, Lucas Aerospace, Airbus Defence and Space, and MSX International. Some graduates choose to go on to further study or research.

WHY US • Professionally accredited by IMechE and IET • Access to specialist facilities including our advanced engineering building and flight simulators • Chance to gain a year’s paid industry experience before you graduate

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE H410 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who are interested in engineering and who may not meet the entry requirements for this course can take the integrated foundation year option. Find out more on page 114.

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

A-levels must include maths and a physical science.

In year 1 you will explore mechanical engineering topics, giving you a solid basis to build specialist aeronautical engineering knowledge and skills in your second year. In your final year you will embark on a major project, often supported by industry.

Year 1 Design and Applications Project • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computeraided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture 1 • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts Year 2 Fluid Mechanics • Thermodynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Aeronautical Instrumentation • Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management Optional placement year Final year Advanced Fluid Mechanics • Aircraft Propulsion Systems • Aircraft Design • Control Systems • Product Innovation and Management • Project • Options: Radio and Navigation Systems • Materials Engineering • Engineering Simulation • Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics.

Foundation course with maths and physical sciences, with an average of at least 55%.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

120 120

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

MEng

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course enables you to develop specialist aeronautical engineering knowledge, supported by strong mechanical engineering knowledge and skills.

The MEng is an integrated qualification giving you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level. On successful completion of this course you will have the qualifications you need to become a Chartered Engineer.

You will extend your technical understanding and knowledge of business processes and management, and benefit from gaining project management skills during team projects supported by industry.

The course is designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-todate, relevant programme and handson experience. You will also benefit from access to our specialist facilities, including our advanced engineering building and flight simulators.

You will have the option to undertake a year’s paid placement, gaining invaluable work experience and making professional industry contacts for your future career.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and Institution of Engineering Technology (IET) as meeting the educational requirements stage for Chartered Engineer status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The additional management and business training you receive on an MEng course is recognised as an ideal route into management positions early in your career. Recent graduates are working in companies including McAlpine Helicopters Ltd, Marshall Aerospace, Lucas Aerospace, Airbus Defence and Space, and MSX International. Some graduates choose to go on to further study or research.

WHY US • Professionally accredited by IMechE and IET • Access to specialist facilities including our advanced engineering building and flight simulator • Well-established links with industry and opportunity of paid work experience • Advanced study in engineering and its business applications

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Design and Applications Project (EA1) • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computer-aided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture 1 • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts Year 2 Fluid Mechanics • Thermodynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Aeronautical Instrumentation • Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE H416 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include maths and a physical science.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Optional placement year

IB 28 points with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics.

Year 3 Advanced Fluid Dynamics • Aircraft Propulsion Systems • Aircraft Design • Control Systems • Product Innovation and Management • Project • Integrating Case Study

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

Final year Major Team Project • Operations Management for Logistics • Flight Simulator Technologies • Engineering with MATLAB • Computational Fluid Dynamics • Avionics and Communications Systems

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 121 121

AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING

BEng(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course you will gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an automotive engineer. Your learning will be supported by a strong foundation in mechanical engineering and a mix of theory and practice.

You will benefit from access to our specialist facilities including a car simulator, the Sir Harry Ricardo Laboratories and the new advanced engineering building.

The University of Brighton is a member of the UK’s Advanced Propulsion Centre (APC), where it is recognised as the National Centre of Excellence for Internal Combustion Engine Thermal Efficiency.

You will be taught by a team with an international reputation in the fields of theoretical, computational and applied automotive research.

The course is designed in consultation with industry partners and gives you the opportunity to take a year’s paid placement to enhance your CV. If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Automotive Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and the Institution of Engineering Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements stage of Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Recent graduates are working in companies including Jaguar Land Rover Ltd, Ricardo UK Ltd and MAHLE Powertrain Ltd. Some have gone on to further study at MSc and PhD level.

WHY US • Well-established links with industry • Access to excellent facilities in our new advanced engineering building • Chance to gain a year’s paid work experience before you graduate

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who are interested in engineering and who may not meet the entry requirements for this course can take the integrated foundation year option. Find out more on page 114.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In your first year you will gain a broad understanding of mechanical engineering and undertake project-based work in small groups to develop your teamwork and communication skills. You begin to focus on automotive engineering in your second year before specialising in the areas that interest you most in your final year.

Year 1 Design and Applications Project (EA1) • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computer-aided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture 1 • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts Year 2 Fluid Dynamics • Thermodynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Automotive Instrumentation and Testing • Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management Optional placement year Final year Advanced Fluid Dynamics • Control Systems • Powertrain Engineering • Vehicle Design • Product Innovation and Management • Project • Options: Radio and Navigation Systems • Materials • Engineering Simulation • Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE H330 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include maths and a physical science.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level to include grade 5 in maths and physics.

Foundation course with maths and a physical science, with an average of at least 55%.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and physics required.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

122 122

AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING

MEng

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course enables you to develop specialist automotive engineering knowledge, supported by strong mechanical engineering knowledge and skills.

The MEng gives you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level. On successful completion of this course you will have the qualifications you need to become a Chartered Engineer.

Your learning will be supported by a strong foundation in mechanical engineering and a mix of theory and practice. The masters-level study will extend your technical understanding and knowledge of business processes and management as you gain project management skills in team projects set by industry partners.

The University of Brighton is a member of the UK’s Advanced Propulsion Centre (APC), where it is recognised as the National Centre of Excellence for Internal Combustion Engine Thermal Efficiency. You will be taught by a team with an international reputation for automotive research. You will also benefit from access to our specialist facilities, including our advanced engineering building, and the option of a year’s paid placement.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMEchE) and the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as meeting the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The additional training you receive on an MEng course is an ideal route into management positions early in your career. Recent graduates are working in companies such as Jaguar Land Rover Ltd, Ricardo UK Ltd and MAHLE Powertrain Ltd. Graduates are also well placed to go on to further study or research.

WHY US • Access to excellent facilities in our new advanced engineering building • Well-established links with industry • Chance to gain a year’s paid work experience before you graduate

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will gain knowledge of topics including mechanics, electronics, programming, mathematics, conceptual design, manufacturing and automotive systems.

Project-based work will develop your skills in engineering, team working and communication. Specialist projects in the final year are often proposed and supported by our industry partners.

Year 1 Design and Applications Project (EA1) • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Computer-aided Engineering and Design • Materials and Manufacture 1 • Mathematics • Engineering Concepts

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE H335 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include maths and a physical science.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management • Thermodynamics • Fluid Dynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Dynamics • Automotive Instrumentation and Testing

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include grade 5 in maths and physics.

Optional placement year

English language requirements see page 246.

Year 3 Individual Project • Radio and Navigation Systems • Advanced Fluid Mechanics • Control Systems • Vehicle Design • Product Innovation and Management • Integrating Case Study Final year Major Team Project • Operational Management • Powertrain Engineering • Computational Fluid Dynamics • Sensors and Interfacing • Options: Engineering with MATLAB • Sustainable Automotive Power Technology

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a physical science.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 123 123

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

BEng(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

On this course you will gain the knowledge and skills to become a mechanical engineer. You’ll develop a strong foundation in engineering with both industrial and commercial insight, learning through a mix of theory and practice.

You will benefit from access to the specialist facilities in our new advanced engineering building, the Sir Harry Ricardo Laboratories, manufacturing workshops, rapid prototyping equipment, vehicle simulators and hydraulics, thermodynamics and materials laboratories. You will also have the option to take a year’s paid placement, which could significantly enhance your CV and allow you to make professional contacts for your future career.

The course is designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies to provide you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Mechanical Engineering MEng and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) as partially meeting the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Recent graduates are working in industries from aerospace to manufacturing and at companies including Visteon, Jaguar Land Rover and Bosch. Some students choose to go on to further study and research at masters or PhD level.

124 124

WHY US • Specialist facilities in the new advanced engineering building • Chance to gain a year’s paid work experience before you graduate • Well-established links with industry and a focus on your career

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who are interested in engineering and who may not meet the entry requirements for this course can take the integrated foundation year option. Find out more on page 114.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In your first year you will explore conceptual design, manufacturing and testing through project-based learning, giving you a solid basis to build specialist mechanical engineering knowledge and skills in your second year. In your final year, you will embark on a major project, often supported by industry.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Computer-aided Engineering and Design • Design and Applications Project (EA1) • Materials and Manufacture 1 • Aircraft and Automotive Systems.

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design and Management • Dynamics • Thermodynamics • Fluid Dynamics • Materials • Manufacturing and Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Mechanical and Manufacturing Instrumentation and Testing Optional placement year Final year Product Innovation and Management • Control Systems • Individual Project • Advance Fluid Dynamics • Manufacturing Systems • Options: Radio and Navigation Systems • Materials Engineering • Engineering Stimulation • Powertrain Engineering • Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE H300 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include maths and a physical science.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths and physics at grade 5.

Foundation course must contain maths and a physical science, with an average of at least 55%.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in maths and a physical science required. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

MEng

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Mechanical Engineering MEng is an integrated qualification giving you the opportunity to study at an in-depth masters level. You will extend your technical understanding, business process knowledge and project management skills through industry insight and a strong foundation in engineering. On successful completion of this course you will have the qualifications you need to become a chartered engineer.

You will benefit from use of the facilities in the new advanced engineering building, Sir Harry Ricardo Laboratories and manufacturing workshops. You will also gain transferable project management skills and have the option to take a year’s paid placement to enhance your CV. Designed with input from industry and accrediting bodies, the course provides you with the most up-to-date and relevant programme of theory, practice and work experience.

WHY US • In-depth study of engineering, business processes and project management • Specialist facilities in our new advanced engineering building • Well-established links with industry and the option to take a year’s paid placement

In your final year you will embark on a major project, often supported by industry, and develop your business, management and technical expertise.

Year 1 Mathematics • Engineering Concepts • Computer-aided Engineering and Design • Design and Applications project (EA1) • Aircraft and Automotive Systems • Materials and Manufacture 1

This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and the Institution for Engineering and Technology (IET) as meeting the educational requirements for Chartered Engineer status (CEng).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Optional placement year

The in-depth training you receive on the MEng course provides an ideal route to management-level positions earlier in your career.

Our graduates are working in industries from aerospace to manufacturing at companies including Visteon, Triumph, Bosch, Ford and Jaguar Land Rover.

Some graduates choose to go on to further study and research at PhD level.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In your first year you will explore conceptual design, manufacturing and testing through project-based learning, giving you a solid basis to build specialist knowledge and skills during year 2.

SUBJECT AREA Mechanical engineering UCAS CODE H302 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

You will have the option of a year’s paid placement after year 2.

Year 2 Mathematics and Control • Engineering Design Management • Dynamics • Thermodynamics • Fluid Dynamics • Materials • Manufacturing Engineering • Computer-aided Engineering • Mechanical and Manufacturing Instrumentation and Testing

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

KEY FACTS

Year 3 Product Innovation and Management • Control Systems • Individual project • Advance Fluid Dynamics • Manufacturing Systems • Options: Integrated Case Studies • Sustainable Energy Systems Final year Sustainable Automotive Power Technology • Aircraft Dynamics and Control • Design for Manufacture • Computational Fluid Dynamics • Operational Management for Logistics • Major Team Project • Options: Aircraft Dynamics and Control • Design for Manufacture • Engineering with MATLAB

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include maths and a physical science.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level which must include maths and physics at grade 5.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 125 125

PUT LEARNING INTO PRACTICE WITH FIELDWORK AND PLACEMENTS

LEARN IN SPECIALIST LABS IN AN AWARD-WINNING BUILDING

ACCREDITED DEGREES IN GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCE

GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY At Brighton, our courses in geography, geology and environmental sciences offer exciting fieldwork opportunities in the UK and overseas, flexibility and choice through specialisms and module options and the chance to apply and develop your learning through placement opportunities.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Our courses are all designed to maximise opportunities for you to build practical skills and experience and to apply them in the field, in the lab and in the workplace.

Our students learn by using: • computer labs running geographical information systems (GIS) • remote sensing and image analysis software • geology, soil and water analysis labs • public health and geochemical labs, including walk-in cold storage • advanced microscope technology equipment for rock and mineral analysis • equipment for field-based geophysical surveying.

Field trips are at the heart of our learning experience. From the outset fieldwork enables you to develop practical skills and apply your learning in real-world situations, preparing you for the final year project and for your career.

In the UK our residential fieldwork has included locations such as Wales and Yorkshire whilst overseas destinations have included North Africa, Greece, Sicily, Spain, Cyprus and France.

126

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Our courses are accredited by professional organisations including the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG), the Geological Society of London and the Institution of Environmental Sciences.

You will have opportunities to gain valuable experience by volunteering as part of your course by choosing our Community Engagement module.

Recent students have volunteered with community gardening, recycling and food co-op projects, in wetland conservation and at the Sussex Wildlife Trust.

The optional professional placement year is a great opportunity to experience paid employment and make professional contacts.

Our students have been on placement with organisations such as: Australian Marine Research Laboratories • Cascade Head Experimental Forest USA • Department for Energy and Climate Change • Field Studies Council • Office for National Statistics • Samsung • Sunseed Desert Technologies, Spain • Transport for London.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Geography and geology are wideranging subjects, and work at Brighton reflects this with our research exploring: aquatic environments; environmental and

SUBJECT AREAS • Geography, geology and environment Earth and ocean science • environmental sciences • geography • geology • physical geography and geology cultural politics; applied geosciences; environment and public health; society, space and environment; and transforming sexuality and gender. 80% of our research in earth systems and environmental sciences is recognised as internationally excellent in the REF 2014.

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

On our Geography BSc(Hons) course we offer opportunities to tailor your learning and have this reflected in the degree title you leave us with. Depending on the options you choose you could specialise in archaeology or geoinformatics.

ADVANCED STUDY

The integrated masters routes provided through our Geography and Geology courses develop your skills and experience as a researcher, deepening your understanding of key concepts and how to apply them to real-world issues through advanced, masters-level study.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

The University of Brighton has set up an advanced air quality monitoring station to identify harmful air pollutants. The JOAQUIN Advanced Air Quality Station (JAAQS) is the first of its kind in the UK dedicated to the detection of harmful nanosized particles and their gaseous precursors. It was officially opened by Brighton MP Caroline Lucas, who praised the university for our ‘trailblazing’ research.

Dr Kevin Wyche and Dr Kirsty Smallbone (left), the projects’ lead scientists, with Caroline Lucas MP (centre).

Our geology labs are based in the award-winning Cockcroft building.

Fieldwork is at the heart of our learning experience.

Our students put theory into practice in the field, on trips abroad and in the UK.

127

EARTH AND OCEAN SCIENCE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course combines the study of oceanography with geology and earth science. It introduces the earth-ocean system and investigates the role of earth and ocean science in managing contemporary environmental problems.

You will have the freedom to choose between a broad-based programme or specialising in areas such as marine biology, coastal engineering, pollution control and geochemistry.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips to France and Cyprus help you develop your field skills, while the placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

Brighton students benefit from close proximity to local issues such as dredging, pollution, cliff collapse and other environmental impacts, which help form a real-world basis for learning.

The university also has excellent links with local coastal consultants and environmental agencies.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) and entitles you to apply for free membership during your studies.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will develop specialist and transferable skills suitable for work in the coastal and offshore industries, environmental management and consultancy, construction, business and finance.

Recent graduates have found roles in organisations such as Geo-Environmental Services and Fugro EMU, a commercial marine environmental services organisation. Others have gone on to postgraduate research and study.

WHY US • Accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) • UK and overseas field trips to destinations including France and Cyprus • Opportunity to take a professional work placement

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will follow a broad curriculum before specialising through option modules and your final year research project.

Year 1 Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Ecological Processes, Fundamentals of Geology • Geology of your Home Area • Introduction to Field Geology • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System • The Ocean Planet: An Introduction • Water in the Environment • Options include: Habitat Ecology • Interpreting Geological Maps • Discovering Geospacial Data Year 2 Earth and Ocean Science Field Course • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Introduction to Marine Biology • Research and Career Skills for Geoscientists • Sedimentology • Structure of the Earth and Global Processes • Options include: Climate Change • Earth Resource • Ecological Techniques • Soil and Water Analysis • Alternative and Renewable Energy Optional placement year Final year Earth and Ocean Science Independent Project • Field Course in Cyprus • Options include: Ecology Field Skills • Applied Remote Sensing • Applied Ecology and Conservation • Coastal Environments • Environmental Geology: Professional Practice • Geohazards • Evolution and the Fossil Record • Exploration Geology • Hydrogeology • Oceanography • Water and Health

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE FF67 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include a pure science, environmental science or geography subject. BTEC to include a relevant science subject.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile and relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, including three subjects at Higher level with a relevant science subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in a relevant science required.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

128 128

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Environmental Sciences BSc(Hons) is a flexible degree that draws from geography, ecology and chemistry to address themes such as sustainability, conservation, environmental pollution and environmental hazards.

You will develop scientific skills and knowledge through classroom, laboratory and project work, with the freedom to choose between a broad-based study programme or a more specialised route.

The course has a general focus on employability, transferable skills and practical learning. Trips to Greece, Sicily and South Africa, as well as the local area including the chalk hills of the South Downs National Park are available to help you develop your field skills. The option of a placement year in industry gives you the chance to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) and entitles you to apply for free membership during your studies.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This degree will prepare you for careers in areas including nature conservation, waste management, environmental consultancy and geoinformatic systems.

Recent graduates have found roles in organisations such as GIS consultancies, Low Carbon Europe, the Environment Agency, Southern Water and local authorities.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The course allows a great deal of freedom to tailor the syllabus to your personal interests. The final year dissertation enables you to research a topic of your choice in depth.

WHY US • Accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences (IES) • Field trips to destinations including Greece and Sicily • Opportunity to take a work placement year as part of your course Year 1 Introduction to Environmental Chemistry • Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Global Environmental Issues and Management • An Introduction to Environmental Hazards • Skills for Independent Learning • Introduction to Fieldwork • Options include: Introduction to Archaeology • Physiological Ecology • Evolutionary Biology • Fundamentals of Geology • Elements of Chemistry • The Global Earth System • Water in the Environment • Cities: An Introduction to Urban Geography Year 2 Geography Fieldwork, Sicily (or South Africa as a specialist option) • Skills for Research and Careers • Advanced Data Analysis • Options include: Environmental Microbiology • Sustainable Development • Climate Change • Ecological Techniques • Soil and Water Analysis Optional placement year Final year Independent Project or Ecology Project • Options include: Air Quality Management • Applied Remote Sensing • Environmental Impact Assessment • Geographical Information Systems • Geohazards • Applied Ecology and Conservation • Ecology Field Skills • Water and Health • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F901 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include a pure science related or environmental science subject. BTEC must include a relevant science subject.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level to include a relevant science subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units must include geography or environmental studies and a relevant science.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 129 129

GEOGRAPHY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geography BA(Hons) course, accredited by the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG), focuses on human and environmental geography, with a strong emphasis on employability, skills development and practical learning. During the course you will examine crucial contemporary geographical issues including social justice and change, global development, sustainability and society-nature relations.

You can tailor the course to your own interests and career aspirations through options covering topics in social, cultural, political and environmental geography.

Some elements of physical geography featured on our BSc(Hons) programme can be incorporated to give you a broad foundation in the subject.

Trips to locations such as Greece and North Africa help you develop your field skills, while the opportunity of a placement year allows you to build essential work experience and a network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geography MGeog and study towards a masterslevel qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This programme is accredited by the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As well as knowledge of geography, you will develop skills in communication, research and data analysis, opening up career possibilities in government, social enterprise, non-government organisations (NGOs), marketing, media, teaching, sustainability and environmental consultancy. The course also prepares you for postgraduate study or teacher training.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will follow a broad curriculum before you choose a pathway through option 130 130

WHY US • Accredited by the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG) • Field trips to destinations such as Greece and North Africa • Opportunity to take a work placement year as part of your course modules and your final year research project. The course will develop your academic and professional skills, as well as your geographical skills in social science research and geographical information systems (GIS).

Year 1 Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Contemporary Human Geographies • Skills for Independent Learning • Discovering Geospatial Data • Data Presentation and Analysis for Geographers • Introduction to Fieldwork • Options include: Introduction to Archaeology • Water in the Environment • Cities: An Introduction to Urban Geography • Citizenship for the Environment Year 2 Advanced Data Analysis • Geography Fieldwork, North Africa • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Climate Change • Community Engagement: Actioning Sustainability • Contemporary Rural Geographies • Critical Contemporary Geography • Environmental Planning • Environmental Conservation and Management Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Options include: Air Quality Management • Environmental Impact Assessment • Geographies of Disability and Impairment • Geographies of Genders, Sexes and Sexualities • Geographies of Racism and Security • Geographies of Sport and Leisure • Geographies of Landscape

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE L7F8 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include geography.

BTEC must include geography or a science-related subject.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, to include three subjects at Higher level with geography or a science-related subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units must include geography or environmental science.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Professor Huw Taylor (second right) and his research team have been working on a project to improve the management of sanitation in disaster zones by developing a unique lowcost solution to address sanitation.

Funded by US government agency USAID (United States Agency for International Development) and The Body Shop Foundation, the project will potentially help reduce the risk of serious disease for people in vulnerable communities for many years.

Students learn to interpret remote sensing data from Landsat satellites orbiting 780km above the Earth.

Students explore a variety of environments through fieldwork opportunities.

131 131

GEOGRAPHY

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geography BSc(Hons) course, accredited by the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG), examines crucial contemporary issues such as the impacts of climate and environmental change, and global sustainability, which are central to the study of geography.

Focused on physical and environmental geography, the course also covers some elements of human geography featured on our BA(Hons) to give you a broad foundation in the subject.

The course also develops your employability, transferable skills and practical learning through a combination of geographical scientific study, scientific skills, communication skills, IT and quantitative skills, group working abilities, and personal organisation and development.

Trips to Greece and Sicily and locally in Sussex provide opportunities for fieldwork; natural attractions include Seven Sisters and the South Downs, along with freshwater rivers and both saline and semi-saline estuaries. You will have the opportunity to undertake a year’s placement allowing you to build experience and develop a network of professional contacts.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geography MGeog and study towards a masterslevel qualification.

132 132

WHY US • Accredited by the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG) • Field trips to destinations including Greece and Sicily • Opportunity to take a work placement year as part of your course

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course and the specialism in Geography with Geoinformatics are accredited by the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG).

Accredited degree programmes contain a solid academic foundation in geographical knowledge and skills, and prepare graduates to address the needs of the world beyond higher education. The accreditation criteria require evidence that graduates from accredited programmes meet defined sets of learning outcomes, including subject knowledge, technical ability and transferable skills.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

A degree in geography from Brighton could lead to work as a GIS officer, asset systems manager, environmental energy consultant, public health officer, teacher, insurance assessor or government administrator. It also prepares you for postgraduate research and study.

Employers of our graduates include the Environment Agency, Argyll Environmental Ltd, the Japan Exchange & Teaching Programme (JET), The All England Lawn Tennis Club, DEBRA (an epidermolysis bullosa charity) and Southern Water.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The course allows you to follow a broad pathway before specialising. It includes modules that develop both your professional and research skills, and a final year dissertation project.

Year 1 Contemporary Human Geographies • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • An Introduction to Environmental Hazards • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Introduction to Fieldwork • Skills for Independent Learning • Discovering Geospatial Data • Data Presentation and Analysis for Geographers • Options include: Ancient Societies • Introduction to Archaeology • Citizenship for the Environment • Evolutionary Biology • Fundamentals of Geology • Physiological Ecology Year 2 Advanced Data Analysis • Geography Fieldwork, Sicily • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Human Origins and Evolution • Alternative and Renewable Energy • Behavioural and Evolutionary Ecology • Environmental Microbiology • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Soil and Water Analysis • Contemporary Rural Geographies • Geographies of Development • Introduction to Geographical Information Systems and Spatial Data • Introduction to Remote Sensing Optional placement year Final year Independent Project • Options include: Air Quality Management • Applied Ecology and Conservation • Applied Remote Sensing • Archaeological Heritage • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution • Cold Environments: Processes and Land systems • Environmental Impact Assessment • Geographical Information Systems 2 • Geohazards • Medical Geography • Oceanography • Political Ecology: Geographies of Environment and Development

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F800 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include geography.

SPECIALISMS The option choices you make enable you to follow a single honours Geography BSc(Hons) route or you can graduate with one of the following awards.

GEOGRAPHY WITH GEOINFORMATICS BSc(Hons) Accredited by the Royal Geographical Society (with IBG) this specialism provides a foundation in the contemporary issues that are central to geography and uses geoinformatics and geographic information science to explore the scientific and social context of global issues.

Balancing a broad subject area with an innovative technical component, you will develop expertise in the collection, processing, analysis and presentation of large spatial data sets and build your technical skills by using specialist equipment including industry-standard software, advanced differential GPS and laser scanning systems, and small remote controlled aircraft systems.

ARCHAEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY BSc(Hons) Together with a foundation in issues that are central to studying geography, such as the impacts of climate and environmental change and global sustainability, this specialism provides you with opportunities to investigate the relationship between human societies and their physical and social environments over time.

During the course you will develop knowledge of archaeological field and laboratory skills and an understanding of the principles and methods of acquiring, analysing and archiving archaeological data. You will explore contemporary archaeological and environmental issues, informed by international archaeological research projects in areas such as human evolution, African Iron Age dynasties and environmental degradation.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, to include three subjects at Higher level with geography or a science-related subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units must include geography or environmental science.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 133 133

GEOGRAPHY

MGeog

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geography MGeog extends your undergraduate studies to masters level, deepening your understanding of key geographical concepts and applying them to real-world issues.

The course offers a balance of human, environmental and physical geographies, and equips you with critical skills that employers value highly.

A key element of the course involves practical, research-based learning outside the classroom. From field trips in the local area to overseas destinations such as Greece, Sicily and Morocco, you will undertake guided research into topics including geographical inequalities, sustainable development, and physical processes in the landscape.

You will develop in-depth skills in your chosen area of geography and further develop your research skills in the lab, in small group seminars or in real-world practicals.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

A masters-level degree in geography develops advanced research skills and data analysis that are useful across all industries. It also develops general skills in critical thinking and problem solving, written and oral communication, team work and time management.

Our graduates are working in environmental consultancies, local and central government, and nongovernmental organisations related to local economic development and disaster relief. Others have progressed to postgraduate study and PhD research.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Contemporary Human Geographies • Data Presentation for Geographies • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Introduction to Fieldwork • Skills for Independent Learning • Discovering Geospatial Data • Options include: Ancient Societies • Cities: 134 134

WHY US • Field trips to destinations including Greece, Sicily and North Africa • Flexible programme that allows you to specialise in areas of interest • Chance to gain in-depth skills in geographical research and practice An Introduction to Urban Geography • Citizenship for the Environment • Introduction to Environmental Hazards • Water in the Environment Year 2 Advanced Data Analysis • Geography Fieldwork • Skills for Research and Careers • Options include: Alternative and Renewable Energy • Climate Change • Critical Contemporary Geography • Environmental Conservation and Management • GIS and Spatial Data Analysis • Ice Age Earth • Sustainable Development • Water in the Landscape Optional placement year Year 3 Independent Project • Options include: Air Quality Management • Applied Remote Sensing • Coastal Environments • Environmental Impact Assessment • Freshwater Processes and Ecosystems • Geographies of Genders, Sexes and Sexualities • Geographies of Racism and Security • Geographies of Sport and Leisure • Political Ecology • Water and Health Final year Critical Advances in Geography • Extending and Communicating Research in Geography • Knowledge and Practice for Social Change • Environmental Placement • Options include: Applications in GIS • Spatial Data Analysis • Geographies of Social Justice • Environmental Impact Assessment • Hydrogeology • Water Analysis • Systems of Environmental Management • Environmental Policy and Law

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F840 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–BCC (120–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. A-levels must include geography.

You will be considered if your predicted grades fall within this range, but any offer will be made based on assessment at interview.

IB 30 points, to include three subjects at Higher level with a relevant science subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units must include geography or environmental science.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

GEOLOGY

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Geology BSc(Hons) is accredited by the Geological Society of London and is a practical, hands-on degree that involves a high level of fieldwork in addition to thorough academic study.

During the course, you will explore the Earth and its evolution as a global-scale system, developing an understanding of the role of geology in our environment and communities, and its place in multidisciplinary topics such as oceanography, the assessment of natural hazards, and climate change.

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips within the UK and to Spain and Cyprus help you develop your field skills, while the optional placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts. If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geology MGeol and study towards a masters-level qualification

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Geological Society of London. Accredited status provides added assurance to prospective students that a department’s teaching is of a high quality, and has been approved by an independent body of academics and industrialists. An accredited degree will reduce the amount of experience required for applications for Chartered Geologist and Chartered Scientist.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This degree qualifies you for careers in geological resource exploration and extraction, water resources and environmental management, engineering geology and construction, and planning and promoting earth science heritage.

Recent graduates have found work in companies such as Schlumberger Geoservices (petroleum geology), Imerys (industrial minerals) and NPA Satellite Mapping (geological remote sensing).

WHY US • Accreditation from the Geological Society of London • Field trips to destinations including Spain and Cyprus • Flexibility to specialise in areas of interest

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching consists of lectures, practical classes, fieldwork and seminars, with many modules featuring industrial scenarios and professional practice.

Year 1 Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Fundamentals of Geology • Geology Field Course • Geology of Your Home Area • Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks • Interpreting Geological Maps • Introduction to Field Geology • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System Year 2 Applied Palaeontology • Earth Resources • Geographical Information Systems 1 • Geological Mapping Field Course • Geology Field Course, Spain • Igneous and Metamorphic Processes • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Research and Career Skills for Geoscientists • Sedimentology • Structural Geology • Structure of the Earth and Global Processes Optional placement year Final year Environmental Geology/Professional Practice • Exploration Geology • Geology Field Course, Cyprus • Geology Independent Project • Options include: Evolution and the Fossil Record • Global Petrogenesis • Hydrogeology • Oceanography • Geology of Major Civil Engineering Projects • Planetary Geology • Geohazards • Applied Remote Sensing • Cold Environments: Processes and Landsystems

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F600 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels and BTEC must include a geography, geology or science-related subject.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, to include three subjects at Higher level with a science-related subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units must include geography, geology or science.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 135 135

GEOLOGY

MGeol

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

WHY US

Our Geology MGeol takes you from core concepts in the subject to advanced, masters-level study. It prepares you for further research and employment in fields such as hydrogeology, mineral exploration and geological remote sensing.

Many modules on the course are specially designed to improve your employability, for example by training you in the latest research methodologies or through seminars with leading geoscience professionals.

You can develop your practical skills through extensive fieldwork in the UK, Spain, Portugal and Cyprus, as well as through access to specialist equipment for geochemistry, field-based geophysical surveying and the laboratory characterisation of geological samples.

The placement year is a great opportunity to develop your professional skills and experience.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Through its emphasis on professional experience, fieldwork and technical skills, the MGeol will give you an advantage in the geoscientific industries, environmental consultancies, and civil engineering and construction companies. It also prepares you for further research into particular areas of geology, for example geochemistry, hydrogeology or mining engineering.

Our recent geology graduates have gone on to work for major companies including Schlumberger Geoservices (petroleum geology), Imerys (industrial minerals), Rio Tinto (mineral exploration) and NPA Satellite Mapping (geological remote sensing). Other graduates have gone on to postgraduate study and research.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Fundamentals of Geology • Geology Field Course • Geology of Your Home Area • Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks • Interpreting Geological Maps 136 136

• Fieldwork opportunities in the UK, Spain, Portugal and Cyprus • Specialist equipment including geochemical laboratory, X-ray fluorescence, X-ray diffraction and X-ray photoelectron spectrometry and field geophysical equipment • Seminars with leading geoscience professionals Introduction to Field Geology • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • The Global Earth System • Options •

Year 2 Applied Palaeontology • Earth Resources • Introduction to GIS and Spatial Data Analysis • Geological Mapping Field Course • Geology Field Course, Spain • Igneous and Metamorphic Processes • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Research and Career Skills for Geoscientists • Sedimentology • Structural Geology • Structure of the Earth and Global Processes Optional placement year Year 3 Environmental Geology or Professional Practice • Exploration Geology • Geology Field Course, Cyprus • Geology Independent Project • Options include: Evolution and the Fossil Record • Global Petrogenesis • Hydrogeology • Oceanography • Geology of Major Civil Engineering Projects • Planetary Geology • Geohazards • Applied Remote Sensing • Cold Environments: Processes and Landsystems Final year Geological Research and Analytical Skills • MGeol Dissertation • Options include: Advanced Geochemistry and Mineral Deposit Geology • Hydrogeology • Rock Mechanics • Environmental Impact Assessment • Case Studies in Environmental Assessment Management • Spatial Data Analysis • Water Resource Management • Palaeoenvironments

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE F601 DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–BCC (120–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. A-levels and BTEC must include a geography, geology or science-related subject.

You will be considered if your predicted grades fall within this range, but any offer will be made based on assessment at interview.

IB 30 points, to include three subjects at Higher level with a relevant science subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units must include geography, geology or science.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

WHY US

The Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) explores the diverse processes that regulate our planet, covering topics such as climate change, natural resources and the impact of geology on environmental management.

• Accreditation from the Geological Society of London • Field trips to destinations such as Pembrokeshire and Sicily • Opportunity to take a professional placement year

The course focuses on employability, transferable skills and practical learning.

Trips to Pembrokeshire, Yorkshire and Sicily help you develop your field skills, while the optional paid placement year allows you to build experience and a network of professional contacts.

Teaching methods consist of lectures, practical and laboratory classes, fieldwork and seminars, with some modules incorporating industrial scenarios and professional practice.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Geology MGeol and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

The course is accredited by the Geological Society of London. Accredited status provides added assurance to prospective students that a department’s teaching is of a high quality, and has been approved by an independent body of academics and industrialists. An accredited degree will reduce the amount of experience required for applications for Chartered Geologist and Chartered Scientist.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) will equip you with the necessary skills to pursue careers in water and construction industries, teaching, planning and promoting earth science heritage, environmental management and consultancy, and the remediation of contaminated land.

Recent graduates have found work with Geo-Environmental Services (environmental and engineering geology), Gardline Geosciences (geotechnical engineering) and NPA Satellite Mapping (remote sensing and GIS). Others have progressed to postgraduate study.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Data Presentation and Analysis for Geoscientists • Fundamentals of Geology • Fundamentals of Physical Geography • Introduction to Field Geology (Pembrokeshire) • Global Environmental Issues and Management • Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks • The Ocean Planet: An Introduction • Geology Field course, Yorkshire • Mathematical Skills for Geoscientists • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System Year 2 Applied Palaeontology • Geography Fieldwork, Sicily • Introduction to GIS and Spatial Data Analysis • Research and Career Skills for Geoscientists • Options include: Earth Resources • Sedimentology • Climate Change • Environmental Conservation and Management • Environmental Pollution and Control • Coastal and Aeolian Landscapes • Water in the Landscape • Ice Age Earth Optional placement year Final year Independent (Geography) Project • Geology Project • Options include: Applied Remote Sensing • Humans of Ice Age Britain • Coastal Environments • Environmental Change in Low Latitudes • Geohazards • Freshwater Processes and Ecosystems • Geology of Major Civil Engineering Projects • Oceanography • Planetary Geology

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Geography, geology and environment UCAS CODE FF86 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include a science-related subject, preferably geography or geology. BTEC must include a sciencerelated subject.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, with three subjects at Higher level including a science-related subject.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above. Level 3 units must include geography or science.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249 GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 137 137

TOP 3

BRIGHTON AND SUSSEX MEDICAL SCHOOL

THE GUARDIAN UNIVERSITY LEAGUE TABLES 2017

UK UNIVERSITY FOR OVERALL STUDENT SATISFACTION

TOP 10

JOINT TOP

IN THE UK FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONS

UNIVERSITY FOR WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS, NURSING AND PHARMACY

NSS 2015

HEALTH

REF 2014

We place the values of the NHS constitution at the heart of our health courses. Realistic learning environments, placements in healthcare settings and learning together with students studying other health subjects support our graduates in becoming high-performing, compassionate and patient-focused professionals.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Our courses are accredited by professional governing bodies including the General Medical Council, Health and Care Professions Council, the Nursing and Midwifery Council and the General Pharmaceutical Council.

Placements are integral to your learning and give you the opportunity to build your professional practice, experience and knowledge in healthcare settings. You’ll be supported throughout, and as well as using your new skills, you will build relationships and work closely with other health professionals.

Our students benefit from our partnerships with local NHS trusts, spending up to 50% of their course on placement. International study opportunities and placements enable nursing students to develop experience of healthcare in places including Denmark and Australia.

Nursing, midwifery and paramedic practice students use an environment replicating a two-bedroom flat. It is equipped with cameras and microphones and students can observe and review each other as they apply their learning in a range of home-based scenarios.

Funded by Health Education Kent, Sussex and Surrey, the Simbulance is equipped with standard accident and emergency equipment and is used by nursing and paramedic students.

138

Video technology enables pharmacy students to record and review practice consultation skills sessions with patients.

Students use the SimMan 3G, a highly advanced patient simulator, which mimics all kinds of vital signs and symptoms, to practice real-time assessment of clinical response to drug treatments.

REALISE YOUR POTENTIAL

Wherever you are based you will be using clinical learning facilities and equipment that replicates those encountered in professional settings, including: a community podiatry clinic • patient simulators • human movement lab • midwifery and nursing simulation suites • physiotherapy practical skills room • Simbulance – a learning environment that replicates an ambulance.

LOCATION

Medicine is taught at the Brighton and Sussex Medical School – a partnership between the University of Brighton, the University of Sussex and NHS trusts throughout the South East.

Midwifery, occupational therapy, podiatry and physiotherapy are taught in Eastbourne.

Pharmacy, paramedic practice, public health, and child and mental health nursing are taught in Brighton.

Adult nursing is taught in Brighton and Eastbourne.

SUBJECT AREAS • Health professions Occupational therapy • paramedic practice • physiotherapy • podiatry • Medicine • Midwifery • Nursing Adult nursing • child nursing • mental health nursing • Pharmacy • Public health

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

The values of the NHS constitution are at the heart of your learning – working together for patients, respect and dignity, commitment to quality of care, compassion, improving lives, and making sure that everyone counts.

You can volunteer in the community through our Active Student scheme – pharmacy students have their own dedicated Active Pharmacy programme.

The Active Student team will help you to find a relevant project and support you throughout. Volunteering can develop your confidence and people skills, as well as supporting community development.

Dr Greg Scutt with SimMan 3G.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Dr Greg Scutt is a principal clinical lecturer in medicines optimisation and the head of pharmacy practice.

An experienced clinical pharmacist, Greg has a particular interest in researching the care and medication needs of older people, especially with respect to age-related neurological conditions such as Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease.

Physiotherapists working in intensive care at Eastbourne District General Hospital.

Podiatry students benefit from access to Leaf Hospital, our in-house podiatry clinic.

Paramedic practice students put learning to work in an environment replicating a two-bedroom flat.

139

OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Occupational therapists help people to maintain or rebuild their physical and psychological lives, and to use activity to retain their independence.

As an occupational therapist, you will work with people who, for various reasons, are unable to do the things in life that they want or need to do. These might be essential everyday skills such as dressing, eating and cooking, or the aspects of life that help us define who we are, such as our jobs, leisure interests and relationships.

This accredited part-time course gives you everything you need to qualify and practice as an occupational therapist.

A practical approach to learning means that you will apply your knowledge to solve real-world case scenarios in clinical settings.

You will develop practical skills in our Daily Living Suite. The suite is furnished like a flat with kitchen, bedroom and bathroom. Other specialist rooms are equipped for creative arts and crafts such as pottery.

Based in Eastbourne, you will share facilities and some teaching with students on our other health courses. This focus on interdisciplinary learning enriches your experience while preparing you for the reality of professional practice.

• Innovative problem-based learning approach • Excellent facilities • Accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) and College of Occupational Therapists

APPLY DIRECT TO UNIVERSITY DURATION Part-time 4–6 years

Academic requirements At least one A-level (or equivalent level 3 qualification), plus relevant work experience in a health, social care or other setting completed within five years of the start of the course.

The innovative curriculum uses a problem-based learning approach, where you will examine real-life scenarios in small groups with a tutor. This type of education has been found to deepen understanding and promote lifelong learning. You will practice a variety of creative skills, for example in arts and crafts, cooking, ceramics, and horticulture.

If you have an honours degree in any subject at minimum grade 2:2 (3.00 GPA) awarded within the last 10 years, you can apply for our accelerated Occupational Therapy (Pre-Registration) MSc course. It is ideal for graduates who wish to start a career in this challenging and highly rewarding field.

Year 1 Human Occupation • Beginning Practice • Assessing Occupational Capacities • Novice Practice Year 2 Maximising Occupational Participation • Occupational Therapy in Teams • Intermediate Practice

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Final year Competent Practice • Person-centred Occupational Therapy • Achieving Best Practice

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

SUBJECT AREA Health professions

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will attend classes on campus two days per week, 32 weeks per year. In each year of the course you will also complete at least seven weeks of fulltime practice placement.

Year 3 Evaluating Therapeutic Occupations • Occupational Therapy in Diverse Settings • Diverse Practice

Occupational therapists work in an ever-widening range of mental health and physical disability settings including acute hospitals, long-term rehabilitation, social care, local communities, schools, residential homes, voluntary organisations and prisons.

KEY FACTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Many students on the course are already working in health and social care, but we also welcome applicants with transferable experience from other backgrounds.

This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council and the College of Occupational Therapists.

140 140

WHY US

Non-academic requirements Two 500-word reports on the role of two different occupational therapy services are required alongside each application.

References You are also required to provide two references.

More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

PARAMEDIC PRACTICE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

As a paramedic you will often be the first healthcare professional at the scene of incidents requiring prehospital care. Working in conditions which can be challenging and rapidly changing you will assess a patient’s condition and make potentially lifesaving decisions about treatment and hospital transfer.

As a graduate of the Paramedic Practice course at Brighton you will be eligible to register with the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) and be ready to begin your career as a paramedic.

To ensure you can confidently apply theory to practice, you’ll spend 50% of each academic year on placement with the South East Coast Ambulance NHS Foundation Trust and in other healthcare settings including labour wards and cardiac units.

You will benefit from applying your learning in our specialist Clinical Skills Simulation Suite and Flexible Learning Environment.

Working as a paramedic offers many employment experiences in the UK and further afield. There are opportunities for our students to undertake an international placement, and explore practice in a different environment and culture.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council and endorsed by the College of Paramedics.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Working as a paramedic, no two days are the same. You will operate in different locations and encounter many challenges, from caring for an elderly person who has fallen in their home to responding to critical incidents such as road traffic accidents. Qualified paramedics are increasingly found at the heart of multidisciplinary NHS teams.

Career paths include specialist practice, teaching, management and research.

WHY US • Accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) • Learn in modern clinical skills and simulation suite • Split week for most of the year with time divided 50/50 between university and practice in ambulance, mental health, A&E and other health settings

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The syllabus covers the core areas necessary for a career as a paramedic, including pharmacology, research methods and clinical skills for paramedic practice.

You will spend some time learning alongside health professions students from other fields, for example midwifery.

This enriches your learning and helps prepare you for the workplace where you will work with different health and social care professionals.

Placements are designed to complement theoretical learning and to link with the rest of your studies.

Year 1 Foundations of Paramedic Practice • Social and Behavioural Sciences • Introduction to Clinical Skills for Paramedics • Paramedic Practice-based Learning Year 2 Care Delivery • Principles of Physical Assessment for Paramedics • Research Appreciation • Paramedic Practice-based Learning Final year Skills for Specialised Paramedic Practice • Transition to Registered Paramedic Practice • Clinical Leadership in Paramedic Practice: Resuscitation • Paramedic Practice-based Learning • Dissertation

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Health professions UCAS CODE B780 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBB, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC DDM in a health or science subject.

IB 30 points.

And additionally: GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects including maths, English language and science.

Interviews will be conducted jointly by the South East Coast Ambulance NHS Foundation Trust and university staff. A preliminary telephone interview may be used to aid shortlisting.

Funding for this course may change for 2018 entry. Up-to-date information can be found at www.thefundingclinic. org.uk.

More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 141 141

PHYSIOTHERAPY

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

As a physiotherapist you will work closely with people of all ages who are affected by illness, injury or disability, and other conditions affecting health and wellbeing. You will devise and provide individualised treatment programmes with compassion, patience and strong interpersonal skills. Physiotherapists help improve a person’s quality of life through advice, exercise and education.

Physiotherapy is a science-based profession and takes a whole person approach to health and wellbeing, which includes the individual’s general lifestyle.

At the core is the person’s involvement in their own care.

Taught in Eastbourne, the focus on interdisciplinary learning across all our health courses enriches your experience while also preparing you for the reality of professional practice.

You will spend a total of 30 weeks on placement gaining practical knowledge and skills using fully equipped professional standard equipment.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC), the regulatory body, and the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy (CSP), the professional body.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course gives you everything you need to start working as a HCPCregistered physiotherapist in the UK, with professional and portfolio development from start to finish. Many graduates secure employment with local placement providers.

You might choose to go straight into a specific area of practice such as paediatric or musculoskeletal fields, or take a post that offers rotations through several clinical areas to gain broad experience. Some students stay with us to study at masters level to enhance their practice skills or follow a research path.

142 142

WHY US • Accreditation from the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) and Chartered Society of Physiotherapy (CSP) • Specialist facilities and equipment • 30 weeks’ clinical experience to fully prepare you for practice: you will complete a minimum of 1,000 practice placement hours

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Health professions UCAS CODE B160 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels ABB to include biology, human biology or PE.

Year 1 focuses on core theory such as anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, health psychology, exercise prescription, surgery and orthopaedics before you start your clinical placements in year 2.

BTEC Extended Diploma DDM, and an A-level in biology or human biology at grade B.

Years 2 and 3 are a mix of clinical practice and university-based studies.

On placements you’ll work with senior physiotherapists and other health professionals such as nurses, doctors and occupational therapists. You could be based in settings including hospitals, rehab centres and patients’ homes.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall, 45 must be at level 3 (at least 30 distinctions and 15 merits), the remaining 15 credits at level 2. Must include biological science. Candidates must also have GCSE maths and English grade C, or an equivalent qualification.

Year 1 The Physiotherapist as a Professional • Physiology • Pathophysiology • Exercise for Health • Clinical Anatomy and Biomechanics • Musculoskeletal Physiotherapy • Introduction to Health Psychology and Health-related Behaviour • Rehabilitation through Exercise • Clinical Anatomy 2

And additionally:

Year 2 Cardiorespiratory Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation • Health Psychology and Communication • Neurological Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation • Neuromusculoskeletal Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation • Healthcare across Practice Settings • Research Methods in Healthcare • Clinical Practice Placement 1 Final year Clinical Placements 2, 3, 4 and 5 • Professional Development for Physiotherapists • Research for Evidence-based Practice

IB 32 points to include biology at the higher level.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Strong GCSE profile, at least five subjects including English language, maths and a science.

More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

On placement, aquatic physiotherapy at Eastbourne District General Hospital.

On placement in the physio department at Eastbourne District General Hospital.

143 143

PODIATRY

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Podiatry is a highly flexible, rewarding and varied profession. Podiatrists are specialist health professionals who care for patients with foot and lower limb complaints and help them maintain their health and wellbeing through podiatric treatment, minor surgery, orthotics, exercise and education. Podiatry offers the opportunity to work in specialist disciplines, including diabetes care, musculoskeletal practice and rheumatology.

You will study in excellent facilities including our own Leaf Hospital. The internal clinical placements at Leaf Hospital enable you to see patients from the first year of your degree. During the course you will accumulate 1,000 hours of clinical practice, giving you essential experience of working with NHS patients and managing your own caseload before you qualify as a podiatrist.

Our teaching team are all active members of the College of Podiatry, ensuring that the team and the curriculum stay up to date with policy and practice. The UK’s first degree in podiatry was developed at the University of Brighton and we are proud of our track record in teaching and research. As a graduate of the course you will be eligible for professional registration and be fully prepared to begin your career as a podiatrist.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council and approved by the College of Podiatry.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

There is an increasing demand for podiatrists, which is in part due to an emphasis on health and fitness, an ageing population, and the role played by the profession in the care of people with chronic diseases such as diabetes. Our graduates enjoy excellent employment prospects, typically securing roles in advanced practice, clinical teaching, research, education and training, and positions in the NHS and private sector.

144 144

WHY US • Leading provider of education in podiatry with an international reputation for teaching and research • Excellent facilities including our own podiatry clinic with NHS patients • You will manage your own caseload whilst you are a student • Accreditation from the College of Podiatry and Health and Care Professions Council

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will study the core areas necessary for professional practice: the clinical sciences, health psychology, medicine, pharmacology, surgery, orthopaedics and research methods. You will also share modules with students on physiotherapy, occupational therapy and pharmacy courses, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise with students from other disciplines.

Year 1 Clinical Practice: two placements • Musculoskeletal Podiatry • Podiatrist as a Professional: Fundamentals of Practice • Skin and its Appendages • Neurology and Endocrine Physiology • Cardiovascular Physiology • Introduction to Health Psychology and Health-related Behaviour • Clinical Hours (Additional)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Health XX professions UCAS CODE B985 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBC. A-levels and BTEC BTEC XX. DMM. Mature GCSE students are assessed on previous work experience, recent and XX. other significant academic study.

IB XX. IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Access to HE diploma XX Pass with 60 credits overall. Science English or health language studies.requirements Must include level see 3 units page in biology. xx.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or Fees and funding page xx distinction.

Entry and application page xx And additionally: GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects including English language, maths and science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Year 2 Clinical Practice: two placements • Musculoskeletal Podiatry • Local Anaesthesia and Surgery • Clinical Sciences • Research Design and Ethics • Health Psychology and Communication • Podiatrist as a Professional: the Social Context • Clinical Hours (Additional) Final year Clinical Practice: final two placements • Podiatrist as a Professional: Preparation for Work • Medicine and Pharmacology as Applied to the At-risk Foot • Learning

by Objectives • Conducting Research • Promotion of Health and Wellbeing • Critical Reflection: Readiness for Practice • Clinical Hours (Additional)

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

PHARMACY

MPharm

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Pharmacists are experts in medicines and how they work. They play an important role in providing healthcare to patients in many different settings – in the community, hospitals, industry and academia – using their clinical expertise to ensure the safe supply and use of medicines by the public.

Our MPharm programme is taught through a series of case studies that bring together the science of pharmacy with the needs of the patient. Each year of the course offers placements in either community or hospital settings.

You will benefit from inter-professional learning opportunities with Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) and from teaching informed by our industry links and world-leading research.

Our researchers are pioneering new approaches to regenerative medicine, asthma and diabetes care, and leading the development of biomedical products.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This degree is accredited by the General Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC), the UK’s independent regulator for pharmacy.

This course is the first step towards becoming a fully registered pharmacist.

Accreditation from the GPhC means that graduates are eligible to progress to the pre-registration training year.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

After a successful pre-registration year and examination, you will be eligible for professional registration with the GPhC and ready to begin your career in pharmacy. Our course will prepare you for all areas of the profession, including community, hospital and industrial pharmacy.

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who are interested in pharmacy and who may not meet the entry requirements for this course can take the integrated foundation year option. Find out more on page 204.

WHY US • Case-based approach to show relevance of science to the practice of pharmacy • Work placements in all years of the course • Specialist facilities including the SimMan 3G

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Our MPharm course integrates an understanding of chemistry, pharmaceutics, microbiology, physiology, pharmacology and health psychology with the practice of pharmacy.

Year 1 The first year consists of 10 cases designed to give you an understanding of minor ailments and their treatments using medicines that can be purchased from a community pharmacy. Cases cover subjects such as digestive ailments, skin conditions and eye conditions.

Year 2 In year 2, you study 12 cases of more complex conditions such as asthma, hypertension and ischaemic heart disease. You learn about relevant drugs, how they are formulated and how their quality is assured. You also learn how to take a drug history and produce a care plan as you develop further clinical skills.

Year 3 In year 3, you build on your learning through a further 13 cases. You learn about endocrinology, immunology and oncology in considering the treatment of patients with type 1 diabetes, autoimmune diseases and breast cancer.

Further cases consider the treatment of patients with mental health concerns.

Final year In the Preparing for Practice module, the focus is on more complex patient cases, as you take part in sessions that simulate real-life clinical scenarios. You also study two special topics and undertake a research project.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Pharmacy XX UCAS CODE B230 xx DURATION Full-time 4 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels A-levels Entry requirements and BTEC are in the range XX.A-level ABB–BBB (128–120 UCAS of Tariff points), or BTEC Extended GCSE Diploma (applied science) DDM plus XX. A-level chemistry at grade B. IB XX. must include chemistry.

A-levels Access to HE diploma Applicants invited to interview are XX normally chosen from the group who have predicted at the top of English languagegrades requirements this rangexx. but it is not a guarantee of see page interview. If your predicted grades are Fees andthe funding xx this range towards lowerpage end of we may still invite you to interview if Entry and application page xx you offer a significantly competitive GCSE (or equivalent) profile, personal statement or relevant non-academic achievements. Subsequent offers will be made based on assessment at interview and numeracy test.

IB 32 points including a grade 5 in chemistry and biology at Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include 24 credits at distinction in biology and chemistry. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction.

GCSE Must include maths and English language at grade B or grade 5, or above.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 145 145

PUBLIC HEALTH

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Public health professionals can transform the lives of communities, families and individuals by supporting them in making changes that can boost their physical and mental wellbeing. This course will provide you with an in-depth understanding of the factors that can support or undermine people’s health.

Based at our Falmer campus in Brighton, the course provides a mix of classroom and community-based learning. This enables you to experience first hand the challenges of protecting and promoting people’s health. Your learning will be supported by a team of experienced public health professionals.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

As a graduate from this course you will be confident, articulate, highly skilled and equipped to contribute as a professional within the field of public health.

You will be well placed for work in fields including public health, drug and alcohol counselling, work with homeless people, housing, education, environmental health, as well as youth and social work.

You could also choose to continue your studies on a postgraduate course.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Placements are a distinctive feature of this course and are a great opportunity to put what you learn in class into practice, to learn from public health practitioners in the field, and to build contacts for the future.

WHY US • Placements give you practical experience before you graduate • Professionally focused course, developed in consultation with public health organisations and practitioners Year 1 Introduction to Key Concepts in Health and Public Health • Study Skills for Health and Social Care Practice • Anatomy and Physiology to Support Health and Social Care Practice • Introduction to Public Health Ethics, Policy and Service Delivery • Introduction to Public Health Research Methods and Project Methods • Introduction to Health Needs and Assessment Year 2 Population Surveillance and Assessment Methods • Global Health • Epidemiology and Research Methods • Enabling Behaviour Change • Health Protection • Community Engagement for Public Health (placement module) Year 3 Health Promotion for Public Health Improvement • Leadership and Managing in Health Care Organisations • Dissertation for Public Health • Community and Public Health Engagement (placement) • Options include: Global Social Policy • Health Law and Ethics

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Public XX health UCAS CODE L510 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels BBC, preferably to include a A-levels subject. science and BTEC XX. BTEC DMM. Health-related subject GCSE preferred.

XX. IB 28 points.

IB XX. Access to HE diploma Access Pass with to HE 60 diploma credits overall in a social XX science, health and social care, or science subject. At least 45 level 3 English language credits, includingrequirements 15 distinctions and see xx.

30 atpage merit.

Fees and funding page xx And additionally: Entry application xx GCSE and (minimum gradepage C or grade 4) Must include at least English language and maths (or equivalent).

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

The work you observe and take part in will inform and strengthen your studies, and may inspire the topic for your final year dissertation.

In years 2 and 3, you will work with your tutor to choose placements that are appropriate and relevant to your studies (one placement in each year).

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

146 146

147 147

MEDICINE

BM BS

Brighton: Falmer and University of Sussex

Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) is a partnership between the Universities of Brighton and Sussex, and NHS Trusts throughout the south east. Students are full members of both universities. This course has consistently enjoyed high student satisfaction scores in the National Student Survey.

The BSMS Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery (BM BS) degree integrates the development of academic knowledge with clinical experience. From the first weeks students gain experience of working with patients in parallel with their academic study of the biomedical sciences.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Successful completion of the course entitles graduates to provisional registration with the General Medical Council, subject to demonstrating that their fitness to practice is not impaired.

They will then need to undertake further training to become a GP or specialist consultant.

To obtain a foundation year 1 post, undergraduates apply through the UK Foundation Programme Office selection scheme during the final year of their course, which allocates these posts to graduates on a competitive basis. To date, all suitably qualified UK graduates have found a place on the foundation year programme but this cannot be guaranteed, for instance if there were to be an increased number of competitive applications from non-UK graduates.

Successful completion of the foundation year 1 programme is normally achieved within 12 months and is marked by the award of a Certificate of Experience.

Graduates will then be eligible to apply for full registration with the General Medical Council. They will need full registration with a licence to practice for unsupervised medical practice in the NHS or private practice in the UK.

148 148

Although this information is correct at the time of going to press, regulations in this area may change from time to time, visit www.foundationprogramme.nhs.uk for updates.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

The degree in medicine will equip students with the knowledge and the clinical and personal skills they will need to progress to the next stage of their training – the first year of foundation training. Wherever their foundation jobs are, they will have close educational supervision and continue with their portfolio.

COURSE STRUCTURE

A wide range of teaching and learning methods are employed, with the emphasis throughout on small-group teaching. The curriculum is designed to develop students’ ability to relate clinical findings to underlying clinical and social sciences, and to use information from different disciplines and sources.

In the first two years, academic and clinical studies are primarily based on both university campuses at Falmer.

Clinical experience is in both primary care and acute care settings. Students carry out a longitudinal clerkship following a patient with dementia.

Academic studies are based on a series of systems modules focused on the normal and abnormal functioning of the human body. These include the core material that every doctor must know, together with student-selected components enabling the exploration of selected topics in depth.

Years 3 and 4 are primarily based at the Audrey Emerton Building at the Royal Sussex County Hospital in Brighton, and in the Brighton and Sussex University Hospitals NHS Trust teaching hospitals.

In year 3, students undertake three 10week clinical attachments in medicine, surgery, elderly care and psychiatry, plus student-selected components and weekly teaching sessions on the scientific basis of medicine.

They also maintain a logbook and electronic portfolio to help them reflect on how their personal strengths are developing alongside their clinical experience.

In year 4, students also undertake research projects, go on clinical placements in hospital and community settings and develop their primary care experience.

Subject to satisfactory academic performance, students have the opportunity to take an intercalated degree in order to study a subject of their choice in greater depth. This is taken in one year between years 3 and 4 of BM BS studies and provides the necessary academic background for those wishing to embark on a career combining medical practice with medical research.

They might choose neuroscience, medical education, molecular medicine, pharmacological sciences or experimental psychology.

Year 5 prepares students for their first postgraduate year as foundation year (FY) doctors. It is organised in regional attachments comprising clinical placements in district general hospital and community settings in Sussex and its adjoining counties, including periods spent work-shadowing an FY doctor.

The year also includes a clinical elective, in the UK or abroad, offering the opportunity to experience medical practice in a different cultural and clinical setting.

Recent destinations have included India, Cambodia, Peru, Jamaica and the Solomon Islands.

AREAS OF STUDY

The degree develops key personal skills and attitudes including: learning how to learn and understanding the need for lifelong learning; reflective practice; communication and IT skills; working effectively in multi-professional teams; the personal and ethical attitudes essential for good professional practice; and an appreciation of doctors’ responsibilities to their patients, to professional colleagues, to society and to themselves.

Students also develop clinical skills in history taking, physical examination, diagnosis, and effective communication with patients. Experience of medical practice in hospital settings includes visits to a busy accident and emergency unit.

In year 3, students are introduced to research methodology, essential for the practice of evidence-based medicine, and join a BSMS, Brighton or Sussex research team to carry out an individual research project in year 4.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Full details on the curriculum, entry requirements, eligibility, and admissions are published in the Brighton and Sussex Medical School prospectus, available from: • BSMS Admissions, Academic Services, Checkland Building, Falmer campus, University of Brighton BN1 9PH • 01273 643528 • medadmissions@bsms.ac.uk • www.bsms.ac.uk.

MEDICINE UCAS APPLICATION DEADLINES

To start in 2018, 15 October 2017 To start in 2019, 15 October 2018

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Medicine UCAS CODE A100 DURATION Full-time 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS BSMS expects students to become compassionate practitioners who are really in touch with their patients and committed to the core values of the NHS. Successful applicants must possess the abilities, the commitment and the personal qualities necessary to become an excellent doctor. In assessing applications, the BSMS admissions team will be looking for evidence of: • academic achievement and potential • BMAT score (UK/EU applicants) • a realistic attitude to medical training and clinical practice • a commitment to quality of care, compassion and improving lives • the ability to communicate and work effectively in a team for the benefit of patients • the ability to appreciate other people’s point of view • an appreciation of the need to treat people with respect and dignity • a willingness to accept responsibility.

Biomedical Admissions Test (BMAT) All UK/EU applicants must sit the BMAT in the year of application in order to be considered for interview. You are required to register with BMAT assessment centres before the test. www.admissionstestingservice.org A-levels AAA to include biology and chemistry. General Studies and Critical Thinking excluded.

IB 36 points overall, including biology and chemistry at Higher level, grade 6.

GCSE English and mathematics at grade B or above, or evidence of equivalent literacy and numeracy.

Contextual data We are committed to widening participation into medicine.

When assessing your academic profile, we will also be looking to see if you have any contextual data that may enhance your application. www.bsms.ac.uk/entryrequirements Graduate entry Applicants should hold, or expect to hold, a first or upper second class honours degree and be able to demonstrate an adequate knowledge of biology and chemistry – equivalent to an A grade pass at A-level in both.

Applicants should note that the integrated nature of the BSMS degree in medicine does not normally allow advanced entry to a different year of the course. If offered an interview, they may be asked to supply a transcript of their degree results.

Applicants with a first or upper second class honours degree but who do not have the necessary knowledge of biology and chemistry, are invited to consider the Access to Medicine route.

EU or Channel Island Applications are considered on the same basis as UK applicants.

International BSMS has ten places per year for students from outside the EU. Applicants should possess academic qualifications equivalent to those required from UK and EU applicants. International applicants are not required to sit the BMAT, and we will use their personal statements to select candidates for an interview. Applicants should aim to attend interviews at BSMS, although a limited number of video-link interviews are available to students based overseas.

Date of qualifications All above qualifications should have been achieved no earlier than August 2008.

English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 149 149

MIDWIFERY

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

As a professional midwife you will enjoy a career with unique challenges and rewards; you will share people’s most personal experiences and help to shape them. You will provide essential care, advice and support for women and their family during pregnancy, labour and the post-natal period.

To thrive in this role you need to be adaptable, compassionate and dependable, with a sound knowledge of everyday issues and potential complications.

WHY US • 50:50 split of theory and practice • Excellent facilities including new midwifery care and delivery simulation suite • Opportunity to observe practice abroad

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

This course enables you to develop core midwifery competencies and equips you to confidently apply theory to practice.

Our Flexible Learning Environment which provides a midwifery care and delivery suite with two birthing simulation rooms – a replica hospital room and home birthing room allows you to learn by simulation.

You’ll spend around 50% of the year on placement in varied health settings, working alongside professional midwives.

Year 1 Developing Midwifery Practice • Introduction to the Art and Evidence of Midwifery Practice • Introduction to Midwifery • The Physiological Basis of Midwifery Assessment • The Human Body in Childbearing • Human Relationships in Midwifery Practice

When you choose to study midwifery with us, you’ll also have the opportunity to gain a global perspective by experiencing midwifery abroad on an overseas observational placement.

Year 2 Developing Competent Midwifery Practice • Developing the Art and Evidence of Midwifery Practice • Altered Health in Childbearing • Midwifery Emergencies • Public Health for Midwifery Practice • Appreciating the Research Process in Midwifery

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

Successful completion leads to eligibility for registration as a midwife on part 10 of the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) single professional register.

SUBJECT AREA Midwifery UCAS CODE B720 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

You will develop core midwifery competencies in areas including human biology and relationships, midwifery practice and its professional framework.

As you progress through the course, you will learn about more complex medical or obstetric needs and referral of mother or baby.

Midwifery is taught in Eastbourne alongside our courses in adult nursing, physiotherapy, podiatry and occupational therapy.

KEY FACTS

Final year Enquiring into Midwifery Practice • Developing Proficient Midwifery Practice • Valuing Individual Cultures or International Midwifery option • Preparation for Autonomous Midwifery • Midwifery Leadership

A-levels BBB, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC DDM in a health or science subject.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction.

And additionally: GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4 • With Access diploma: maths and English language.

• With all other qualifications: at least five subjects including maths, English language and science.

More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course will provide you with an excellent foundation for work in a range of contexts providing midwifery care and for further professional development in clinical practice, education and research.

Many students go on to work for their practice placement provider.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

150 150

NURSING (ADULT)

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer or Eastbourne/Hastings

As a nurse you will work closely with adult patients and their families as part of a versatile team that can include doctors, psychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists.

We support you in becoming a caring and compassionate professional who delivers skilled, evidence-based care in partnership with patients, clients, families and communities. Our focus on interdisciplinary learning across all our health courses enriches your experience while also preparing you for the reality of professional practice.

You’ll spend 50% of your year on placement in healthcare settings with local NHS trusts and private and voluntary organisations. You will simulate real-life nursing situations in our wellequipped Clinical Skills and Simulation Suites, allowing you to confidently apply the theory to practice in a supported environment.

You’ll also have the option to experience nursing abroad, we offer the option of two-week overseas placements or immersive three-month international stays.

You can start this course in September or February.

WHY US • Learn in facilities that simulate reallife scenarios • Excellent employment prospects • Opportunities to study abroad • 50% practice-based, meets NMC standards

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will be based at either our Falmer campus in Brighton, or our Eastbourne campus.

In each year you will develop theoretical, clinical and communication skills in clinical practice and in the classroom.

You’ll share learning with other health students, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise.

In your final year you will focus on more complex patient needs, and begin to develop your management and leadership knowledge and skills.

Year 1 The Nurse as a Professional: An Introduction • Human Qualities in Nursing • Introduction to Human Structure and Function Applied to Nursing • Psychosocial Studies in Nursing • Professional Nursing Practice

This course provides a solid foundation for working in numerous healthcare settings and for further development in clinical practice, education, management and research.

Many of our graduates find that they leave university with a firm offer of employment. The course also prepares you for further academic study at masters and doctoral level.

Final year Dissertation • Leadership • End of Life Care • Introduction to Physical Assessment • Professional Adult Nursing Practice

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

SUBJECT AREA Nursing UCAS CODE B7L0 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Year 2 Public Health for Nursing Practice • Appreciating the Research Process in Nursing • Acute Care Across Care Settings • Adults with Longterm Conditions • Professional Adult Nursing Practice • Options include: Introduction to Global Health • Extended International Nursing • Student Community Engagement • Arts and Health • Developing Clinical Research Nurse Careers • Exploring Spiritual Health Needs in a Multicultural Society • Emergency First Aid

On successful completion of this course you will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).

KEY FACTS

A-levels BBB, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC DDM in a health or science subject.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction.

Open University K101 And additionally: GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4 • With Access diploma: maths and English language.

• With all other qualifications: at least five subjects including maths, English language and science.

More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 151 151

NURSING (CHILD)

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

As a children’s nurse you will work closely with young people and their families as part of a multidisciplinary team, tailoring individual care for children with a range of clinical needs.

We will support you to become a caring and compassionate professional who can deliver competent, skilled, evidencebased care in partnership with patients, clients, families, and communities. Our focus on interdisciplinary learning across all our health courses enriches your experience while also preparing you for the reality of professional practice.

You’ll spend 50% of your year on placement in healthcare settings with local NHS trusts and private and voluntary organisations. You will simulate real-life nursing situations in our wellequipped Clinical Skills and Simulation Suites, allowing you to confidently apply the theory to practice in a supported environment.

Skilled nurses are in demand worldwide.

To give you the opportunity to experience nursing in a range of contexts, we offer short overseas placements from 2–4 weeks, or a longer, 3-month international stay.

You can start this course in September or February.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

On successful completion of this course you will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Children’s nursing offers many roles caring for children and young people needing emergency, medical, surgical, high dependency, palliative, complex continuing care and neonatal care in hospitals and community settings.

Many of our graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment from their practice placement provider.

152 152

WHY US • Learn in facilities that simulate reallife scenarios • Excellent employment prospects • Opportunities to study abroad • 50% practice-based, meets NMC standards

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Nursing UCAS CODE B730 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

After a period of consolidation and further study you can work as a specialist practitioner in such fields as community children’s nursing, health visiting, school nursing, or as a nurse practitioner.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In each year of the course you will develop theoretical, clinical and communication skills in clinical practice and in the classroom. You’ll share learning with other health specialisms, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise. In your final year you will focus on more complex patient needs, and begin to develop your management and leadership knowledge and skills.

Year 1 The Nurse as a Professional: An Introduction • Human Qualities in Nursing • Introduction to Human Structure and Function Applied to Nursing • Psychosocial Studies in Nursing • Professional Nursing Practice Year 2 Public Health for Nursing Practice • Appreciating the Research Process in Nursing • Childhood Transitions • Principles of Nursing Children and Young People • Professional Child Nursing Practice • Options include: Introduction to Global Health • International Nursing • Extended International Nursing • Student Community Engagement • Arts and Health • Developing Clinical Research Nurse Careers • Exploring Spiritual Health Needs in a Multicultural Society Final year Dissertation • Leadership • Contemporary Child Health Practice • Chronic Childhood Conditions • Professional Child Nursing Practice

A-levels BBB, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC DDM in a health or science subject.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction.

Open University K101 And additionally: GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4 • With Access diploma: maths and English language.

• With all other qualifications: at least five subjects including maths, English language and science.

More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

NURSING (MENTAL HEALTH)

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

WHY US

Mental health nurses support people experiencing mental health problems by building compassionate therapeutic relationships. You will often work with your patient alongside their families, carers and friends, providing tailored care and making a positive impact on all their lives.

• Learn in facilities that simulate reallife scenarios • Excellent employment prospects • Opportunities to study abroad • 50% practice-based, meets NMC standards

We will support you to become a caring and compassionate professional who can deliver competent, skilled, evidencebased care in partnership with patients, clients, families, and communities. Our focus on interdisciplinary learning across all our health courses enriches your experience while also preparing you for the reality of professional practice.

In each year of the course you will develop theoretical, clinical and communication skills in clinical practice and in the classroom. You’ll share learning with other health students, allowing you to exchange knowledge and expertise.

You’ll spend 50% of your year on placement in healthcare settings with local NHS trusts and private and voluntary organisations. You will simulate nursing situations in our Clinical Skills and Simulation Suites, allowing you to apply the theory to practice in a supported environment.

Skilled nurses are in global demand. To give you the opportunity to experience nursing in different cultural contexts, we offer 2–4 week overseas placements, or a 3-month international stay.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

On successful completion of this course you will be eligible to apply for registration as a nurse with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course provides an excellent foundation for work in numerous healthcare contexts and for further development in clinical practice, education, management and research.

Many of our graduates leave university with a firm offer of employment from their practice placement provider. After further study you can work as a specialist practitioner in the community, or in acute care, for example caring for people needing crisis intervention.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Nursing UCAS CODE B760 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In your final year you will focus on more complex patient needs, and begin to develop your management and leadership knowledge and skills.

Year 1 The Nurse as a Professional: An Introduction • Human Qualities in Nursing • Introduction to Human Structure and Function Applied to Nursing • Psychosocial Studies in Nursing • Professional Nursing Practice Year 2 Public Health for Nursing Practice • Appreciating the Research Process in Nursing • Values in Everyday Mental Health Nursing Practice • Key Concepts and Theories Underpinning Assessment and Care in Mental Health Nursing • Professional Mental Health Nursing Practice • Options include: Introduction to Global Health • Extended International Nursing • Student Community Engagement • Arts and Health • Developing Clinical Research Nurse Careers • Exploring Spiritual Health Needs in a Multicultural Society • Emergency First Aid Final year Dissertation • Leadership • Therapeutic Interventions in Mental Health Nursing • Enhanced Practice in Mental Health Nursing • Professional Mental Health Nursing Practice

A-levels BBB, must include a science or social science subject at grade B. BTEC DDM in a health or science subject.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Health studies, nursing or science. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at distinction.

Open University K101 And additionally: GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) • With Access diploma: maths and English language.

• With all other qualifications: at least five subjects including maths, English language and science.

More detail and further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 153 153

OUR INDUSTRY NETWORK SUPPORTS OUR GUEST LECTURE PROGRAMME AND FIELD TRIP OPPORTUNITIES

OPTIONAL YEAR-LONG PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENTS IN UK AND INTERNATIONAL SETTINGS

TOP 20

UK UNIVERSITY FOR WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE, LEISURE AND TOURISM

HOSPITALITY, RETAIL, EVENTS AND TOURISM REF 2014

A degree from the University of Brighton opens the door to diverse and exciting opportunities in the UK and abroad, whether your interests lie in events, hospitality, retail or tourism. Our courses give you practical business and management skills and enable you to gain real work experience through professional placements.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Work placements are a great way to use your new knowledge, and to build experience and contacts. They are optional, last 48 weeks and are taken after the second year of study.

Our students have had placements with organisations including: Aldi • Amadeus • DKNY • Eagle Rock Entertainment • Harrods • Majestic Wines • Marks & Spencer • Park Plaza Hotels • Saatchi & Saatchi • Sainsbury’s • STA Travel • Superdry • Teenage Cancer Trust • TUI Travel • Universal Studios, USA. Teaching is informed by our course team’s varied professional experience, research and consultancy.

We are a member of the Association for Events Management Education (AEME), part of the Institute for Hospitality’s Membership Scheme (EMS) and one of 40 university members globally of the UN World Tourism Organization.

154

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Lectures, workshops, seminar and group activities create a stimulating learning environment, complemented by guest lectures and regular industry visits and field trips.

As well as essays and exams you could be asked to develop a business proposal, present an advertising account pitch, write a management report or a business news article, or present to a guest client.

Hospitality students develop their skills in our Culinary Arts Studio. Much more than a commercial kitchen, it offers the chance to observe and record social interaction and document how lighting, music and other factors influence guest behaviour.

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

All courses offer the opportunity to tailor your learning and explore the subjects that interest you most through option modules in the final year of your course.

Depending on your course and the options you choose you could specialise in marketing, sport or travel business and have this reflected in the degree title you leave us with.

SUBJECT AREAS • Hospitality, tourism and events International event management • international hospitality management • international tourism management • Retail Retail management • retail marketing

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our students go on to careers in all parts of the sector: Account Executive, ID Experiential • Advertising Account Executive, Independent News and Media • Brand Manager, Heinz • Buyer, Ralph Lauren • Buyer, Jaeger • Cargo and Passenger Analyst, Virgin Atlantic Airways • Commercial Analyst, L’Oréal, Paris • Director of Business Travel, Rocco Forte Hotels • Event Coordinator, Selfridges • Event Manager, United World Games • Head of HR, Gordon Ramsay Group • Head of Events, Paragon Sports Management • Merchandiser, Ted Baker.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE I love the placement option. I wanted to take what I have learnt into a practical working environment to help cement my knowledge. A placement allows you to learn, make mistakes and apply what you have learnt within your degree. My placement has taught me so much and with my colleagues around me I feel like I have amazing mentors as they are keen to help me understand the working environment. To be able to say I have a year’s experience in the working environment will give me an advantage.

Nikkie Mazibeli, International Event Management BA(Hons)

Principal Lecturer in retail and food studies, Harvey Ells works closely with industry including with Source BMX – the developers of the world’s largest subterranean skate park located in Hastings.

Students were given a unique opportunity to experience Gatwick Airport airside on a recent field trip.

155

INTERNATIONAL EVENT MANAGEMENT

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

Event management offers growing and varied career opportunities ranging from organising a small business conference to masterminding a major music festival. In charge of both planning and execution, professional event managers have creative and technical responsibilities that shift with every project, helping to ensure that the job remains varied and stimulating.

As members of the Association for Events Management Education (AEME), the University of Brighton has a longstanding association with the field. Our staff have backgrounds in the corporate, cultural and sporting sectors, and they are involved in a wide range of applied sociological and industry-related research.

With its combination of theoretical and practical modules, our International Event Management course will equip you with the knowledge, experience and skills needed to professionally manage events in a variety of sectors.

The optional placement year is an excellent opportunity to gain contacts, professional experience and an advantage in the job market. Many students take up full-time positions with their placement organisation after graduating.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The International Event Management BA(Hons) is designed to enhance and develop your employability from the first year through a mixture of both academic and vocational modules.

Recent graduates include a conference and event coordinator at Twickenham

WHY US • Optional placement year with an events-based organisation • Option to choose a specialist pathway at the end of the first year • Staff with extensive professional experience Experience, an event manager at Paragon Events and an event coordinator at Selfridges.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 The Event Industry • The Event Consumer Experience • Event Operations and Project Planning • Organisations, Management and People • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Economics and Finance Year 2 Events Live! • Risk and Crisis Management in the International Events Industry • International Event Management Challenges • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) • One from: Event Experience Design • Marketing Planning (marketing pathway) • Politics and Policy in Sport (sport pathway) Optional placement year Final year Theorising the International Events Industry • Business Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options include: Leadership • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • International Management • Business Morality • Marketing options • Sport options

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Hospitality, tourism and events UCAS CODE N820 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points with English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

SPECIALISMS This course offers two specialist routes: marketing and sport. You can choose to follow either of these pathways at the end of your first year, or continue to study for the broad event management degree.

INTERNATIONAL EVENT MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BA(Hons) INTERNATIONAL EVENT MANAGEMENT WITH SPORT BA(Hons) 156 156

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

INTERNATIONAL HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

As one of the best established courses of its type, our International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) is well known for its teaching excellence, student achievement and graduate success.

The course subscribes to the Institute of Hospitality’s Education Membership Scheme (EMS), demonstrating it meets international standards of professionalism, knowledge, skills and understanding.

Beyond the classroom, you have the opportunity to be mentored by industry professionals under the Savoy Society Mentoring Scheme, which provides guidance, expertise and contacts vital to career success. You can also look forward to visiting speakers from industry, field trips and guest lectures from alumni.

Our facilities include a digital media suite and the Culinary Arts Studio, which recreates a hospitality setting that allows you to put your skills into practice.

The option of a placement year gives you a valuable opportunity to work either domestically or abroad with high-profile organisations. Previous placements have included Soho House and Co, Montcalm Hotels, South Lodge Hotel and DoubleTree by Hilton. Many students take up full-time positions with their placement organisation after graduating.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Through its balance of academic and vocational modules, the International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) is designed to maximise your employment options across the sector. Many of our graduates now hold senior management positions, for example as head of

WHY US • Benefit from contact with industry professionals through the Savoy Society Mentoring Scheme • Learning enhanced by our modern, well-equipped Culinary Arts Studio • Optional placement year with a high-profile hospitality organisation in the UK or abroad

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Hospitality, tourism and events UCAS CODE N221 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

catering at the Marylebone Cricket Club, vice president of Global Sales Europe at Marriott Hotels and director of Life’s Kitchen.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 The Hospitality Business • Food and Drink Operations • The Hospitality Consumer Experience • Economics and Finance • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People Year 2 Design and the Environment • Resources and Revenue Management • Hospitality Live! • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) • One from: Managing Service Excellence • Marketing Planning (marketing pathway) Optional placement year Final year Business Strategy • Contemporary Issues in International Hospitality • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options include: Food, Society and Culture • Gastronomy • Financial Issues in the International Hospitality Industry • Business Morality • Change Management • Marketing options

SPECIALISMS This course offers a marketing specialism. You can choose to specialise at the end of your first year, or continue to study for the broad hospitality degree.

INTERNATIONAL HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BA(Hons)

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4 and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 157 157

INTERNATIONAL TOURISM MANAGEMENT

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

Tourism is recognised as one of the world’s biggest industries, accounting for nearly 10% of global GDP and one in every 11 jobs. Developing sustainable tourism requires effective planning, marketing, human resources and financial management to succeed.

Informed by the active research of the course team, the programme covers the environmental, sociocultural and economic impacts of tourism in both developed and developing destinations alongside contemporary issues in the highly globalised tourism industry. The course has an international perspective, and focuses on ideas of mobility, planning models and globalisation, giving you practical and transferable skills in attraction management, communication and market research.

The optional placement year allows you to build sector experience and management skills in the UK or abroad and gain a competitive edge in the graduate jobs market. Previous placements include with British Airways, Walt Disney World, Cosmos Holidays and Park Plaza Hotel Group.

WHY US • Industry-focused course recognised by the Institute of Travel & Tourism • Regional and international field trips • Placement opportunities with highprofile tourism organisations in the UK and overseas

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 The Travel and Tourism Industry • Impacts of Tourism • Resort and Destination Management • Economics and Finance • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People Year 2 Tourism, Society and Culture • Tourism in Action • Transport, Travel and Mobility • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) • One from: Tourism Planning and Development • Marketing Planning (marketing pathway) • Business Practices for the Travel Industry (travel business pathway) Optional placement year

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduate opportunities exist in sectors directly and indirectly related to tourism consulting, destination marketing and management, transport (eg airports and airlines), cruising, tour operation and hotel management.

Some graduates have set up their own travel and tourism businesses, and others have chosen to progress to masters or PhD studies.

Final year Global Issues in Travel and Tourism • Business Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options include: Leadership • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • International Management • Destination Niche Tourism • Sport Tourism • Marketing options • Travel business options

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Hospitality, tourism and events UCAS CODE N840 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and Maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

SPECIALISMS This course offers two specialist routes: marketing and travel business. You can choose to follow either route at the end of your first year, or continue to study for the broad tourism management degree.

INTERNATIONAL TOURISM MANAGEMENT WITH MARKETING BA(Hons) INTERNATIONAL TOURISM MANAGEMENT WITH TRAVEL BUSINESS BA(Hons) 158 158

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Professor Marina Novelli’s collaborative work with governments and organisations across Africa has helped the reshaping of the tourism industry and contributed to the sustainable development of local communities.

Her research has had far-reaching effects on policy making and industry planning in countries including Ghana, Nigeria and Tanzania.

Our Culinary Arts Studio has a purpose-built coffee bar and takeaway food outlet which hospitality students manage.

Tourism students working with Turtle SOS in the Gambia.

Field trips help bring our courses to life – retail students recently visited Clothes Show Live at the NEC. 159 159

RETAIL MANAGEMENT

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

The retail industry plays a critical role in the UK economy; employing 2.8 million people and generating on average £339 billion worth of sales annually.

Our Retail Management degree is designed to combine both vocational and academic modules in order to maximise your employability and help you succeed in this fast-paced and growing sector.

Our lecturers have years of industry experience and can offer you expert advice and insight into the sector. You will benefit from guest talks from high-profile organisations with previous speakers coming from Harrods, Ted Baker, Topshop and Debenhams. You will also have the chance to go on field trips to the London Westfield Centre, Spitalfields, the Clothes Show Live in Birmingham, and Bicester Village.

If you want to supplement your degree with work experience, you can take a placement year. Previous placements have included Urban Outfitters, Marks & Spencer, Superdry, and Walt Disney World.

Many students take up full-time positions with their placement organisation after graduating.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course will prepare you for roles throughout the retail sector as you develop transferable skills in teamwork, decision-making, communication, numeracy and leadership.

Graduates from this course have secured roles including area manager for Aldi, buyer at Ralph Lauren, brand manager at Heinz, commercial analyst at L’Oréal, e-Commerce merchandiser at Coast, manager at Dorothy Perkins, visual merchandiser at Primark and marketing manager at Squidcard.

WHY US • One of the most established retail courses in the UK • Opportunity for placement year and professional experience • Field trips to retail destinations to enhance learning

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Retail Operations Management • Retail Buying and Supply Chain Management • The Retail Industry • Economics and Finance • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People Year 2 Merchandising, Design and Retail Consumption • E-Tailing and Multichannel Retail • Managing Service Excellence • Retail Professional Practice • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) Optional placement year Final year International Retail and Global Brand Management • Business Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options include: Fashion Retail • Retail Consultancy • Change Management • Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) • International Management • Public Relations • Beverage Marketing • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • Business Morality • Social Media Marketing and Metrics • Management in the Not-for-Profit Sector • Leadership • Retail Project Management • Employability, Enterprise and Innovation

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Retail UCAS CODE N240 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

160 160

RETAIL MARKETING

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

The retail sector is critical to the growth and development of the global economy, and effective marketing is considered an important factor in any organisation’s sustainability.

Informed by our partnerships with retail SMEs, this course combines marketing and management skills with the specialist knowledge required by retail employers.

It is designed to enhance your capacity to succeed in areas such as branding, consumer psychology, merchandising, PR and strategic marketing.

Many of the tutors on the Retail Marketing BA(Hons) are Chartered Marketers who conduct research and consultancy for external clients, so they are able to provide you with expert advice and insight into the industry. You will also benefit from our industry guest speaker programme and field trips to retail destinations such as Spitalfields and the Clothes Show Live in Birmingham.

If you want to supplement your degree with work experience, you can take the option of a placement year. Previous students have taken placements with Majestic Wines, Saatchi & Saatchi and Harrods. Many students take up full-time positions with their placement organisation after graduating.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The course allows you to pursue a variety of career paths in commercial business environments, and our dedicated Employability Hub offers extensive support to help you secure that dream job.

Recent graduates have secured roles with companies including Ted Baker, P&O, Jaeger, Harrods, Saatchi & Saatchi, MySpace, American Express, Barclays Corporate Banking, Tribal Fusion, Austin Reed, Red Bull, River Island, Debenhams and John Lewis.

WHY US • Regular guest speakers from across the industry • Optional placement year with high profile organisations in the UK and overseas • Field trips to retail destinations to enhance learning

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Retail XX UCAS CODE N551 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year 4 x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Retail Operations Management • Retail Buying and Supply Chain Management • The Retail Industry • Marketing, Communications, Advertising and Public Relations • Marketing, Branding and Consumer Psychology • Organisations, Management and People Year 2 Merchandising, Design and Retail Consumption • eTailing and Multichannel Retail • Marketing Planning • Retail Professional Practice • Managerial Accounting • Research Methods • Preparation for Placement (if applicable) Optional placement year Final year International Retail and Global Brand Management • Competitive Marketing Strategy • Dissertation or Placement Project • Options: Fashion Retail • Retail Consultancy • Change Management • Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) • International Management • Public Relations • Beverage Marketing • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • Business Morality • Social Media Marketing and Metrics • Management in the Not-for-Profit Sector • Leadership • Retail Project Management • Employability, Enterprise and Innovation

A-levels and BTEC XX. requirements are in the range of Entry A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff GCSE points), or BTEC Extended Diploma XX. DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically IB XX. fall within this range.

We will to generally make you an offer if Access HE diploma your XX predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are English language towards the lowerrequirements end of this range we see page xx. you an offer if you have may still make a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or Fees and funding page xx relevant non-academic achievements.

Entry and application page xx IB 27 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) Subjects must include English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 161 161

DEVELOP YOUR SKILLS IN CRITICAL THINKING, LISTENING, RESEARCH, WRITING, PRESENTATION AND DEBATE

SHARE AND DEVELOP YOUR WORK THROUGH WORKSHOPS, FIELD TRIPS, SEMINARS

JOIN A DYNAMIC AND STIMULATING ACADEMIC COMMUNITY

HUMANITIES At Brighton we take a distinctive, interdisciplinary approach to humanities. Our programmes in history of art and design and humanities offer courses which enable you to critically examine the world we have made for ourselves through the study of design and visual culture, literature, history, philosophy and politics.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Our courses are characterised by small seminar groups – an approach which allows every student to be heard. You will receive a high level of support from your personal tutor, who you will meet with regularly to discuss your progress. Group and individual project work enable you to build on your ideas.

The independent research project completed in year 3 enables you to apply the study skills and subject knowledge you have developed throughout your course to a subject of your choosing.

History of Art and Design includes a placement option, providing experience and insight into museum, gallery and archival work.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

You will be encouraged to express your opinions, and to develop your historical, analytical and interpretive skills.

Courses within the humanities programme consider subjects including global conflict and culture; sexuality, gender and class; and racism, conflict and religion; and the relationship between these issues and our philosophical and critical grasp of the human condition.

History of Art and Design students consider topics including modernism and postmodernism, and culture and commerce, exploring the history of art and design around the world.

162

Student societies and blogs provide opportunities to develop your ideas and debate with your peers. Frequent visiting speakers from other universities and organisations challenge your thinking and enrich your learning.

The University of Brighton holds one of the UK’s leading library collections in the field of history of art and design and a rapidly growing collection of online books and articles for humanities study.

Based at our site in central Brighton, students benefit from access to the internationally significant Design Archives, which include the Design Council Archive and the Dress History collection.

Other resources within the city include world-class archive The Keep, the Royal Pavilion & Museums Local History Collections and the Mass Observation Archive which contains material about everyday life in Britain since 1937.

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

On our History of Art and Design course you can explore options from across the subject area or opt to specialise in Fashion and Dress History or Visual Culture and have this reflected in the degree title you graduate with.

Students on our Humanities programme select a two-year developmental pathway that features three courses, each of which addresses a cohesive range of key themes, concepts, ideas, histories, theories and topics.

SUBJECT AREAS • History of art and design Fashion and dress history • philosophy, politics, art • visual culture • Humanities Critical history • globalisation: history, politics, culture • history, literature and culture • humanities: war, conflict and modernity • philosophy, politics and ethics

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our students go on to careers in many areas including journalism, museums, publishing, NGOs, politics, arts administration, law, auction houses, social work, arts administration and museums, and gallery work, education and research study.

Our graduates include: • Professor David Crowley, Royal College of Art • Oliver Barry, BAFTAaward-winning filmmaker • Lesley Miller, Senior Curator (Textiles), Furniture, Textiles and Fashion at V&A • Amy de la Haye, Joint Course Director, London College of Fashion • Simon Kernick, author • Anji Hunter, Edelman, UK.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Eugene Michail is the course leader for the new Critical History course. He works on contemporary European history, especially Germany, Greece and the Balkans.

His current research is on the Greek resistance movements against Nazi occupation, and on the memory of the Holocaust in Europe today.

Dr Anthony Leaker teaches across several modules including Fictions in History, Self and Society, and Culture and Conflict.

Our humanities courses are taught in small groups where every student can be heard.

163

HISTORY OF ART AND DESIGN

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

History of Art and Design BA(Hons) at Brighton provides an excellent springboard for working in fields associated with the creative industries including curating, heritage, fashion, and journalism.

Our unique programme explores the history of art and design around the world, from traditional manufacture to emerging contemporary practices. The course covers subjects including fine art, design, heritage, museum studies, film and fashion.

Guided by a course team who are all active in research, you will engage with a wide range of art and design objects, and learn to explore the use, production, preservation, cult value and cultural memory of the things that societies and individuals have created.

You will have access to resources including our Dress and Textiles History Teaching Collection as well as the extensive University of Brighton Design Archives and Screen Archive South East, all based at the university.

You will benefit from our relationships with local and national museums.

Opportunities to spend time on placement provide insight into professional practice, build key skills and enhance your job prospects by giving you hands-on, relevant experience. Drawing from a range of topics available for this subject, your programme will be shaped by your own motivations and interests.

Through your module and assessment choices you will be able to pursue your own areas of interest.

164 164

WHY US • Brighton is one of the founding institutions for research and education in design history • Module choices let you tailor the degree to your interests • Hands-on opportunities in archives and museum settings give you vital practical experience and networking opportunities • Specialist facilities on site including the Design Archives, the Dress and Textiles History Teaching Collection and Screen Archive South East • Mixed assessment methods develop confident communication skills

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates leave us equipped to work confidently with sources and mediums, from historical texts and images to textiles, film and installations.

You will be confident analysing and interpreting information with the skills suited to a variety of careers including specialist roles in arts, museum and heritage management, curating, publishing, journalism, teaching and marketing.

Our graduates hold senior positions at local, national and international museums, galleries, heritage sites, and auction houses. Our programme provides a good basis for further professional qualifications or postgraduate degrees, including our History of Design and Material Culture MA.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Art, Culture and Commerce (1780–1850) • Art and Design History in Brighton: Places and Processes • Critical Approaches • Art, Design and Modern Life (1850–1900) • Introducing Themes in History of Art and Design • Choice of topics Year 2 Modernism, Ideology and the Avantgarde in the Twentieth Century • After Modernism: Postmodernism and Beyond • Constructing Histories: Research Methods and Professional Practice in History of Art and Design • Options: A Trip to Europe: Visual Culture, Art and Design in a European City • College option: choose a module from a wide range of disciplines including European languages, architecture, print-making and fashion textiles • Behind the Scenes: assessed work placement in a local cultural organisation such as a museum, gallery or archive Final year Modules are tailored for your specialism and include: Case Study in History of Art and Design • Dissertation • Communicating Research (oral presentation and exhibition) • Special Subject (choice of topics)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA History of art and design UCAS CODE B352 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

SPECIALISMS In your final year, through your module choices and tailored core study, you can either continue with the History of Art and Design degree route, or choose to specialise and graduate with one of the following awards.

FASHION AND DRESS HISTORY BA(Hons) Whether you have a keen interest in contemporary fashion or historical dress, choosing to specialise in Fashion and Dress History at Brighton will develop your understanding of its changing significance from the late eighteenth century to the present day.

You will focus on ways in which different social, national, ethnic and gender groups construct and project their identities through their dress, considering dress in broader design, historical and visual culture contexts.

At the same time you will assess the importance of fashion in stimulating consumption and its effects on marketing and retailing. You will be encouraged to work individually and in groups and will leave equipped with a wide range of written, oral and exhibition-based presentation skills.

VISUAL CULTURE BA(Hons) We live in an image-led and imageconscious society where we are expected to decipher visual cues designed to sell, to celebrate and to represent. Specialising in Visual Culture enables you to explore these forms of visual communication and their history equipping you with a critical understanding of the society in which we live.

Addressing art, culture and media history the course considers the broad spectrum of visual creativity that permeates contemporary life. You will explore everything from the history and theory of painting and sculpture to print, photography, film, advertising and fashion, developing your skills in written, visual and verbal presentation and research.

Small group teaching encourages discussion in an environment where every student can be heard. Brighton is an ideal location to study the visual, offering a rich history of popular culture.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 165 165

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE Fashion and Dress History is tailor-made to both my academic skills and my love of fashion – it combined two ambitions of mine which developed during my time at college. Fashion history covers subjects you wouldn’t have even thought of – politics, the economy, social history, and film studies for example.

Ruby Helms in the Dress History Teaching Collection at our Grand Parade campus.

Students’ tuition consists of lectures, small-group seminar discussions, and individual, one-to-one tutorials before and after written assignments.

166 166

PHILOSOPHY, POLITICS, ART

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

How far does political engagement depend on representation? Is politics a war of images as much as a struggle between antagonistic interests? Can art frame our appreciation of the right and the good? Can art constrain and enable our responses through images or other forms? How does this happen? How do different forms of power manipulate appearances, and frame our view of the world? How is art complicit in this process?

These are the questions you’ll examine on this course which combines three disciplines: history of art and design, the politics of art, and philosophical aesthetics. You will critically engage with artistic, political and philosophical ideas developed by individual thinkers and schools of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. You will develop your own understanding of how art and art-making intersect with political movements.

The course addresses art-historical and aesthetic themes such as formalism and realism, expression and engagement, landscape and power against a backdrop of art-making including performance art, paint, collage, sculpture, installations and interventions. Studying at Brighton, you’ll be immersed in a lively culture of artistic practice, exhibition and critique.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course is designed primarily as an academic experience but also prepares students for careers in arts and heritage administration, curatorship, critical writing, publishing, catalogue preparation and broadcasting.

This course provides progression opportunities to related masters programmes at Brighton and elsewhere in art history, philosophy, aesthetics and critical theory, and curatorial practice, as well as to research degrees.

WHY US • A unique opportunity to study the connections between these three critical human practices • Be part of a thriving, creative community with access to worldclass resources, including our Design Archives, an excellent art and design library, Screen Archives South East, the Dress and Textiles History Teaching Collection, and research seminars from local and visiting academics • Study alongside students engaged in creative and critical art practice including photography, sculpture, painting and printmaking

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Modules: Art, Culture and Commerce • Art, Design and Modern Life • Philosophical Inquiry • Critical Approaches to Art and Design • Art: Philosophy and the Politics of Representation • Option module

Year 2 Modules: Modernism, Ideology and the Avant-garde in the Twentieth Century • After Modernism: Postmodernism and Beyond • Dare to Know: Enlightenment and Social Change for Philosophy, Politics, Art • Modernity: Interrogation and Representation • Art, Politics, Philosophy from Modernism to Postmodernism • Options: PostEnlightenment Dilemmas for Philosophy, Politics, Art • College option Final year Modules: Art, Politics, Philosophy: Representation and Engagement after Postmodernism • Project Preparation and Individual Research Project • Special Subject • Project Completion and Presentations

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA History of art and design UCAS CODE D2SC DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 167 167

CRITICAL HISTORY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Critical History degree is for students who want to study topics and methods that are relevant to the demands of today.

It takes the present as its starting point and uses history to develop our insight and understanding of the crises and key challenges of the contemporary world.

There is a focus on modern history, from the nineteenth to the twenty-first century, on topics and methods most relevant to the circumstances we face today with particular attention to the themes of historical change and struggle.

Critical History adopts a distinctive teaching method. It is interdisciplinary, drawing from other disciplines such as politics and cultural studies in its exploration of historical themes. You will focus not just on ‘what happened’ but also on the mechanics of history as a discipline, its production, and its social and political uses. Lastly, you will be taught in small seminar groups, where you will develop your ability to make persuasive arguments and participate in debates. Students can also attend over 100 lectures every year with guest scholars, politicians and writers.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates from this degree are equipped with skills needed to navigate the complex working world: independent research, innovative thought, written and oral communication, and in-depth knowledge of your chosen area of study.

Graduates of our humanities programme work as journalists and teachers, social workers and publishers, politicians, academics and business managers.

Many progress to postgraduate study in history or critical theory, taking advantage of the masters degrees offered at the university.

WHY US • Small seminar group teaching is at the heart of your learning • An interdisciplinary approach to studying modern history • Develop analytical, research, communication and debating skills • A critical approach to the ethical and political dilemmas which structure our world At the time of going to print, this new course is in the final stages of development and the syllabus may be subject to small changes. Check online for the latest information at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 In year 1 you will develop the subject and study skills central to this degree.

Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Cultures • Democracy: From Athens to Baghdad • Understanding Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives Year 2 You will choose your option for the rest of your degree, from titles including: Culture and Conflict in the Contemporary World: Critical Approaches • Representation and the Cultural Politics of Conflict • Race, Nation and Gender • Fictions in History • Politics of the Past.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE V140 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

You will also study Critical Traditions, exploring the historical, cultural and philosophical origins of the west, and undertake a project preparation course.

Final year In year 3, you continue with your research project and examine the option chosen in year 2 in more depth.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

168 168

GLOBALISATION: HISTORY, POLITICS, CULTURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

If you are fascinated by the transformation of every aspect of our lives as a consequence of apparently unstoppable global forces, then this degree is for you.

The world has changed more in your lifetime than your parents could have imagined. Communication networks, multinational industries and global political movements and ideas shape our planet while many of us experience a lack of control over our daily lives.

This course gives you the means to think critically about these crucial issues. You will ask fundamental questions about the fabric of our globalised experience and refine and answer those questions, drawing on disciplines including politics, history and critical theory.

You will be taught in small, participatory seminar groups to foster skills in oral presentation, debating and listening.

Seminars will be supported by lectures from academic experts. In project work you will learn to take an independent approach to your studies, confidently presenting your ideas and developing the transferable skills useful for careers in NGOs, journalism, politics, publishing, teaching, business or academia.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will graduate from the course with the critical, analytical and communicative skills essential to joining society and questioning your world.

Careers our students go into include national and international politics, law, academia and teaching, media and journalism, and global business management. Students may also seek work in international development, charities, non-governmental organisations and the environment, as well as the United Nations.

WHY US • Small seminar group teaching is at the heart of your learning • An interdisciplinary approach to studying global politics • Develop analytical, research, communication and debating skills • A critical approach to the ethical and political dilemmas which structure our world Many students choose to continue studying, moving into masters or PhD study, both of which are supported at the University of Brighton.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 In year 1 you will develop the subject and studying skills central to this degree.

Studying Democracy • Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Cultures • Approaching Narratives • Understanding Global Society Year 2 In year 2, as well as studying the Critical Traditions module and undertaking dissertation preparation through the project preparation course, you will choose a pathway to follow for the rest of your degree. Pathway options are: • Pathway 1: Globalisation – Culture, Identity and Representation; Globalisation and History • Pathway 2: Global Politics: Movements, Power, Democracy; Justice, Conflict and Development in a Globalising World • Pathway 3: The Politics of Critique; Structuralism, Post-structuralism and the Politics of Critique.

Final year In year 3, you continue with your research project and examine the option chosen in year 2 in more depth.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE VL12 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 169 169

HISTORY, LITERATURE AND CULTURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Are you critical and independentminded? Do you think that history and literature should challenge political certainties? This course explores the complex problems of modern societies through a historical, literary and cultural lens.

You will consider such questions as: How do novels, poems, autobiographies, memorials, films and television shape our perception of the world? Who decides what counts as history? How do different versions of the past shape how we live today? What role do cultural texts and practices play in negotiating the conflicts that divide so many societies?

You will debate and answer these questions in small seminar groups, in lectures and through individual tutorials tailored to your learning needs. In essays your analytical skills are extended to the consideration of how literary, cultural and historical texts relate to real-world political and philosophical concerns.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will graduate with the key skills valued by employers in the globalised world: excellent written and spoken communication ability, management, planning and analytical skills complemented by detailed knowledge of the complexity of our networked lives.

Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, as social workers and publishers, as politicians, academics and business managers. Many progress to postgraduate study taking advantage of masters degrees offered at the University of Brighton.

WHY US • Small seminar group teaching is at the heart of your learning • An interdisciplinary approach to understanding history and literature • Develop your writing, research, communication and debating skills • A critical approach to the social, political and cultural dilemmas which structure our world

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 In year 1 you will develop the subject and studying skills central to this degree.

Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Cultures • Democracy: From Athens to Baghdad • Understanding Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE LQV0 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Year 2 You will select your option for the rest of your degree, choosing from titles including: Culture and Conflict in the Contemporary World: Critical Approaches • Representation and the Cultural Politics of Conflict • Race, Nation and Gender • Fictions in History • Politics of the Past.

IB 27 points.

You will also study Critical Traditions, exploring the historical, cultural and philosophical origins of the west, and undertake a project preparation course.

English language requirements see page 246.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

Fees and funding page 249

Final year In year 3, you continue with your research project and examine the option chosen in year 2 in more depth.

For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

170 170

HUMANITIES

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Humanities degree draws on philosophy, politics, history and literature to investigate the major challenges of life in the contemporary world.

Based in the heart of Brighton’s cultural quarter, you will join a close-knit learning community. You will benefit from small group teaching and interdisciplinary study while you think and learn about what it means to be a human being in the twenty-first century.

You will meet academic experts in all the major humanities subjects and join a critical environment with frequent visitors – academics, politicians and writers – from around the world.

This degree builds your knowledge and skills, preparing you for a range of careers, such as in the public sector or teaching, or forming the foundation for future study.

Your lecturers encourage you to adopt a critical attitude to yourself, to the world you live in and to the received opinions which so many take for granted.

Everything you learn on the degree comes together in your final project, where, supported by an academic tutor, you will learn how to complete independent and original research on a topic of your choice.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates from this degree leave with the skills needed to navigate the complex working world: independent research management, communication skills both written and oral, and in-depth knowledge of your chosen area of study. Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, as social workers and publishers, as politicians, academics and business managers. Many progress to postgraduate study, taking advantage of the masters degrees offered at the University of Brighton.

WHY US • Small seminar group teaching is at the heart of your learning • An interdisciplinary approach to studying the human world • Develop analytical, research, communicative and debating skills • Choose from a variety of options to suit your interests

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 In year 1 you will develop the subject and studying skills central to this degree.

Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Cultures • Democracy: From Athens to Baghdad • Understanding Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives Year 2 You will select your option for the rest of your degree, choosing from titles including: Politics, History and Ideology • Race and Racism • Self and Society • War, Terror and Democracy • Culture and Conflict • Terror and Terrorism • Globalisation, History and Identity • Globalisation, Politics and Culture • Fictions in History • Cultural Memory • Global Society • Morality, Politics and the Good Life.

You also take the Critical Traditions module, which deepens your knowledge of the historical, cultural and theoretical origins of the present.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Humanities XX UCAS CODE LV00 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC A-levels Entry requirements and BTEC are in the range of XX. A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma GCSE DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers XX. typically fall within this range.

IB WeXX. will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of Access to HE diploma this XX range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we English requirements may stilllanguage make you an offer if you have see page xx. (or equivalent) profile or a good GCSE relevant non-academic achievements.

Fees and funding page xx IB 27 points.

Entry and application page xx Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Final year In year 3, you continue with your research project and examine the option chosen in year 2 in more depth.

Students can also attend over 100 lectures every year with guest scholars, politicians and writers from Britain and abroad.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 171 171

HUMANITIES: WAR, CONFLICT AND MODERNITY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

On this course you will critically investigate violent conflict including war, genocide, state violence, terrorism, as well as conflict resolution. Why do human beings engage in these conflicts? Is it possible to end the seemingly endless circle of violence?

Drawing on philosophy, history and cultural politics, you will focus in particular on the war on terror, the Cold War, the two world wars, colonial warfare as well as genocide, torture and humanitarian intervention.

You will be taught in small seminar groups, together with individual tutorials tailored to your learning needs, and will be supported by lectures from academic experts. In project work you will learn to take an independent approach to your studies, confidently presenting your ideas and developing transferable skills useful for careers in international activist organisations, charities, the museum sector, teaching, the public sector and academia.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will leave this degree with key transferable skills: excellent written and spoken communication ability, management, planning and analytical skills complemented by detailed knowledge of the complexity of our networked lives. Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, as social workers and publishers, as politicians, academics and business managers.

Many progress to postgraduate study taking advantage of the range of masters degrees offered at the university.

WHY US • Small seminar group teaching is at the heart of your learning • Develop analytical, research, communicative and debating skills • Attention to your individual needs • An interdisciplinary approach to studying modern war

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 In year 1 you will develop the subject and studying skills central to this degree.

Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Cultures • Democracy: From Athens to Baghdad • Understanding Society in a Global World • Approaching.

Narratives Year 2 You will select your option for the rest of your degree from: • War, Terror and Democracy: Conceptualising Violence, Terror and War; Europe at War • Culture and Conflict: Culture and Conflict in the Contemporary WorldCritical Approaches; Representation and the Cultural Politics of Conflict • Terror and Terrorism: Conceptualising Violence, Terror and War; Histories of Terror and Terrorism.

You will also study Critical Traditions, exploring the historical, cultural and philosophical origins of the west and critically assessing the promises of enlightenment. You will start research for your final year project with support from a personal supervisor.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE L252 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Final year In year 3, you continue with your research project and examine the option chosen in year 2 in more depth.

For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

172 172

PHILOSOPHY, POLITICS AND ETHICS

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

As a student of Philosophy, Politics and Ethics you study the ethical and political complexities of life in the twenty-first century.

Guided by expert staff, and taught in small seminar groups, you discuss, among other questions, how to live the good life today, what ethics means in a world divided by war and inequalities, radical politics in Europe and Latin America and how philosophers understand critical theory – while learning about the different forms that inequality takes today.

In your third year project you research and present your own understanding of these ethical and political dilemmas.

Working with a supervisor you will become an expert in your chosen area of research, preparing you for life after graduation.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates from this degree are equipped with the skills needed to navigate the complex working world: independent research, innovative thought, written and oral communication, and an in-depth knowledge of your chosen area of study. Our graduates work as journalists and teachers, social workers and publishers, politicians, academics and business managers. Many progress to postgraduate study in philosophy or critical theory, taking advantage of the masters degrees offered at the university.

WHY US • Small seminar group teaching is at the heart of your learning • An interdisciplinary approach to understanding philosophy and politics • Develop your writing, research, communication and debating skills • A critical approach to the ethical and political dilemmas which structure our world

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 In year 1 you will develop the subject and studying skills central to this degree.

Historical Inquiry • Philosophical Inquiry • Studying Cultures • Democracy: From Athens to Baghdad • Understanding Society in a Global World • Approaching Narratives.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Humanities UCAS CODE LV25 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Year 2 You will select your option for the rest of your degree, choosing from titles including: Politics, History and Ideology • Race and Resistance • Self and Society • Morality, Politics and the Good Life.

IB 27 points.

You will also complete a compulsory module, Critical Traditions, which deepens your knowledge of the philosophical political and historical origins of the present, and a project preparation course.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Final year In year 3, you continue with your research project and examine the option chosen in year 2 in more depth.

For all students we host over 100 guest lectures every academic year, where international scholars, politicians and writers visit to share their knowledge and experiences.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 173 173

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE WITH A WIDE SELECTION OF OPTIONS

WIDE RANGE OF STAFF RESEARCH INTERESTS INFORM TEACHING

COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT FIELD TRIPS

LITERATURE, LANGUAGE, LINGUISTICS At Brighton our range of literature, language and linguistics courses offers exceptional choice and enables you to develop skills as a critical thinker and researcher, while giving you the option to explore creative writing, linguistics, language, literature and media in depth.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Alongside lectures, seminars, project work, workshops and field trips, your learning is enhanced through engagement with visiting scholars from industry and wider afield, as well as through engagement with alumni students. To illustrate, best-selling crime novelist Peter James, and scriptwriter (and Brighton graduate) Graham Duff have both shared their experiences with our students.

Visits to cultural and historical exhibitions provide a fresh perspective on skills accumulation and learning, as do on-site projects within the local community and events such as open mic nights and events through the BrightonLing society.

Short placements in years 2 and 3 are a great opportunity to explore the workplace, to develop contacts and gain valuable experience.

Depending on your course you could spend up to a year studying abroad. You can also choose to learn or improve your modern foreign language skills.

174

Research is at the heart of university life and students benefit from the findings and insight generated by our staff during their research. Research interests include literary and linguistic interventions in text: from feminist literature to seventeenth century drama, from language identity and political discourse to philosophy of language.

The C21 research group engages across the cultures of writing and narrative, examining the nature of twenty-first century practice.

Brighton & Hove has inspired novelists from Dickens to Graham Greene, Patrick Hamilton to Nick Cave and is home to a thriving literary and creative culture. The city hosts England’s biggest arts festival, and City Reads aims to spread a love of books and ideas across Brighton & Hove.

Our campaign The Big Read, in association with the Booker Prize Foundation, encourages first-year students to read a Booker-nominated novel.

SUBJECT AREAS • English language and linguistics • English literature Our literature, language and linguistics degrees offer opportunities to tailor your learning to your interests. You can choose to combine your studies in: • linguistics with language or literature • English language with literature, media, creative writing or linguistics • English literature with linguistics, creative writing or media.

Your specialism will be reflected in the degree title when you graduate.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Our students go on to work in many areas, including journalism, publishing, speech and language therapy, teaching, NGOs, politics, social work and research.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Dr Chrystie Myketiak lectures in English language, and convenes the English Language BA(Hons). One of her areas of specialist research examines power, social inequality, and identity in the texts of mass shooters. Chrystie’s teaching is researchled, which means students develop a foundation of knowledge, hone their critical skills, and then develop their own interests. She also has a strong background in community outreach, having given more than 50 talks at secondary schools.

Literature, language and linguistics courses are based at Falmer, north of Brighton city centre.

Liam Connell is the director of C21, a research group dedicated to the study of twenty-first century writings, and teaches literature modules across our English programme.

175

ENGLISH LANGUAGE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

This degree focuses on examining language through social, economic and cultural lenses. You will explore the forces that shape our language use and our individual and collective identities. Throughout your course you will consider English as a global language, sharing experiences with different cultures and communities, as well as learning about identity, social construction, and how we use language to influence social change.

You will develop a strong understanding of the fundamentals of the English language, its historical development and role in constructing identities, social relations and practices. You will examine social and historical varieties of English and gain valuable transferable skills in data collection and analysis, critical thinking, presentation skills, academic writing and independent research.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will gain a broad range of skills applicable to occupations such as journalism, teaching, editing and proofreading. Graduates have also chosen careers in law, publishing, radio and TV. Some go on to postgraduate studies in English language or related areas.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Teaching is underpinned by research and subject expertise. The teaching team deliver the course content through lectures, seminars and workshops and regularly offer small group and individual tutorials.

Options in years 2 and 3 mean that you can tailor your degree to your individual interests or career ambitions.

176 176

WHY US • Module options enable you to tailor your degree to your interests and career ambitions • Option to specialise and have this reflected in the award you graduate with • Develop a solid grounding for many careers, including publishing, journalism and teaching • Learn in a supportive environment that fosters your intellectual growth and development Year 1 Your first year focuses on the building blocks in the study of English language related to analyses of grammar and textual analyses, including phonological and phonetic features of language.

You will learn about intricate stylistic features of different genres and explore how media uses language to convey messages. You will also look at how we acquire our first language as children and then use it with such ease.

The Structure and Grammar of English • Text Analysis: Genre and Style • Perspectives on the History of the English Language • Language Acquisition and Development • General Linguistics: Phonetics and Phonology • The Language of Media

Year 2 You will examine the diversity of the English language, exploring different regional varieties of English in the British Isles and the cultural and social influences that have determined their development. A further aspect of year 2 is the investigation of the impact of language on social identity and its role in power relations. You will develop an understanding of the tools involved in researching language use. Year 2 will also enable you to address the relationship between language and social construction of our views, identities and experiences through the exploration of various social theories.

Language, Identity and Power • Researching English Language Use • Deconstruction: Language, Theory, Society • Regional Englishes • Options Optional year abroad Final year You will consolidate your skills and knowledge by applying a range of approaches to analysing discourse. You will also explore the global spread of English and its development as a world language. The final year will also give you an opportunity to look at the relationship between language, gender and sexuality or to study English language teaching.

Your student experience culminates in the dissertation, which will be in a chosen area of English language.

Approaches to Analysing Discourse • World Englishes • Language of Gender and Sexuality • Learning and Teaching • Dissertation • Options

SPECIALISMS The option choices you make enable you to follow the single honours English Language BA(Hons) or, alternatively, you can graduate with one of the following awards.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CREATIVE WRITING BA(Hons) Combining study of English language with creative writing practice enables you to apply your critical reading skills and creative ideas to writing practice.

Reading and writing across genres, historical periods and cultures you will link your understanding of the English language to the craft of writing, and consider texts and your own work in relation to political, social and cultural theories.

You will develop in-depth understanding of the fundamentals of the English language, gain valuable transferable skills such as critical thinking and presenting, and develop the ability to write in a range of styles as well as an understanding of the varied techniques involved in storytelling.

Trips and projects enable you to work in the community and learn with inspirational writers.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND ENGLISH LITERATURE BA(Hons)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA English language and linguistics UCAS CODE Q390

This is a challenging and stimulating course that explores the power of the spoken and written word across cultures and throughout history.

DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years

You will investigate historical and cultural variation in language and the importance of context in shaping discourse.

Developing the theoretical tools that will enable you to analyse and interpret a wide range of texts, you will explore English as a literary language and track its development as a global language of communication.

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

Studying influential texts, and considering relevant debates and theories, you will develop key analytical skills and a deep theoretical knowledge of genres and styles.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND MEDIA BA(Hons) Studying language and media as a combination, you will explore the fascinating and complex relationships between language, media and society.

You will investigate the historical and global development of the English language and explore how media discourse is connected to identity and power and how media representation influences the ways in which we see the world.

You will engage with the fundamental concepts and theories necessary for a profound understanding of contemporary media – television, film and digital media – and enjoy opportunities to develop your practical and creative skills through fiction and factual video production.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

A-levels must include English language or combined English language and literature.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 177 177

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

The English Language and Linguistics degree at Brighton develops your understanding of language as a social and a psychological phenomenon.

You will explore language across cultures and through history — from child development and phonetics to specialised modules on sign language, popular culture and creative writing.

The degree is built around two strands.

The English language strand provides you with an understanding of the fundamentals of English, its historical development, and gives you an essential understanding of how language shapes society and society shapes language.

The linguistics strand encourages you to explore language from a scientific perspective and will introduce you to the main sub-disciplines of linguistics: syntax/morphology; semantics/ pragmatics; phonetics/phonology.

Through the wide range of option modules available in the second and third years, you will explore a number of further topics in English language and linguistics, topics that give you the opportunity to go beyond the confines of your own discipline and see how it relates to other related fields.

Throughout the course you’ll gain vital transferable skills including those involved in personal organisation, independent research, teamwork, communication and presenting, which you can use throughout your career.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates progress to become teachers, journalists and professionals in a range of different business environments including publishing, media and information technology. Many students continue their studies with postgraduate courses.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 The Structure and Grammar of English • Introduction to Pragmatics • Perspectives on the History of the English Language • General Linguistics 1: Phonetics and 178 178

WHY US • Options mean you can tailor your degree to your individual interests and ambitions • We offer a good grounding for many industries including publishing and journalism • Talented teachers create a dynamic and supportive environment

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA English language and linguistics UCAS CODE QQ31 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Phonology • General Linguistics 2: Morphology and Syntax • Language Acquisition and Development Year 2 Language, Identity and Power • Researching English Language Use • Linguistics and Grammar: Concepts and Analyses • Semantics Optional year abroad Final year In your third year, you will study two core modules, one in linguistics and one in English language; two options, and a dissertation.

Dissertation • One from: Approaches to Analysing Discourse • World Englishes • One from: Pragmatics, Meaning and Truth • Language, Philosophy, Mind • Non-truth-conditional Semantics • Options may include: Creative Writing Project • English Language Teaching • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Russian Literature and Culture • Literature and Philosophy • Post-war American Literature • Apocalypse, Utopia, Dystopia • (Re)Viewing Shakespeare • Postcolonial Literature • Writing the Contemporary • European Literatures • Culture Wars: Revisiting The Great Divide • Popular Culture • Approaches to the Study of Meaning • Images of War • Language, Culture and Ideology • Language of Gender and Sexuality • Community Engagement in Practice • Autobiography and the Screen • Media Ethics and Conflict • Ancillary Language: French, German or Spanish and Cultural Project • The Cultural Politics of Screening Race

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include English language or combined English language and literature.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

LINGUISTICS

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Linguistics is the scientific study of language, and as such it has a central role to play in exploring what it means to be human. As a linguistics student here at Brighton you will have the opportunity to first comprehend the prevalent nature of language and then explore it in all its weird and wonderful intricacies.

Throughout the course you will examine more closely the relationship between language and mind, explore how we acquire language, as well as learn about the nature of communication, and how we as humans understand one another, and whether we as humans are ‘mindreaders’.

The degree will also help you to gain vital transferable skills, such as critical thinking and reasoning, independent research, teamwork, presentation and communication skills, all of which are essential tools for your future career.

The course provides good grounding for various industries such as teaching, publishing and editing, and offers excellent preparation for higher level study.

There is also an opportunity to study abroad for a year.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates develop careers as: teachers in language school and secondary and primary settings; speech and language therapists; journalists; professionals in business environments such as publishing, the civil service, the media and information technology; and interpreters and translators. Some progress their career in the field of law or forensic linguistics. Many students opt to continue their studies with postgraduate courses (MAs and PhDs).

WHY US • Tutors’ active research profiles keep course content at the cuttingedge of advancements in the field • We offer excellent grounding for professions such as teaching and speech and language therapy • Option modules mean you can tailor your degree to your individual interests

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 General Linguistics 1: Phonetics and Phonology • General Linguistics 2: Morphology and Syntax • Introduction to Semantics • Introduction to Pragmatics • Language Acquisition and Development • The Structure and Grammar of English Year 2 Linguistics and Grammar: Concepts and Analyses • Semantics • Mind and Language • Deconstruction: Language, Theory, Society A range of option modules, such as: Multilingualism • Creative Writing • Sign Language Linguistics • Language, Identity and Power • Image and Text: The Language of Comics and Graphic Novels • Regional Englishes • Introduction to Journalism Optional placement year or year abroad Year 3 / Final year In your final year you will study three core modules in semester 1; your dissertation and one option module.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA English language and linguistics UCAS CODE Q100 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include English language or combined English language and literature.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Language, Philosophy, Mind • Non-TruthConditional Semantics • Pragmatics, Meaning and Truth • Dissertation A range of option modules, such as: Post-war American Literature • Apocalypse, Utopia, Dystopia • Culture Wars: Revisiting The Great Divide • Language, Culture and Ideology • Language of Gender and Sexuality • Community Engagement in Practice • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 179 179

ENGLISH LITERATURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

English Literature BA(Hons) at the University of Brighton is a degree that allows you to explore a wide range of approaches to reading texts while developing your own diverse and expressive writing skills.

You will study texts in context with an emphasis on writing – critical or creative – as practice. As well as the major landmarks of English literature, you will have the opportunity to study a diverse selection of texts within critical disciplines, from American literature and poetry to writing for drama, documentary and travel writing.

Students are encouraged to develop a sense of themselves as autonomous, critical and analytical readers and writers in varied forms from their first year, and to build on their strengths as they negotiate a pathway through the degree.

A distinctive element of the course is the way it merges an analysis of the differing roles the written word plays across cultures with the opportunity to apply this analysis in the development of critical and creative work.

Literature students are encouraged to become actively engaged in producing and practising creative work in a variety of modes: through modules, community work, a volunteering programme with local schools, participation in local events, through the student literary journal brightONLINE and student societies such as the Literature Society and Brighton University Drama Society.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates follow a range of career paths and students have gone on to work in the media, publishing, journalism, education, and the voluntary sector. Many students go on to do further training – in law, postgraduate literary studies, teacher training, and development studies.

180 180

WHY US • Four literature lecturers have won teaching excellence awards in recent years • We have regular visits from writers who deliver salons and writing workshops • Opportunity to spend a year abroad, undertaking a study period or teaching assistantship at a partner university • Gain vital transferable skills that you can use throughout your career

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Practices of Reading And Writing • Literature and Theory • English Poetry in Context • Drama in Society • Narrative Literary Texts • Romanticisms Year 2 The Nineteenth Century in Literature • Modernisms • British Literature and Twentieth-century History • Early Modern Literature Semester 1: Options: Queer Writing • British Television Drama • Studying Travel Writing • Introduction to Journalism • Creative Writing: Process and Craft • Literature and Art History • Image and Text: The Language of Comics and Graphic Novels • Regional Englishes • Television Studio Production • Photography • Video Documentary Project • Contested Stories • Video Games Cultures • Writing for Stage, Radio and Screen • Science Fiction: Screens, Texts, Theories • French (Foundation, Elementary, Intermediate, Advanced) • German (Foundation, Elementary, Intermediate, Advanced) • Spanish (Foundation, Elementary, Intermediate, Advanced) Semester 2: Options: American Literature 1850–1960 • Literature in Practice • Media in Practice

Optional placement year or year abroad Final year Your final year of literature study will allows you to benefit from the skills you have developed and to demonstrate your academic ability through a major dissertation project.

Dissertation • Options: Creative Writing Project • Russian Literature • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Gothic: Texts and Contexts • Victorian Sexualities • Writing the Contemporary • Postwar American Literature • Postcolonial Literatures • European Literatures and Film • Adaptations • (Re)viewing Shakespeare • Literature and Philosophy • Apocalypse, Utopia, Dystopia • Culture Wars: Revisiting the Great Divide • Community Engagement and Practice • English Language Teaching • From Script to Screen • Television Production News • Images of War • Popular Culture: Europe and Beyond • Autobiography and the Screen • Media Ethics and Conflict • Children’s Screen Cultures • Screen Comedy • The Cultural Politics of Screening Race • Framing Women • World Englishes • Language and Gender and Sexuality • Approaches to Analysing Discourse • Modern Languages: French, German or Spanish

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA English literature UCAS CODE Q320 DURATION Full-time 3 years With year abroad 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

SPECIALISMS The option choices you make enable you to follow the single honours English Literature BA(Hons) or you can graduate with one of the following awards.

ENGLISH LITERATURE AND CREATIVE WRITING BA(Hons) This course is for students who are passionate about literature and want to apply their critical reading skills to writing.

You will link your awareness of technique, form and style in literature to the craft of writing, and consider texts and your own work in relation to political, social and cultural theories.

You are encouraged to write in a variety of styles and develop an understanding of the techniques and skills involved in storytelling across a range of genres.

Throughout the course, you will develop reading and writing strategies that inform your critical judgment and imaginative thinking, enriching your practices of research and writing.

ENGLISH LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS BA(Hons) Combining English Literature and Linguistics will help you to become a critical, independent thinker with the capacity for insight into texts and genres.

Learning about both the science and art of language, you will develop skills in linguistic and literary analysis that will help you learn how to make a sophisticated critique of written and verbal material. You will engage in contemporary debates about language related to literary linguistics and have the chance to explore topics from women’s writing and feminist theory to language use and philosophy of language.

A-levels must include English literature or combined English language and literature.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 181 181

MEDIA AND ENGLISH LITERATURE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Taught alongside our courses in English language, literature and linguistics our Media and English Literature degree merges the study of contemporary and historical media and literary texts.

You will examine print, television and film, deepening your understanding of the complex relationships between society, cultures and the media.

Learning through both theoretical and practical study will enable you to acquire a set of practical and theoretical skills. You will become adept at critical analysis but also gain insight into media production and writing for different genres.

In media, you will explore topics including photography, documentary making, journalism and scriptwriting.

In English literature you will study core texts, consider relevant theories and debates, learn in depth about genres and styles and develop an advanced awareness of cultural contexts.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This degree is an ideal pathway into graduate entry jobs in television, film and publishing. Our graduates work in television, film and publishing, as well as in related fields including journalism, public relations and the public and digital sectors. Many progress to postgraduate study.

WHY US • Our friendly research-active tutors will help you to learn and grow • Volunteering in the community and getting involved with local events will enhance your professional and personal development • Gain vital practice-based skills, using a range of media production facilities • Excellent pathway into graduate jobs in television, film and publishing

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Digital Storytelling: Theory and Practice • Media Communication and Representation • Narrative Literary Texts • Popular Television • Drama in Society • Literature and Theory Year 2 Cinema and Society • The Nineteenth Century in Literature • Digital Media and Culture • British Literature and Twentiethcentury History • Options including: Video Games Cultures • Studying Travel Writing • Queer Writing • Documentary Filmmaking: Theory and Practice.

Final year Core module: Dissertation or Creative Project • Options including: Apocalypse, Utopia, Dystopia • Creative Writing Project • From Script to Screen • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Gothic: Texts and Contexts • Popular Culture: Europe and Beyond.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA English literature UCAS CODE PQ33 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include English literature or a combined English language and literature.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non–academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall.

Humanities, history or politics courses preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 182 182

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Dr Jess Moriarty is a creative writing teacher and programme developer. She is also co-founder of Work Write Live, which provides writing short courses and volunteering opportunities for students to develop vocational and academic skills.

Ross Adamson teaches and researches in the areas of documentary, factual television and digital media.

183 183

EXPLORE EVERY ASPECT OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION WITH OUR RANGE OF COURSES

ACCREDITED COURSES IN JOURNALISM

BUILD EXPERIENCE THROUGH PLACEMENTS AND BY USING SPECIALIST FACILITIES

MEDIA, PHOTOGRAPHY AND JOURNALISM Choose media with us and you can specialise in subjects including journalism, media production, photography, sound arts and film, or opt for a broader programme and explore a range of interests. Our focus is on preparing you for your chosen career by developing your critical understanding and core skills, whilst providing you with opportunities for practical experience.

LOCATION

Our journalism and sport journalism courses are taught in Eastbourne.

Multimedia broadcast journalism and our courses in media, film and screen, photography, and sound and music are taught in Brighton.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Our exceptional range of professional facilities enable you to build practical skills and include: a newsroom with live news feed • digital production and postproduction studios • sound diffusion lab • photographic studios and dedicated photographic computing facilities • digital print bureau • darkrooms • studios and editing suites • exhibition space.

Placements are offered on all journalism and most of our media courses and offer opportunities to apply learning, build experience and make contacts.

Students have been on placement with organisations including: the BBC • ITV • Ricochet Productions • Google UK • Absolute Radio • Skint Records • Sky Sports News • The Times.

Students are able to showcase work throughout their studies – opportunities vary depending on the course.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Staff combine teaching and research with practice and include: Rob Steen, cricket writer • Holger Zschenderlein, composer and sound artist • Lance Dann, writer, 184

radio producer and sound designer • Mark Power, photographer and member of the Magnum collective • Rob Greens, award-winning scriptwriter • Julia Winckler, photographer • Olu Jenzen, theorist and researcher in LGBTQ and gender issues • Matthew Noel-Tod, artist and filmmaker.

Our graduates go on to roles as digital marketers and communicators, artists, runners, filmmakers, sound artists, producers, media strategists, project managers, camera operators, brand managers and journalists.

They work as freelancers, entrepreneurs and for organisations including: Sky

SUBJECT AREAS • Film and screen Digital film • film and screen studies • moving image • Media Media, industry and innovation • media studies • environment and media • graphic design for digital media • illustration for screen arts • television and digital media production • Journalism Journalism • sport journalism • multimedia broadcast journalism • Photography • Sound and music Sports • The Independent • Hayters Sports Agency • Universal • Fremantle, BBC Talent • Radio 5 Live • Warp Records • Channel 4 • ITV • L’Oreal • Fox Networks Group • Sony.

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

Our Media Studies degree offers the option to specialise in Environment and Media and have this reflected in the degree title you leave us with.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Media Studies graduate John Hiscock now manages ITV’s Good Morning Britain and Lorraine, Los Angeles Bureau. He returned in 2016 to tell students how his course placement at GMTV led to a place on the GMTV training programme and eventually to Hollywood, covering the Academy Awards for ITV’s breakfast show.

Our new media building in Brighton houses a range of facilities including darkrooms, studios and screening room.

Journalism graduate Joel Tadman interviewing leading professional golfer Padraig Harrington.

185

DIGITAL FILM

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Digital Film BA(Hons) allows you to gain the production skills to make your own films and develop as a storyteller. An understanding of the film industry is equally important – you will learn how to promote your work, reach audiences and access film funding resources. Digital Film is a creative industry-focused programme, one that embraces the new opportunities that digital platforms and technologies create. This is backed up with a robust academic component covering the key theories and debates relevant to the study of media today.

On this course, you will gain skills and experience in screenwriting, shooting, editing and using the latest technology while forming a critical understanding of film form, the cinema industry, marketing, distribution and related media entrepreneurial skills.

You will learn from and collaborate with internationally respected academics and leading media practitioners, alongside international filmmakers, distributors and film festival programmers. You will be able to take advantage of digital film facilities including Avid/Adobe editing suites with Pro Tools surround sound audio editing capabilities and an extensive range of digital cameras from GoPros to the latest 4k ready cinema grade cameras.

Invaluable work placements and direct involvement in industry events will give you a distinct advantage in the job market. You will graduate with a diverse portfolio of film production work ensuring you have the all-important show reel to help you get established in the industry.

WHY US • Focus on screen writing as well as the commercial aspects of film production • Work placement module offers experience and the chance to make contacts in the TV and film industry • Regular talks from media practitioners, international filmmakers, distributors and film festival programmers

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The course prepares you for graduate entry into the film industry, as well as postgraduate study. You will leave equipped to become critically aware practitioners, developing relevant and creative skills that can be applied across a variety of international media environments.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Introducing Film Theory: Key Concepts and Debates • TV and Film Practice Foundations • Screenwriting • Film Industry Contexts • Popular Criticism for Film and TV Year 2 Digital Methodologies in Film Studies • Filmmaking Practice • Screenwriting: Genre and Emotion • Film Marketing, Distribution and Festivals • Options: Digital Cinematography • Representation and Identity

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Film and screen UCAS CODE P313 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Final year Film and Media Entrepreneurship • Work Placement and Professional Practice • Fandom and Cult Cinema • Final project • Options: Debating Screen Culture • Digital Postproduction

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 186 186

FILM AND SCREEN STUDIES

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

This course takes a distinctive approach that focuses specifically on the screen as a form of culture, communication and entertainment.

You will study the histories, technologies, texts and theories of screen practices from early filmmaking through to the emergence of cinema and television in the post-war period, to video game consoles, online media and mobile devices.

Whilst exploring the many contexts of screen cultures, your studies also place an emphasis on developing transferable skills and your future employability. Practical option modules are offered that may include documentary filmmaking, journalism, photography and scriptwriting.

You’ll also benefit from work experience opportunities at film festivals and with community projects. Local film venues and events, such as the Brighton Film Festival, Screen Archive South East and the Duke of York Picture House, provide opportunities for students to familiarise themselves with the film industry.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates are equipped with transferable skills in critical analysis, communication and independent research that will be invaluable for your future career and provide a firm foundation for further study. On graduation, you may consider a career in film and video distribution, film exhibition, museums, film, television or new media criticism and other jobs related to screen culture.

Graduates of the degree have moved on to diverse careers within screen industries – these include filming in collaboration with Film4, working on the X-Factor and other ITV programmes, and editing at Studio Canal.

WHY US • Screen Archive South East is based at the university, and is a great resource for students • Learn from visiting artists, filmmakers, historians, researchers and writers • Brighton is home to the Brighton Festival, the Brighton Digital Festival and CINECITY film festival • Great opportunities for work experience at film festivals and with community projects

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Film and screen UCAS CODE P390 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

Year 1 Screen Histories 1 (early screens–1948) • Screen Industries • Key Issues in Screen Studies • Screen Histories 2 (1948– present day) • Key Theories in Screen Studies • Television Genres

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Year 2 Identities and the Screen • Beyond the Screen • Screens and Power • Contemporary Issues in Screen Studies • Options: Videogames Cultures • British Television Drama • Studying Travel Writing • Creative Writing • Queer Writing • Literature and Art History • Photography: From Painting with Light to Zeros and Ones • Video Documentary Project • Science Fiction: Screens, Texts, Theories • Memory, History and Trauma On-screen • Creative Writing • American Literature 1850–1960 • Writing for the Stage, Radio and Screen • Photography: From Painting with Light to Zeros and Ones • Contested Stories

IB 28 points.

Final year International Screen Industries • Dissertation • Final year workshop • Options: The Cultural Politics of Screening Race • Framing Women: The ‘Female’ in Popular Screen Culture • Apocalypse, Utopia, Dystopia • Women’s Writing and Feminist Theory • Creative Writing Project • Gothic: Texts and Contexts • Postcolonial Literatures • From Script to Screen • Media Ethics and Conflict • Screen Comedy • Victorian Sexualities

Access to HE diploma pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 187 187

MOVING IMAGE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Our Moving Image degree is an artfocused course for students who want to work with film and video. An expert team of tutors and technical staff will help you develop your own creative ideas.

Working across digital formats, video and traditional film, this course offers exciting opportunities for innovation and experimentation. It will enable you to cultivate your ideas and build a strong conceptual and technical basis for your development as a creative artist. You will also develop your understanding of moving image history, theory, professional practice and research. Our course is delivered by staff who practice as artists, filmmakers and curators, and is accompanied by a programme of visits from leading practitioners and academics.

The course has close links with the Brighton Film Festival CINECITY and Screen Archive South East, both based at the University of Brighton.

Our international links also give you the opportunity to study abroad during the course. For example, we have a staff and student exchange with the International Academy of Art Palestine, in Ramallah, and students have the opportunity to study at this pioneering art school.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates are working as filmmakers, artists, and curators as well as in the wider media industries and in education. Many graduates progress to postgraduate study. Our graduates have gone on to work for art and film organisations such as Towner Arts Gallery and the Independent Cinema Office.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will explore subjects including contemporary art practice in video art, experimental film and video, 16mm film, high-definition video, history of avant-garde film and video, installation art, narrative and non-narrative cinema, conceptual art and moving 188 188

WHY US • You will be based at our high-spec media facility on Edward Street • You will be learning with practicing artists in film, video and digital moving image, with regular guest talks • Every year the university hosts the CINECITY festival, with opportunities for students to be involved • There is the opportunity to study abroad as part of an exchange programme image, cinematography, editing and compositing.

The course is taught through a series of lectures, seminars, visiting artist and guest lecturer talks, group critiques, individual tutorials, technical workshops and a screening programme.

You will benefit from excellent technical facilities and support for experimental film and video, including 16mm film, film hand-processing, Super 8mm and analogue video formats alongside the latest high-definition filmmaking equipment and editing software.

Year 1 Moving Image and Identity • Moving Image and Place • Moving Image and Fictions • Moving Image and Documentary • Historical and Critical Studies: from the Magic Lantern to YouTube • Historical and Critical Studies: One Million Avant Gardes Year 2 Collaboration and Sound and Vision • Beyond Black Box/White Cube • Independent Project • Sound/Music and The Moving Image • Research Themes, Methodologies and Dissertation Proposal • College Option Final year Minor project • Dissertation • Major Project • Professional Practice

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Film and screen UCAS CODE W610 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. You will be considered if your predicted grades fall within this range, but any offer will be made based on assessment of portfolio/ interview. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Moving Image students filming in Brighton.

Photography students using analogue equipment which is available alongside digital facilities.

Journalism students experiencing a press conference at the Brighton and Hove Albion FC AMEX Stadium as part of their course.

189 189

GRAPHIC DESIGN FOR DIGITAL MEDIA

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

The Graphic Design for Digital Media degree enables students to become skilled practitioners in screen-based graphic design, animation and moving image.

Digital culture is integrated into everything that we do and offers huge opportunities for designers to work across a range of media, on integrated campaigns, and in web design, AR (augmented reality), VR (virtual reality), motion graphics, app design and interactive design.

• Course tutors are active industry professionals, including filmmakers, video artists, animators, designers, installation artists, writers and game developers • You’ll collaborate with other students on projects, developing your skills and experimenting with many visual communications tools • Graduate with the confidence to negotiate many specialisms

Our course tutors are active industry professionals, including filmmakers, video artists, animators, designers, installation artists, writers and game developers who will help you to create innovative and experimental work in new media fields.

Year 2 focuses on developing your creative potential, building on knowledge gained during your first year. Projects set have strong links with industry, so that the skills you learn and practise reflect those that employers are looking for.

You’ll be producing real-world work for areas from games development and app creation to interactive media, and from moving image for the internet to largescale video projection mapping and more.

In your final year, the knowledge and skills that you have developed so far come together as you work on a final major project. You will also develop and write a dissertation in conjunction with the Design History and Digital Culture modules.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates leave us equipped to go into the professional world able to communicate, think creatively, collaborate, problem-solve, and to produce individual and innovative responses to any brief. You may choose to work freelance, for a design consultancy, as a branding specialist or in an advertising agency.

Brighton graduates in this field are working worldwide for companies such as Macmillan, Apple, Interbrand and Channel 4.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In year 1, you will explore the practical and analytical uses for screen-based graphic design through a series of projects. Subjects you will explore include: typography for moving image, design history, new developments in digital graphic design, how to storyboard ideas and sequence complex graphic information and how to use digital and analogue cameras.

190 190

WHY US

Year 1 Visual Language 1 (Composition and Form) • Sequence and Structure • 3D Animation and Modelling • Design History and Digital Culture

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE W211 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–MMM. You will be considered if your predicted grades fall within this range, but any offer will be made based on our assessment of your portfolio and interview.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Year 2 Visual Language 2 (Exploring Narrative and Voice) • Interaction and Audiences • 3D Compositing • Personal and Professional Development 1 (Placement, Live Briefs and Competitions) • Design History and Digital Culture 2 Final year Visual Language 3 (Context and Consolidation) • Final Major Project • Personal and Professional Development 2 • Extended Research Essay

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

ILLUSTRATION FOR SCREEN ARTS

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course enables students to become skilled practitioners in screen-based illustration, storytelling, animation and moving image. Focusing on screen-based illustration for new digital formats and applications, this practical and creative degree opens up a range of exciting careers.

You’ll produce work from drawing and image making, character design and games development, augmented reality and virtual reality, interactive media, animation and moving image to large-scale video mapping projections. Applying your knowledge to practical projects means that you will graduate confident in many screenbased platforms and digital modes of production.

You will work with other students on projects and live assignments, developing your skills as an illustrator, and experimenting with visual communications tools. You’ll learn the practical skills needed in areas such as sequential communication and narrative storytelling, and in producing illustration using images, sound and moving image across analogue and digital media. We will guide you in creating innovative and experimental work.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Students leave us equipped to go into the professional world able to communicate, think, collaborate, problem-solve, and to generate individual and innovative responses to any brief.

Brighton graduates in this field progress to areas including postgraduate study, teaching, business start-ups, freelance work and employment with media organisations, digital publishing and creative design studios.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 introduces you to the basic concepts of visual communication in illustration through studio-based projects and workshops. Your work will be developed through group and personal tutorials, and inspired by lectures from visiting industry professionals.

WHY US • Learn with professionals, including filmmakers, video artists, animators, illustrators and installation artists • Work closely with students studying Graphic Design for Digital Media and other disciplines • Produce work for games development, apps, interactive media, moving image for the internet, large-scale video installations In year 2, you will focus on developing your creative potential, building on knowledge gained during your first year.

You will enter live competitions and briefs and attend regular professional practice lectures by guest speakers. You will be encouraged to work collaboratively with fellow students to develop ambitious projects within the local and wider professional community.

In your final year, your knowledge and skills come together for the final major project. We will prepare you for life after university, and deliver personal tutorials offering in-depth support. You will also develop and write a dissertation in conjunction with the Design History and Digital Culture modules.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Media XX UCAS CODE W223 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC A-levels Entry requirements and BTEC are in the range of XX. A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma GCSE DDM–MMM. You will be considered XX. if your predicted grades fall within this range, but any offer will be made IB XX. based on our assessment of your Access toand HE diploma portfolio interview.

XX IB 28 points.

English language requirements Access to xx.

HE diploma see page Pass with 60 credits overall. At least Fees and funding xx24 credits at 45 credits at levelpage 3, with merit or above.

Entry and application page xx GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Year 1 Visual Language 1 (Composition and Form) Sequence and Structure • 3D Animation and Modelling • Design History and Digital Culture Year 2 Visual Language 2 (Exploring Narrative and Voice) • Interaction and Audiences • 3D Compositing • Personal and Professional Development 1 (Placement, Live Briefs and Competitions) • Design History and Digital Culture 2 Final year Visual Language 3 (Context and Consolidation) • Final Major Project • Personal and Professional Development 2 • Extended Research Essay

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 191 191

MEDIA STUDIES

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Media Studies degree examines the relationships between media, culture and society in an increasingly connected and globalised world.

You will gain a sound theoretical framework and practical skills that you can use throughout your career.

You can shape your degree through your choice of options, which allow you to pursue your own interests in, for instance, social and mobile media, community enterprise, digital photography and film and screen-based media.

You will learn with a course team of research-active academics, industryexperienced teachers, technicians, and visiting media professionals, including journalists, TV and film producers and social media strategists.

You’ll complete a four-week placement during your second year – applying and developing your skills and helping you build industry contacts.

We aim to develop versatile and creative media innovators and leaders, equipped to respond to new situations within an ever-changing and dynamic field.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates are well-equipped to enter careers across the media and creative industries. Recent graduates are working as journalists, editorial assistants and social media managers with: Times Higher Education magazine, Vogue, EMI, Juice FM, Universal Pictures, Punktastic and the Royal Opera House.

Our Environment and Media Studies graduates are working in areas including environmental charities, pressure groups, environmental journalism, public relations offices, sustainability teams in the industry, local authorities and the civil service.

192 192

WHY US • Wide selection of option modules so you can tailor the degree to suit your interests and career ambitions • Option to specialise and graduate with a degree in Environment and Media Studies • Placement provides experience and networking opportunities • Brighton is a hub for media companies and creative professionals, and home to a digital media festival • Facilities include cameras, video recording equipment and editing suites

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Media Culture and Change • Producing and Consuming Social Media • Critical Approaches to Media • Options include: Media in the Networked Society • Video Production 1 • Photographic Practice 1 • Business, Creative Industries and Innovation • Creative Industries and Promotional Cultures • Understanding Audiences: Theory and Context • Film Language and History • Understanding Television • The Soundtrack of Media • Media and Popular Culture • Social Action and Community Media Year 2 Research Methods and Methodology • Media Placement • Options include: Video Production 2 • Photographic Practice 2 • Social Media Applications in Activism, Business and Life • Language, Media and Power • Digital Media Enterprise and Innovation • Brands and Branding • Visual Media Culture • Media Project Management • Media and Public Relations • Journalism • Community

Final year In your final year you will further explore your own particular interests by conducting an independent research project on a topic of your choice, producing a written or production-based dissertation, plus choose further option modules.

Dissertation • Options: National and Global Media Studies • Media Policy: The Politics and Economics of the Media Industries • Mediating Science and Technology • Critical Approaches to the Videogame • Celebrity Media • Transmedia Cultures • Sustainability and Innovation in Digital Culture • Digital Media Marketing and Innovation • Political Communication in a Digital Age • Communication for Development • Visual Media Culture • Language, Media and Power • Video Production 2 • Photographic Practice 2 • Social Media: Applications and Debates • Digital Media Enterprise and Innovation • Brands and Branding • Media Production Management • Media and Public Relations • Journalism • Media Practices in Everyday Life • Community Media • Film Studies • Climate Change • Geographies of Everyday Life • Environmental Politics and Society

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE P300 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

SPECIALISMS In addition to following the broad Media Studies degree route you have the option to specialise and graduate with the following award.

ENVIRONMENT AND MEDIA STUDIES BA(Hons) Unique to the University of Brighton, Environment and Media Studies BA(Hons) examines the role of media and communications in shaping our understanding of environmental concerns and of sustainability.

With the growth of the internet and new technologies, the media has become central to the ways in which environmental issues are communicated and understood, on a local and global scale.

Media from advertising to news articles and social media raise public awareness of the changes that face our planet like never before. Scientists, environmental organisations, NGOs, businesses and governments are being challenged to develop new and engaging ways to communicate environmental and sustainability messages.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

In your final year, you will design, implement and communicate the results of an independent specialist research study on a topic of your choice.

You will graduate with expertise in a range of practices, methods and theoretical approaches found within environment and media studies.

The course equips you to contribute towards and lead in sustainability and communication across the media and creative industries, NGOs, government and the civil service.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 193 193

MEDIA, INDUSTRY AND INNOVATION

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Media, Industry and Innovation degree is designed to equip entrepreneurial media students with the skills to play their part in transforming the digital media landscape.

If you’re planning a career in the creative industries or in digital media, this course will give you the creative, technical and business knowledge you need to excel in fields including online publishing, social media, entertainment, digital marketing, public relations and branding.

This course is distinguished by its combination of strong conceptual and theoretical media studies training with hands-on learning opportunities in a digital media context. You’ll complete a four-week placement and a longer live project in an industry setting, both fully supported by the placement office.

You’ll study media business, digital marketing, media management, journalism, community, social and mobile media and develop your ability to understand and critically analyse the theory and practice of a variety of media, examining form, content, distribution and consumption.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The programme draws on expert teaching across popular culture, digital economy and social action and community media.

Graduates are equipped with the skills and knowledge needed to contribute as professionals in any media environment across business, charities and the public sector.

WHY US • A work placement gives you the chance to apply your learning in an industry context, giving you a competitive edge when you graduate • Brighton is a creative and digital industry hub, packed with media companies and cultural venues • Your lecturers have wide-ranging experience across the media and their cultural research will inform your studies

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Producing and Consuming Social Media • Business, Creative Industries and Innovation • Creative Industries and Promotional Cultures • Critical Approaches to Media • Understanding Audiences: Theory and Context • Options: Media in the Networked Society • Understanding Television • Media and Popular Culture • Social Action and Community Media Year 2 Research Methods for Live Projects • Digital Media Enterprise and Innovation • Media Project Management • Media Placement • Options: Social Media: Applications in Activism, Business and Life • Visual Media Culture • Journalism • Media and Public Relations • Community Media • Mobile Media Cultures

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE MVN1 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Final year Sustainability and Innovation in Digital Culture • Digital Media Marketing and Innovation • Live project • Options: Media Policy: The Politics and Economics of the Media Industries • National and Global Media Studies • Community Project

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 194 194

TELEVISION AND DIGITAL MEDIA PRODUCTION

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Award-winning course staff, industry placements and specialist facilities combine to make our Television and Digital Media Production course an excellent preparation for a career in the creative industries.

New technologies and new audiences have altered the way in which TV content is consumed. Graduates of the Television and Digital Media Production degree will be ready to enter this dynamic environment taking on a variety of roles, including content producers, idea generators, researchers, start-up company heads, writers and directors.

You will attend a diverse mix of lectures, seminars, practical workshops and masterclass sessions, making use of facilities including studios, edit suites and newsrooms. The course places an emphasis upon blended delivery: our students access tutorials and lectures online as a basis for seminar discussions.

You’ll also have the opportunity to undertake a work placement in the final year of study, boosting your employability, gaining invaluable experience and making professional contacts for your future.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduating students will be prepared to take up roles either in-house with one of the major broadcasters, with one of the many independent producers, or set up their own company producing commercial and creative work.

This degree provides a firm foundation for roles including: director, assistant director, associate producer, executive producer, line producer, multi-camera director, producer, casting director, script writer, story producer, experience designer, web media producer, researcher, start-up founder, and creative entrepreneur.

WHY US • Facilities include a newsroom and editing suites • Work with digital media and television professionals and learn from an experienced teaching team • Undertake a work placement and make valuable industry contacts

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Media: A Critical Introduction • Digital Television: Industry, Contexts and Futures • Understanding New Media Audiences • TV and Film Practice Foundations • Digital and Web Media Design Year 2 The New Paradigms in TV Drama • Factual Entertainment and Narrative Journalism • Immersive Media • Filmmaking Practice • Digital Cinematography Final year Final Individual Project: Portfolio Report • Digital Media Enterprise • Placement and Cultures of Production • Options: Advanced Documentary Production • Comedy Writing and Production • Pervasive and Mobile Media: Content and Design • Creative Sound Design

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Media UCAS CODE CRT2 (campus code U) DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 195 195

JOURNALISM

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

Based in Eastbourne, this accredited course is taught by industry professionals and highly respected academics in the field, preparing you for your career in journalism.

On this course you will develop the skills you need for a career in journalism, including reporting, multimedia, feature writing and shorthand. You will also be able to participate in the running of our journalism website Overtime and undertake a work placement in order to gain professional experience.

In addition to your degree, you will have the opportunity to take the NCTJ Diploma in Journalism, a widely recognised entry-level qualification for professional practice.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ). NCTJ accreditation is recognised throughout the industry as the best indication that new recruits have the fundamental skills and knowledge needed to become multimedia journalists and operate effectively in a busy newsroom.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This degree will open up career opportunities in newspaper, magazine, radio, television and online journalism, as well as in public relations, copywriting and media management. Brighton journalism graduates have gone on to roles including: correspondent for the Evening Standard; news reporter for Cambridge Evening News; sports writer at Daily Mail Online; news reporter for the Stoke Sentinel; and press officer at Essex County Council.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

In your first year you will be introduced to journalism and the news industry, developing practical skills for written and audiovisual journalism.

WHY US • NCTJ-accredited course • Access to excellent industrystandard facilities • In-depth training in practical journalism skills • Chance to write for our student-run news website, Overtime

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Journalism UCAS CODE P502 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

You are expected to reach a shorthand speed of 60 words per minute, and will study the workings of local and central government and explore key debates about media in society.

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

In year 2 you will develop a portfolio of work for publication online, reach a shorthand speed of 100wpm, write and research local news stories, learn to design printed pages and become familiar with media law.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

In your final year you will develop a piece of investigative journalism with an accompanying essay and focus on modules suited to your interests and talents.

IB 28 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Year 1 Introduction to Journalism • News, Ethics and Shorthand • Public Administration for Journalists • Multimedia Journalism • Media and Communications: A Critical Introduction • Global Political Communications Year 2 Journalism in Practice • Advanced News Journalism and Shorthand • Media Law • Digital Journalism • Research Methods for Journalists • Analysing Media Final year Critical Investigation • Journalism Work Placement • Options include: Cross-platform Journalism • Magazine Journalism • Advanced Sport Journalism • Public Relations • Entrepreneurship for Journalists • Arts Journalism • Production of Cultures and the Cultures of Production

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in media, history or journalism preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five GCSEs to include English language and maths (or equivalent).

We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants must have already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

196 196

Digital Music and Sound Arts students have access to specialist equipment and facilities in the heart of Brighton.

Photograph by Matthew Broadhead, 2016 graduate who won first prize in the inaugural Photoworks award.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Jed Novick is a senior lecturer and co-course leader of the sport journalism degree. Jed has vast newspaper and magazine experience encompassing the likes of The Times, The Guardian and The Independent and has written a number of football books in addition to acclaimed studies of Tommy Cooper, Benny Hill, Michael Palin and Morecambe and Wise.

Felicity Jones by Brighton graduate Laura Pannack, 2016 ŠNational Portrait Gallery, London 197 197

MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST JOURNALISM

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

To excel as a multimedia broadcast journalist you will need to write creatively, develop compelling audio and video and produce groundbreaking web and social media content. You will learn how to do these things on our accredited Multimedia Broadcast Journalism course.

You will explore subjects combining professional practice with productionbased work and academic enquiry. You will acquire a high level of production and broadcasting knowledge as well as core journalistic skills, and have access to specialist facilities such as a studio and editing suites.

The course is delivered through a diverse mix of lectures, seminars, practical workshops, masterclasses and guest talks with industry professionals, as well as individual and group work. You can also benefit from a work placement, allowing you to gain real-world experience in broadcast journalism

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is fully accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council.

The nationally recognised accrediting body for broadcast journalism degree programmes in the UK.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will leave with in-depth knowledge and skills that provide the essential first step to a satisfying career.

WHY US • The course is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council • A professional placement will give you an advantage when you graduate • You will learn to use specialist facilities and industry standard equipment

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Radio Journalism • Reporting Government and Politics • Global Political Communication • Online Journalism • Media and Communication: A Critical Introduction Year 2 Television Journalism • Media Ethics • Media Law and Regulation • Mobile Journalism • Researching and Analysing Current Affairs: Industry, Outputs and Audiences Final year Converging Journalism • Multimedia Broadcast Journalism Final Individual Project • Professional Placement • Option from of one of the following: E-zine Publication • Cultures of Production • Arts Journalism • Entrepreneurship for Journalists • Public Relations

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Journalism UCAS CODE P501 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Graduates are equipped to find employment within radio, television and cross-platform broadcasting environments in the public service or commercial sectors.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 198 198

SPORT JOURNALISM

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

Our Sport Journalism degree brings together the expertise of academics and professional journalists to give you a head start in this exciting industry.

On this course you’ll develop the practical skills you need for a career as a sports journalist, including reporting, multimedia, feature writing and shorthand. You’ll learn in a dedicated journalism and digital media hub equipped with industry-standard technical facilities. You’ll also have the chance to hone your craft by writing for our journalism website, Overtime.

In addition to your degree, you will also have the opportunity to take the NCTJ Diploma in Journalism, a widely recognised entry-level qualification for professional practice.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ). An NCTJ accreditation is recognised throughout the industry as the best indication that new recruits have the fundamental skills and knowledge needed to become multimedia journalists and operate effectively in a busy newsroom.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The degree offers career opportunities in newspaper, magazine, radio, television and online journalism, as well as public relations and media management in sport organisations. You will also acquire transferable skills suited to other graduate careers.

Graduates who have studied journalism courses at Brighton have gone on to roles including: producer at TalkSPORT; digital communications manager at Southampton Football Club; and sports writer for Daily Mail Online.

WHY US • NCTJ-accredited course • Access to industry-standard facilities • In-depth training in practical journalism skills • Chance to write for our student-run news website, Overtime

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The syllabus covers reporting, feature writing, multimedia and digital journalism, shorthand, public affairs and media law.

You will have the chance to put your skills into practice on a professional work placement during your final year.

Year 1 Introduction to Journalism • News, Ethics and Shorthand • Public Administration for Journalists • Multimedia Journalism • Media and Communications: A Critical Introduction • Global Political Communications Year 2 Digital Journalism • Media Law • Research Methods for Journalists • Analysing Media • Journalism in Practice • Advanced News Journalism and Shorthand Final year Journalism Work Placement • Critical Investigation • Options include: Cross-platform Journalism • Magazine Journalism • Advanced Sport Journalism • Entrepreneurship for Journalists • Public Relations • Arts Journalism • Production of Cultures and the Cultures of Production

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Journalism UCAS CODE P500 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in media, history or journalism preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five GCSEs to include English language and maths (or equivalent).

We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants must have already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 199 199

PHOTOGRAPHY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

Based in our new Edward Street media centre with high-spec facilities, this course enables you to become a creative and analytical photographic practitioner, highly skilled in critical thinking. Brighton has a strong photographic culture, and we have a consistent track record of producing award-winning graduates.

Our emphasis is on the creative exploration of photography as a contemporary art practice and we encourage and support students in exploring their own creativity. You’ll be in an experimental and critical environment, learning with an expert course team and benefiting from visiting lectures from leading practitioners.

You’ll explore traditional analogue processes and digital technology, experiencing a whole range of photographic methods and technologies.

We’ll help you to build a strong creative practice with theoretical understanding, experiment towards innovative practices, develop your own personal style and realise your creative vision.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our course enjoys an international reputation. Our graduates develop careers in photography and related industries including freelance practice, curating, education, publishing, exhibiting, research, editing and teaching.

Many progress to postgraduate study.

Recent graduates have won many awards, including The Saatchi Gallery and Channel 4’s New Sensations Prize, The Photographers’ Gallery annual competition, The Guardian Student Media Awards, The Jerwood Photography Prize. Graduates have also exhibited at Tate Modern, National Portrait Gallery, London, Museum of Modern Art, New York and the Pingyao International Festival of Photography.

WHY US • Brighton is home to a host of arts events including the Brighton Photo Biennial and Brighton Photo Fringe • Show your work and curate exhibitions in our gallery space and around the city • Our graduates win major awards and have their work published and shown in leading galleries

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 introduces photographic practices, histories, theories and techniques through projects, lectures, seminars, and study visits to photographic events. In year 2 you will challenge conventional boundaries and further develop your understanding of the practice of photography and related concepts. In the final year you will produce a major body of photographic work and a dissertation, and develop your understanding of the professional context of contemporary photography.

Practice-based projects are supported by tutorials, lectures, seminars and technical workshops. Talks and seminars by visiting professionals feature regularly.

Year 1 Photography Practice: Photography and Identity • Photography and Place • The Photograph as Document • The Photograph as Fiction • Historical and Critical Studies in Photography: Origins and Histories • Image as Document/ Fiction Year 2 Photography Practice: themed project options • Independent Project • Option • Historical and Critical Studies in Photography: Concepts and Theories in Contemporary Photography • Research Themes • Research Methodologies • Dissertation Proposal Final year Photography Practice: Minor project, Major project • Professional Practice • Historical and Critical Studies: Dissertation

200 200

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Photography UCAS CODE W640 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level ABB–BBC (128–112 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. You will be considered if your predicted grades fall within this range, but any offer will be made based on assessment of portfolio and interview. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one qualification that is accepted for admission to the course.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

DIGITAL MUSIC AND SOUND ARTS

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Grand Parade

This course, with a strong focus on creativity and innovative practice, provides an excellent foundation for careers in musical composition and sound design for film, TV and video, the games industry, radio, theatre and performing arts, interactive and new media, and sound arts for galleries and public spaces.

Studying Digital Music and Sound Arts at Brighton places you at the forefront of these versatile art practices in a city with a creative and constantly evolving music and art scene.

You will be based at Grand Parade in the heart of the city – and you will be encouraged to engage creatively and critically with the way music and sound is represented in contemporary media and artistic practice.

You will be involved in an exploratory process, driven by your own interests and supported by lectures, seminars, tutorials, workshops, technical inductions, class discussions, field trips and events.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates have worked in organisations such as the BBC World Service, BBC Radio, Radio 5 Live, Warp Records, and WDR (national radio) and ZDF (national TV) in Germany, games companies, film and TV and as independent artists worldwide. Many students progress to postgraduate study.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will explore the use of music and sound across a wide range of forms and applications. Your study will range from composition and sound design for moving image, development of apps for new media and sound arts works to installations, studio production and composition. You will learn about the history of sound and the theoretical ideas that have stimulated contemporary practice.

WHY US • Explore innovative audio-visual media, sound and music, and sound arts practices and productions • You will use specialist facilities, equipment and studios • Our team are practicing sound artists, composers, curators, composers and theorists • Many graduates go on to highprofile international careers as producers, composers, sound engineers and artists You will have access to modern digital production and post-production studios equipped with professional-standard hardware and software, and two soundisolated recording booths. We have a specially developed sound diffusion lab where you can experiment with spatial projection, multichannel sound and unconventional speaker configurations and a separate workshop area where you can build customised instruments and devices.

Year 1 Introduction to Sound • Sound as Material – Perception and Experimentation • Creative Audio Systems • Sound Organisation • Experimental Sound and Music in Contemporary Culture • Programme Profile Introduction Year 2 Sound For Screen • Composition and Sound Design for the Moving Image • Experimental Sound for Screen • Sound/Music and the Moving Image • Sound Arts Practice • Final Project and Research Essay Proposals • Independent Project Proposal, Final Project • Final Research Essay Proposal (Dissertation) and Research Methodologies • Theory and History of Sound Art • College option Final year Final Project Development • Professional Practice • Final Research Essay • Final Research Essay (extended option) • Final Project • Final Project (with extended dissertation option)

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Sound and music UCAS CODE W390 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–BCC (120–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. You will be considered if your predicted grades fall within this range, but any offer will be made based on assessment of portfolio and interview. For advice on putting your portfolio together, see the course page at www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least English language and maths.

A foundation diploma is not a requirement for entry – it is just one qualification that is accepted for admission to the course.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 201 201

COURSES DEVELOPED IN CLOSE CONSULTATION WITH INDUSTRY

BUILD EXPERIENCE WITH PLACEMENTS AND VOLUNTEERING

PROFESSIONALLY ACCREDITED COURSES

NATURAL SCIENCES Natural sciences at Brighton comprises pharmaceutical sciences, chemistry, biology, ecology and biomedical science. Professionally accredited courses, advanced facilities, practical lab work and placements in industry provide opportunities for you to put your knowledge and skills into practice, and focus on enhancing your employability.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

You’ll be able to experiment with new ideas, trial them in the lab, and gain extra analysis experience through outreach projects.

Outside of the lecture theatre and the lab we use innovative ways to help you explore your subject. As a chemistry student you will take part in The Analyst, which enables you to explore different aspects of chemistry by working in a group to solve a problem, create a product and market it to reps from real businesses.

Visiting lecturers working in practice and industry share their expertise with our students, giving you a glimpse into the working world.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Our Biomedical Science course is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS), and our chemistry degrees are accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry. Our Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) is recognised by the Royal Society of Biology.

202

Professional placement opportunities in industry and with research groups at the university are a great opportunity to put your knowledge into action. Students come back from placement with new skills, experiences and self-confidence, all of which inform their final year at university.

We offer our Ecology and Biological Sciences students local and international field trip opportunities.

Advanced equipment and facilities enable our students to apply and test the theory and techniques they learn in class.

Resources our students use include: • advanced and electron microscopy • nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry • molecular biology, microbiology and tissue culture laboratories • chromatography and spectroscopy • greenhouse and molecular ecology suite.

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR OPTION

The foundation year provides students from a wide range of life and academic experience with the best possible preparation for successful undergraduate study in the natural sciences.

SUBJECT AREAS • Biology and ecology Biological sciences • ecology • Biomedical science • Chemistry Chemistry • pharmaceutical and chemical sciences

ADVANCED STUDY

The integrated masters MSci route offered on our Biological Sciences, Ecology and Biomedical Science degrees and the MChem route for Chemistry can prepare you for doctoral study and higher-level professional positions earlier in your career.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Brighton researchers are pioneering new approaches to regenerative medicine, asthma and diabetes care, and leading the development of novel biomedical products.

Professor Hal Sosabowski, who is based in our School of Pharmacy and Biomolecular Sciences, helps inspire a new generation of scientists as science consultant for the CBBC children’s series Operation Ouch! Nominated for a BAFTA in 2016, Operation Ouch! aims to make medicine and science fun and accessible for children.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

PhD student Alice Hagan is conducting research to revolutionise liver cancer treatment. Unlike traditional chemotherapy, Alice’s proposed method of treatment for liver tumours involves injecting microscopic beads into blood vessels feeding the tumour, blocking its source of nutrients and delivering sustained chemotherapy treatment to the tumour without affecting the rest of the liver tissue.

When the drugs are delivered this way, the amount of drug that reaches the rest of the body is greatly reduced, meaning fewer side effects for the patient.

We offer local and international fieldwork opportunities on our Ecology BSc(Hons) course.

Students use NMR – nuclear magnetic resonance in organic, inorganic, analytical and biochemistry.

203

SCIENCE INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Foundation year

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

We offer a number of science courses with an extra year of integrated study at foundation level.

Offering this route opens up opportunities in the sciences to students who do not hold the required scientific A-levels or equivalent qualifications, who are changing career or who just want to explore the options offered by universitylevel science before committing to a specific path. This foundation year gives you the support, knowledge and skills you need to progress.

You will be required to successfully complete the foundation year before progressing to your chosen degree course.

We offer the following degree courses with an integrated foundation year.

• Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code C121 • Biomedical Science BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code B942 • Chemistry BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code F102 • Ecology BSc(Hons) (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code CFC9 • Pharmaceutical and Chemical Sciences BSc(Hons) with integrated foundation year) UCAS code FB15 • Pharmacy MPharm (with integrated foundation year) UCAS code B231.

WHY US • Flexibility to progress to different degree options • Access to specialist facilities • Opportunity for students with a range of experience to prepare for undergraduate study in natural sciences

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our science courses include extensive laboratory experience culminating in final year research projects developing specialist research expertise and practical skills. Students who progress to the MPharm will learn through a casebased approach, developing scientific and professional skills in a fully integrated way.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2 of the Biological Sciences BSc(Hons), Biomedical Science BSc(Hons), Ecology BSc(Hons) or Chemistry BSc(Hons) you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the respective MSci or MChem and study towards a masters-level qualification.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

All modules in the foundation year are compulsory.

Year 1 Foundation Biology • Foundation Chemistry • Data Handling • Study Skills At the time of going to press this course is in the final stages of redevelopment and may be subject to small changes.

Check online for up-to-date info, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Natural sciences UCAS CODE See course codes in left column DURATION Full-time 1 year plus 3–4 years BSc(Hons) / MPharm ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS tariff 72 tariff points. Level 3 Key Skills and General Studies will count towards the tariff.

A-levels DDD including two full science A-levels.

Other qualifications We will consider applicants who have completed an Access course, BTEC diploma or International Baccalaureate on an individual basis; relevant experience may also be taken into account.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

Pharmacy MPharm offers will be made based on assessment at interview and numeracy test, English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 204 204

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Covering everything from microbiology, human physiology and biochemistry, to ecology, genetics, and molecular biology, you will discover how modern biology can be used to understand and change the world we live in.

With an emphasis on practical learning you will explore biological systems at molecular, cell, tissue and whole organism levels. You will have the freedom to shape your learning experience and career with option modules and an optional placement year.

Opportunities for fieldwork will further develop your skills and you’ll be able to get involved in a research project.

Destinations for optional field trips currently include South Africa and the Mediterranean.

You will develop practical skills in our specialist facilities which include an Image Analysis Unit and purpose-built ecology, microbiology, molecular biology and tissue culture labs.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Biological Sciences MSci and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION

The course is recognised by the Royal Society of Biology as providing the necessary skills for a career as a professional biologist.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Previous graduates have secured roles in areas including laboratory science, forensics and scientific consultancy.

Others have chosen to pursue a career in biological research and committed to further study.

WHY US • Explore environmental, ecological, biomedical and clinical option modules • Chance to gain practical experience through fieldwork and placement opportunities • Internationally recognised teaching staff who are experts in their fields

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who do not currently meet the entry requirements for this course should consider the integrated foundation year option, see page 204.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Essential Skills for Bioscientists • Diversity of Life • Genetics • Human Physiology • Biochemistry • Options: Introduction to Ecology and Conservation • Introduction to Marine Biology and Ecology • Cellular Pathology Year 2 Research Skills and Professional Development • Comparative Physiology • Behaviour and Evolutionary Biology • Options: Intermediate Human Physiology, Intermediary Metabolism and Endocrinology • Infection and Immunity • Molecular Biology, Genetics and Genomics • Managing Populations in Ecology and Conservation • Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems • Biology International Field Trip Optional placement year Final year Biology or ecology project • Species Interactions • Innovations in Bioscience Research • Options: Clinical Microbiology and Immunology • Current Topics in Ecology and Conservation • Hot Topics in Marine Biology

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Biology and ecology UCAS CODE C120 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. A-levels must include biology.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include 12 credits at level 3 in biology.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 205 205

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

MSci

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

WHY US

Our Biological Sciences MSci explores biological systems at molecular, cell, tissue and whole organism levels.

Through practical teaching driven by innovative research, you will learn to apply scientific knowledge and research skills to help find solutions to environmental and societal issues.

• Research strengths in zoonotic disease, ecology and conservation, medicines optimisation • Gain practical experience on placement and through fieldwork • Internationally recognised teaching staff who are experts in their fields

This integrated degree provides extra indepth study at masters level, enables you to develop advanced research skills and provides the opportunity to specialise in subjects that interest you most. You will learn with a course team who are researchers in areas including infectious disease, senescence, and population ecology and who work in university research groups focusing on zoonotic disease, ecology and conservation, medicines optimisation and mechanisms of chronic disease.

Year 2 Research Skills and Professional Development • Comparative Physiology • Behaviour and Evolutionary Biology • Options: Intermediate Human Physiology, Intermediary Metabolism and Endocrinology • Infection and Immunity • Molecular Biology, Genetics and Genomics • Managing Populations in Ecology and Conservation • Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems • Biology International Field Trip

Fieldwork opportunities further develop your skills and you’ll get involved in a research project. Destinations for optional field trips currently include South Africa and the Mediterranean.

The course makes full use of our specialist facilities and the optional placement year is a great opportunity to develop your skills and gain valuable work experience.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduating with a masters-level qualification will give you a professional advantage in your biosciences career.

You will also be well equipped to pursue biology at PhD level.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Essential Skills for Bioscientists • Diversity of Life • Genetics • Human Physiology • Biochemistry • Options: Introduction to Ecology and Conservation • Introduction to Marine Biology and Ecology • Cellular Pathology

Optional placement year Year 3 Biology or ecology project • Species Interactions • Innovations in Bioscience Research • Options: Clinical Microbiology and Immunology • Current Topics in Ecology and Conservation • Hot Topics in Marine Biology Final year MSci Research Project • Options: Applied Molecular Biology • Issues in Ecology and Conservation • Clinical Infection Science • Microbiology and Public Health • Advanced Statistical Analysis • Bioscience Independent Study • Evaluating Research in Biomedical Sciences • Introduction to GIS • Applications in GIS • Water Quality Analysis • Biomedical Implants and Medical Devices At the time of going to press this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for up-todate info, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Biology and ecology UCAS CODE Check online for the UCAS code for this course DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are: A-level BBC (112 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM. A-levels must include biology. Other A-level subjects must be relevant.

IB 28 points, specific subjects. Must include biology at grade 5 Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include a merit pass in all science subjects at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and science.

Foundation degree May enable you to start the course in year 2.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

206 206

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Dr Dawn Scott is a national authority on ecology and conservation, specialising in the influence of human activities in biodiversity. She has appeared alongside Chris Packham in BBC’s Autumnwatch to talk about the university’s research into urban badgers, and her research on hedgehogs has featured on the BBC’s Winterwatch programme.

Access to specialist equipment such as the inverted fluorescence microscope helps build practical skills.

Visiting lecturer Lindsey Dixon, Chief Biomedical Scientist at Brighton & Sussex University Hospitals NHS Trust, shares her knowledge with our students.

207 207

ECOLOGY

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms and their physical and biological environments, and plays a crucial role in areas as diverse as conservation biology, natural resource management and community health.

Our Ecology degree helps meet the growing demand for ecological specialists who can find solutions to environmental and industrial challenges.

With a strong emphasis on applied learning, there are fieldwork opportunities in all years of the course with optional field trips to international locations such as South Africa and the Mediterranean, as well as local areas. You will develop your practical skills in our specialist laboratories purpose-built for the study of ecology, molecular biology and microbiology.

You will benefit from research-informed teaching from internationally recognised staff and engage with specialist areas of ecology, especially in the final year when you can work alongside a member of staff to research an area of personal interest.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Ecology MSci and study towards a masters-level qualification.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Throughout your degree, you will develop the skills specified by the Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM) as being essential to good overall employability.

Our graduates follow a variety of careers, for example in conservation organisations, local authorities, consultancy, and ecological research and teaching. Others choose to continue their studies at postgraduate level.

WHY US • Fieldwork opportunities in each year of the course • Commitment to the principles of sustainable development and conservation • Internationally recognised teaching staff

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Biology and ecology UCAS CODE CFC8 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who do not currently meet the entry requirements for this course should consider the integrated foundation year option, see page 204.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Essential Skills for Bioscientists • Diversity of Life • Genetics • Terrestrial Ecosystems • Introduction to Ecology and Conservation • Options: Introduction to Marine Biology and Ecology • Environmental Science Year 2 Research Skills and Professional Development • Physiology of Organisms • Behavioural and Evolutionary Biology • Managing Populations in Ecology and Conservation • Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems • Options: Biology International Field Trip • Environmental Science Optional placement year Final year Ecology Project • Hot Topics in Ecology and Conservation • Species Interactions • Ecological Impact Assessment • Options: Environmental Science • Current Topics in Marine Biology

A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range. A-levels must include a science at grade B. A-levels must include biology and geography or environmental science.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, must include biology and geography or environmental science at grade 5 Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include 12 credits in biology. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

208 208

ECOLOGY

MSci

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Ecology MSci explores key areas within ecology, conservation biology, natural resources management and community health.

This integrated degree provides extra in-depth study at masters level enabling you to develop advanced analytical and research skills, as well as the opportunity to focus your studies on ecology, conservation or both, through option modules.

You will learn from lecturers with research expertise in a range of taxonomic groups, many of who apply novel, innovative research techniques in multidisciplinary approaches, from molecular ecology to social sciences, addressing research questions that can be applied to practical conservation ecology.

Fieldwork opportunities in the UK and abroad further develop your ecological, research and report writing skills.

Current locations for optional field trips abroad include South Africa and the Mediterranean, where you will study indigenous species and issues around habitat, species management and conservation. Local field trips take full advantage of the diverse landscape of our region.

Specialist facilities including an Image and Analysis Unit as well as purpose-built laboratories for the study of ecology, microbiology, molecular biology and tissue culture, enable you to develop practical skills alongside your research.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will be prepared for career paths including ecological research, government and statutory sector (eg local planning authorities, government departments), non-governmental organisations, ecological consultancy, and science education.

Graduating with a masters-level qualification will give you a professional advantage in your chosen career. You will also have the skills and knowledge needed to pursue ecology at PhD level.

WHY US • Research strengths in ecology and conservation, zoonotic disease, ecosystems and environmental management • Gain practical experience on placement and through fieldwork • Teaching staff who are actively involved in research and experts in their field

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Essential Skills for Bioscientists • Diversity of Life • Genetics • Terrestrial Ecosystems • Introduction to Ecology and Conservation • Options: Introduction to Marine Biology and Ecology • Environmental Science Year 2 Research Skills and Professional Development • Physiology of Organisms • Behavioural and Evolutionary Biology • Managing Populations in Ecology and Conservation • Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems • Options: Biology International Field Trip • Environmental Science Optional placement year Year 3 Ecology Project • Hot Topics in Ecology and Conservation • Species Interactions • Ecological Impact Assessment • Options: Environmental Science • Current Topics in Marine Biology Final year MSci Research Project • Issues in Ecology and Conservations • Advanced Taxonomy and Survey Skills • Options: Statistics • GIS • Water Quality Analysis At the time of going to press this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for up-todate info, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Biology and ecology UCAS CODE Check online for the UCAS code for this course DURATION Full-time 4 years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are: A-level BBC (112 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM. A-levels must include biology and geography or environmental science.

IB 28 points, specific subjects. Must include must include biology and geography or environmental science at grade 5 Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above. Must include a merit pass in all science subjects at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

Foundation degree May enable you to start the course in year 2.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 209 209

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Studying human health and disease, you will learn with professional biomedical scientists and leading researchers, giving you the skills required to investigate diseases and develop future diagnostic tools.

Research informs our teaching, helping to keep it relevant and current.

Our researchers are pioneering new approaches to regenerative medicine, asthma and diabetes care, and leading the development of biomedical products.

You will put theory into practice using specialist equipment, including an advanced Image Analysis Unit, developing your lab skills and techniques.

Hospital visits and lectures from visiting clinical and biomedical scientists enhance your learning experience and provide professional context for your study.

An optional placement year in an accredited NHS training lab allows you to work towards the IBMS Certificate of Competence and the Registration Training Portfolio. Other placement opportunities prepare you for work in a range of scientific areas, and postgraduate research.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Biomedical Science MSci and study towards a masters-level qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This degree is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS).

WHY US • Accreditation from the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS) • Opportunity to complete a project in an active research laboratory • Teaching informed by research

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who do not currently meet the entry requirements for this course should consider the integrated foundation year option, see page 204.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Introduction to Human Physiology • Introduction to Infection Science • Introduction to Genetics and Molecular Biology • Introduction to Biochemistry and Biochemical Techniques • Introduction to Biomedical Science • Essential Skills for Bioscientists Year 2 Intermediate Human Physiology • Infection and Immunity • Molecular Biology, Genetics and Genomics • Intermediate Biochemistry and Metabolism • Research Skills and Professional Development • Diet and Exercise for Health Optional placement year Final year Cellular Pathology • Clinical Microbiology and Immunology • Blood Sciences • Current Topics in Bioscience Research • Research Project

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Biomedical science UCAS CODE C120 DURATION Full-time 3 years With placement year 4 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

A-levels must include two sciences, preferably biology and chemistry.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, specified subjects.

Access to HE diploma Applications will be considered individually.

GCSE At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will be prepared for a career in biomedical science as part of the NHS pathology team, or for a career in areas such as biotechnology, pharmaceutical development, and the forensic civil services. Graduates also progress to graduate-entry medicine or postgraduate study.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

210 210

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE

MSci

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Our Biomedical Science MSci explores microbiology, physiology, immunology, genetics, and blood sciences through practical learning from professional biomedical scientists and leading researchers.

This integrated degree provides extra in-depth study at masters level enabling you to develop advanced research skills, supported by option modules in specific areas of science allied to an extensive research project.

You will learn from active researchers in their field who are pioneering new approaches to regenerative medicine, asthma, diabetes care, other chronic diseases, and leading the development of novel biomedical products.

The course makes full use of our specialist facilities including electron and confocal microscopes, mass spectrometers, RT-qPCR, gene chip array, flow cytometer, tissue culture suite, and 3D bio-plotter.

The optional placement year is a great opportunity to develop your skills as a biomedical scientist and gain valuable work experience.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course prepares you for health, academic and industrial life science research as well as careers in areas such as biotechnology, teaching, pharmaceutical development and the forensic civil services.

Graduating with a masters-level biomedical science qualification will give you a professional advantage in your chosen career. You will also have the skills and knowledge necessary to pursue biomedical science at PhD level.

WHY US • Research strengths in regenerative medicine, asthma and diabetes care, and chronic diseases • Opportunity to explore wide range of subject covering core and clinical biomedical science • Access to advanced research facilities

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Introduction to Human Physiology • Introduction to Infection Science • Introduction to Genetics and Molecular Biology • Introduction to Biochemistry and Biochemical Techniques • Introduction to Biomedical Science • Essential Skills for Bioscientists Year 2 Intermediate Human Physiology • Infection and Immunity • Molecular Biology, Genetics and Genomics • Intermediate Biochemistry and Metabolism • Research Skills and Professional Development • Diet and Exercise for Health Optional placement year Year 3 Cellular Pathology • Clinical Microbiology and Immunology • Blood Sciences • Current Topics in Bioscience Research • Research Project

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Biomedical XX science UCAS CODE Check xx online for the UCAS code for this course DURATION Full-time DURATION x years With placement Full-time 4 yearsyear x years With placement year 5 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are: A-level BBB GCSE (120 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC XX. Extended Diploma DDM. IB XX. must include biology and A-levels chemistry.

Access to HE diploma XX IB 30 points, specific subjects.

English to language requirements Access HE diploma see Passpage with xx.

60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at levelpage 3, with Fees and funding xx24 credits at merit or above. Must include a merit Entryin and page xx pass all application science subjects at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

Foundation degree May enable you to start the course in year 2.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

Final year MSci Research Project • Evaluating Research in Biomedical Sciences • Options including: Regenerative Medicine • Advanced Statistics • Applied Molecular Biology At the time of going to press this new course is in the final stages of development and may be subject to small changes. Check online for up-todate info, www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 211 211

CHEMISTRY

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course is structured around three themes – core chemistry, analytical chemistry and chemical skills – and also enables you to complement your learning with studies in biochemistry or environmental chemistry.

The course team have research expertise spanning organic, inorganic, physical and analytical chemistry. Your learning is informed both by the team’s research and by the opportunities you have to conduct your own research.

With a strong focus on practical lab skills you will explore applied chemistry, experiment with new ideas and trial them in the lab. You will gain handson experience in our laboratories with chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), mass spectrometry, electron microscopy, electroanalysis and many other research techniques.

The optional placement year is a great opportunity to develop your skills and gain valuable work experience.

If you achieve the required standard in year 2, you can choose to progress directly to the third year of the Chemistry MChem and study towards a masterslevel qualification.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry as partially satisfying the academic requirements for chartered chemist status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You will graduate with extensive analytical knowledge and practical skills. Our varied assessment approach will help to develop your confidence so you can pursue the area of chemistry that interests you most.

You can progress to careers in areas such as analytical chemistry, forensic science, toxicology, teaching, drug discovery and science writing.

The course also prepares you for postgraduate study and research.

212 212

WHY US • Accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry • Emphasis on practical skills with a high proportion of lab work • Opportunity to gain professional experience on placement year

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who do not currently meet the entry requirements for this course should consider the integrated foundation year option, see page 204.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Introductory Chemistry • Introduction to Experimental Work in Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Essentials of Analytical Chemistry • Introductory Skills in Molecular Science • Introduction to Chemical Methodology • Mathematical Skills for Scientists • Introduction to Functions and Use of Calculus • Essentials of Cell Biology and Biochemistry • Genes and Inheritance • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System Year 2 Intermediate Chemistry I • Intermediate Chemistry II • Intermediate Analysis • Critical Skills for Chemistry Students • Computational Chemistry and Chemical Databases • Introduction to Statistics • Microbiology for Pharmaceutical Science • Genes and Inheritance • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Soil and Water Analysis Optional placement year Final year Chemistry Project • Advanced Chemistry • Advanced Chemistry 2 • Advanced Analytical Methodology • Options include: Biochemistry Independent Study • Pharmaceutical Industry – New Drugs to Market • Soft Matters and Polymers • Bioorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution • Water and Health • Hydrogeology • The f-Elements, Nuclear and Radiochemistry

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Chemistry XX UCAS CODE F100 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year 4 x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. requirements are in the range of Entry A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff GCSE points), or BTEC Extended Diploma XX. DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically IB XX. fall within this range.

A-levels include chemistry. BTEC Access tomust HE diploma must XX be applied science with specified units in chemistry.

English language requirements We generally make you an offer if see will page xx. your predicted grades are at the top of Fees and funding xx grades are this range.

If yourpage predicted towards the lower end of this range we Entry and application page xx may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, must include chemistry at grade 5 Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include 12 credits in chemistry. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit and 15 credits at distinction.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

CHEMISTRY

MChem

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

Informed by our extensive research and industry links, our Chemistry MChem takes you from fundamental chemistry concepts to specialist masters-level work at the forefront of the field.

The course team have research expertise spanning organic, inorganic, physical and analytical chemistry. Lecturers deliver on their specialist research field and you will undertake research projects arising from and contributing to this research.

Your learning experience is enhanced by lectures from visiting experts presenting their current research, as well as the departmental seminar programme.

The course makes full use of our specialist laboratories with chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), mass spectrometry, electron microscopy, electroanalysis and many other research techniques providing you with extensive practical laboratory experience. The optional placement year is a great opportunity to develop your skills and gain valuable work experience.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry as fully satisfying the academic requirements for chartered chemist status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduating with a masters-level chemistry qualification will give you a professional advantage in areas such as chemical research, development analysis. You will also have the skills and knowledge necessary to pursue chemistry at PhD level.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Introductory Chemistry • Introduction to Experimental Work in Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Essentials of Analytical Chemistry • Introductory Skills in Molecular Science • Introduction to Chemical Methodology • Mathematical

WHY US • Emphasis on practical skills with a high proportion of lab work • Research strengths in medicinal, environmental, materials and analytical chemistry • Multi-disciplinary approach Skills for Scientists • Introduction to Functions and Use of Calculus • Essentials of Cell Biology and Biochemistry • Genes and Inheritance • Mineralogy and Petrology • The Global Earth System Year 2 Intermediate Chemistry I • Intermediate Chemistry II • Intermediate Analysis • Critical Skills for Chemistry Students • Computational Chemistry and Chemical Databases • Introduction to Statistics • Microbiology for Pharmaceutical Science • Genes and Inheritance • Introduction to Environmental Geochemistry • Soil and Water Analysis Optional placement year Year 3 Chemistry Project • Advanced Chemistry • Advanced Chemistry II • Advanced Analytical Methodology • Options include: Biochemistry Independent Study • Pharmaceutical Industry – New Drugs to Market • Soft Matters and Polymers • Business Studies for Chemistry Students • Bioorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution • Water and Health • Hydrogeology • The f-Elements, Nuclear and Radiochemistry Final year Advanced Chemistry Project • Current Research in Chemistry • Frontiers in Contemporary Chemistry • Options include: Advanced Pharmaceutical Analysis • Advances in Biochemical and Clinical Analysis • New Medicinal Products • Applied Molecular Biology • Water Quality Analysis • Basics of GIS • Applications of GIS • Drug Discovery, Design and Development • Regulatory Affairs

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Chemistry XX UCAS CODE F101 xx DURATION Full-time 4 x years With placement year 5 x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. requirements are: A-levels BBC Entry (112 UCAS Tariff points) including GCSE chemistry at grade B, or BTEC XX. Extended Diploma DMM plus A-level chemistry at grade B. IB XX. BTEC applied science with Accessmust to HEbe diploma specified units in chemistry.

XX IB 28 points, must include chemistry at English language requirements grade 5 Higher see page xx. level.

Access tofunding HE diploma Fees and page xx Pass (at least 45 credits at level 3), Entry30 and application page xx with credits at distinction and 15 at merit or above. Must include 12 credits at distinction in level-3 chemistry.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 213 213

PHARMACEUTICAL AND CHEMICAL SCIENCES

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

This course is designed in consultation with local and national pharmaceutical companies. It has a strong focus on practical laboratory experience and employability, and will prepare you for careers in the pharmaceutical industry and academic or industrial research.

You will learn with a research-active course team who have research expertise across the areas of organic, inorganic, physical and analytical chemistry. Your learning is informed by the research we do, keeping it current and relevant.

You will develop analytical and scientific skills using specialist facilities.

Placement year opportunities provide a great way to consolidate your skills and gain professional experience in a pharmaceutical organisation. Previous students have gone on placement with organisations such as LGC Group, COTY, and GlaxoSmithKline.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry as partially satisfying the academic requirements for chartered chemist status.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates have secured jobs in organisations such as BTG, the Clinigen Group, HCA International, MSD and GlaxoSmithKline. Some of our students progress to postgraduate study before starting a career in industrial or academic research.

INTEGRATED FOUNDATION YEAR

Students who do not currently meet the entry requirements for this course should consider the integrated foundation year option, see page 204.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Our extensive range of chemistry equipment allows you to perform advanced research analysis techniques including electrochemical analysis, high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), gas chromatography (GC), mass spectrometry (MS), molecular 214 214

WHY US • Accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry • Opportunity to gain professional experience on placement year • Specialist facilities and a strong focus on practical skills spectroscopy and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. You will also have access to industry-standard BioChemOffice software.

Year 1 Introductory Chemistry • Essentials of Analytical Chemistry • Essential Cell Biology and Biochemistry • Introduction to Pharmacology • Mathematical Skills for Scientists • Introduction to Experimental Work in Chemical and Molecular Sciences • Introduction to Functions and Use of Calculus • Introductory Skills in Molecular Science Year 2 Physical Chemistry and an Introduction to Pharmaceutical Formulation • Intermediate Chemistry I • Intermediate Chemistry II • Intermediate Analysis • Pharmaceutical Microbiology • An Introduction to Statistics • Critical Skills for Chemistry Students Optional placement year Final year Chemistry Project for Pharmaceutical and Chemical Sciences • Advanced Chemistry I • Advanced Pharmaceutics • Advanced Analytical Methodology • Pharmaceutics: Oral Dosage Form and Design • Pharmaceutical Industry – New Drugs to Market • Options: Advanced Chemistry II • Business Studies for Science Students • Bio-organic and Bioinorganic Chemistry • Case Studies in Environmental Pollution • Soft Matter and Polymers • The f-Elements, Nuclear and Radiochemistry

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Chemistry XX UCAS CODE FB12 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year 4 x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC XX. requirements are in the range of Entry A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff GCSE points), or BTEC Extended Diploma XX. DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically IB XX. fall within this range.

A-levels include chemistry. BTEC Access tomust HE diploma must XX be applied science with specified units in chemistry.

English language requirements We generally make you an offer if see will page xx. your predicted grades are at the top of Fees and funding xx grades are this range.

If yourpage predicted towards the lower end of this range we Entry and application page xx may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, must include chemistry at grade 5 Higher level.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include 12 credits at distinction in level-3 chemistry. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 15 credits at distinction and 30 at merit.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language, maths and a science.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Dr Bhavik Patel is a reader in the School of Pharmacy and Biomolecular Sciences. After graduating from the University of Brighton, Bhavik completed a PhD before being awarded an overseas research fellowship. After working in leading laboratories in Canada and the USA, Bhavik returned to Brighton to teach Physical and Analytical Chemistry. Bhavik won the 2015 Royal Pharmaceutical Society’s Science Award as well as the 2013 GlaxoSmithKline Emerging Scientist Award for his research achievements.

Chemistry students benefit from access to the HPLC-high performance liquid chromatography; the technique is used extensively in industry.

Students conducting an organic synthesis and purification experiment in our chemistry teaching lab.

215 215

OUR TEACHING IS, INNOVATIVE INTERDISCIPLINARY AND RESEARCH-INFORMED

PUT YOUR LEARNING TO WORK THROUGH PLACEMENTS AND VOLUNTEERING

ACCREDITED COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK

SOCIAL SCIENCES AND PSYCHOLOGY Social science at Brighton spans criminology, politics, psychology, sociology, social policy and social work.

Our focus is on putting social science to work to improve society. You’ll explore traditional and contemporary perspectives on subjects including the family, employment, housing, education, health, politics, mass media, cultural differences, and through placements and volunteering you will have opportunities to gain work experience in a range of settings.

REALISE YOUR POTENTIAL

Projects like our Human Library enable you to explore issues such as social inequality: trained volunteers from a local LGBT mental health project act as human books to engage and challenge you.

Visiting practitioners share their knowledge and experience in our thriving visiting lecture programme.

You will explore and develop your personal interests and undertake your own research.

Take part in seminars and debates with students from other areas of social science. Share your work through poster presentations, advocacy statements, group and individual project work; develop your ideas through seminar and small group teaching.

216

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

We believe it is our responsibility to use our knowledge and resources for social benefit, which is why we set up the Community University Partnership Programme in 2003. As a Brighton student, you will have the opportunity to volunteer through the project and work in the community yourself, whilst developing your vocational skills and gaining work experience.

Our community engagement module enables you to volunteer with one of our many partner organisations including: • Age Concern • Art in Mind • Barnardos • Princes Trust • YMCA • Brighton Housing Trust • Brighton and Hove Community Radio • Brighton & Hove City Council • British Heart Foundation • CaSH – Contraception and Sexual Health Action Team • CGL (Change, Grow, Live) • East Sussex Children’s Centres.

SUBJECT AREAS • • • •

Criminology Politics Psychology Social science Social policy and practice • Sociology • Social work

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Research is an important part of university life: it informs our teaching and makes a difference to people’s lives worldwide.

Our staff have research interests spanning age and ageing, technology and care, emotional and mental health, domestic and intimate violence, criminality, social control, surveillance, consumption, mobilities, sexualities, social and political theory, social movements, public participation, citizenship and new forms of democratic practice.

REALISE YOUR POTENTIAL The Community Engagement module gave me my focus and subsequent career in youth engagement. So many young people’s lives are now being enhanced as a direct result of my time at the university.

Wesley Ankrah – Criminology and Sociology graduate.

Managing director of community interest company, Essential Living Future.

Our students have access to specialist eye-tracking equipment that helps understand health conditions such as autism and diabetes as well as the psychology behind our shopping habits!

217

POLITICS

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

There has rarely been a more exciting and stimulating time to study politics.

Within the space of six months the outcome of the EU referendum and US Presidential elections have signalled dramatic change to the political order and ushered in a period of great uncertainty.

Politics at Brighton takes a progressive approach to the subject: throughout the course we will encourage you to develop a critical understanding of the unequal distribution of power and resources, and of democracy, participation and representation.

You will build your knowledge of political ideas and movements, international relations, the structures and processes of government in Western Europe and engage in-depth study of the British state and its changing relationship with the EU. As well as core politics and research skills modules, you can choose options in community engagement, social justice, movements and protest and the politics of Latin America and the Middle East.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

You can find politics graduates in many areas of work, from campaigning and politics itself, to management, journalism and academia. The course also prepares you for employment in advocacy groups and non-governmental organisations (NGOs).

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Lectures and group seminars form the main part of your learning. Our expectation is that you critically engage with the issues that confront modern societies and actively contribute to group discussions using material from the preparatory reading.

WHY US • Opportunity to volunteer in the local community as part of the course and gain valuable professional experience • Learn in one of the most progressive and politically conscious cities in the UK • Internship opportunity with an international charity As well as your core politics modules, you can take options from across the social sciences. In years 2 and 3, your learning will extend into area studies such as the Middle East and the European Union, as well as exploring international politics, political theory, policymaking and political movements around the world.

Year 1 Introduction to Politics • Social Policy: Needs and Problems • Comparative European Political Systems • Nations and Nationalism • Contemporary Social Inequalities • Introduction to Research Methods Year 2 Political Ideas • UK Politics: From Government to Governance • Political Movements • Researching Social and Cultural Life (for ERASMUS students) • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Options from: Community Engagement: Theory into Practice • Social Justice: Welfare and Wellbeing • Critical Analysis) • Mobilisation, Movements and Protest Final year Politics and Policy of the European Union • International Relations Dissertation • Options from: Politics Topics • Politics in the Middle East • Latin American Politics • Policy analysis

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Politics UCAS CODE L200 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in politics are preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language and maths or science/social science/humanities.

Functional Skills will not be usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has an otherwise good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 218 218

CRIMINOLOGY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Criminology is the study of crime, criminality and everything that lies beneath their surface: the media, victimhood, social inequality, prisons and the courts.

As criminologists, it is our job to challenge received wisdom about crime and justice, and to seek an understanding of the offender while respecting the harmful effect that crime can have on individuals and communities. You will consider different explanations of criminal behaviour, the criminal justice system, crime prevention, international differences in criminal law and contemporary issues in criminal justice.

You’ll also have the opportunity to benefit from a work placement during your second year, gaining valuable work experience and making professional contacts for your future career. You may choose to take part in our international exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden.

In your final year you will complete a dissertation where, with the support of an academic supervisor, you will explore a topic of interest independently.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

A criminology degree will open up opportunities in crime prevention, criminal justice, community development, local government, security, social research and the police. We offer opportunities for you to gain work experience and professional contacts to enhance your employability.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will learn through a mixture of lectures, seminars and workshops, but there is an increasing emphasis on independent study as the course progresses. Although assessment is split between essays and exams in year 1, your second and final years consist mainly of coursework.

WHY US • Your learning will be informed by current research interests of your course team • Work placements with organisations such as Sussex Police and Sussex Pathways, a mentoring scheme that aims to rehabilitate local offenders • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden You will have opportunities to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s awardwinning community partnership project, and also to enrol on our international exchange programme, which allows you to study in Spain or Sweden for a part of your degree.

Year 1 Introduction to Research Methods • Introduction to Criminal Justice Studies • Explaining Crime and Criminals • Theories of Crime • Criminology in Action • Contemporary Social Inequalities Year 2 Researching Social and Cultural Life • Essentials of Criminal Law • Criminologies of Crime Control • Critical Perspectives on Criminal Justice • Policing and Society • Options from: Community Engagement: Theory into Practice • Critical Analysis Final year Dissertation • Cross-cultural Criminology • Global Issues: Crime, Power, Harm • Contemporary Studies in Crime and Justice • Violence and Society

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Criminology UCAS CODE L611 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Sociology or law units preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language and maths or science/social science/humanities.

Functional Skills will not be usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has an otherwise good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 219 219

CRIMINOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

This joint honours degree takes a stimulating approach to both subjects and enables you to explore the forces changing the world we live in.

Informed by both established and radical new perspectives, the course encourages you to consider the impacts of social inequality and social change taking place both locally and globally and its causes and consequences.

You will also examine a variety of competing perspectives on crime, its causes and control, and analyse the continuing evolution of the criminal justice system and its institutions.

In the second year you can opt to take the Community Engagement module which involves a short voluntary placement with a community organisation.

In your final year you will write a dissertation on a topic of your choice from criminology, sociology or both.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

In addition to in-depth subject knowledge, this degree helps develop transferable skills in research methods, communication and analysis that are beneficial in a range of careers. Our graduates are now working in social research, social work, policing, probation, crime prevention, community safety planning, journalism, environmental management, teaching and housing.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Drawing on both traditional and new perspectives, the course encourages you to explain the social changes that are taking place both locally and globally.

You examine the variety of competing perspectives on crime and its control, and analyse the continuing evolution of the criminal justice system and its institutions.

WHY US • Teaching and course content informed by current research interests of your course team • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course You will have opportunities to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s awardwinning community partnership project, and also to enrol on our international exchange programme, which enables you to study in Spain or Sweden for a part of your degree.

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Criminal Justice Studies • Introduction to Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations • Theories of Crime Year 2 Criminologies of Crime Control • Critical Perspectives on Criminal Justice • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Sociology and the Life Course • Theorising the Social World • Options from: Community Engagement: Theory into Practice • Critical Analysis Final year Contemporary Studies in Crime and Justice • Dissertation • Sociology Topic 1 and 2 • Option from: Cross-cultural Criminology • Global Issues: Crime, Power, Harm

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Criminology UCAS CODE LM39 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in law or sociology preferred.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language and maths or science/social science/humanities.

Functional Skills will not be usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has an otherwise good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

220 220

APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Psychology is the study of human minds, experiences and relationships.

It is a fascinating lens through which we can examine and change the world we live in.

On this course you will engage with psychological research and its applications. As well as covering the British Psychological Society’s recommended curriculum, we also offer specialist modules in applied psychology, opportunities to explore other areas of social science and the option of a voluntary work placement in the local community.

You will have access to high-tech facilities in our multi-purpose psychology laboratories, which include an applied cognition lab, a creative methods lab for interactive experiments and experimental booths for one-to-one computer-based experiments.

The degree confers eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC), which is the first step toward becoming a professional psychologist.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

After graduation you will be able to undertake further training to become, for example, a forensic, occupational or clinical psychologist. The degree is also an excellent foundation for careers in marketing and education.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

You will study areas of the subject including developmental psychology, cognitive psychology and social psychology. You will also be able to choose option modules in areas of particular interest.

WHY US • Accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS) • Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course Year 1 Introduction to Applied Psychology • Contemporary Social Inequalities • Introduction to Psychological Research Methods • Developmental Psychology • Psychology and Society • Options from: The Psychology of Wellbeing • One module chosen from School of Applied Social Science undergraduate programme at level 4 Year 2 Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • Psychology, the Body and Individual Differences • Psychology, Mental Health and Distress • Empirical Psychology • Options from: Community Engagement: Theory Into Practice • Critical Analysis • Psychology of Security • One module chosen from School of Applied Social Science undergraduate programme at level 5 Final year Psychology dissertation • Options from: Forensic Psychology • Critical Community Psychology • Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Cyberpsychology • Critical Addiction Studies • Developing a Therapeutic Relationship • Mental Disorder and Anthropology • Sexualities • One module chosen from School of Applied Social Science undergraduate programme at level 6

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Psychology UCAS CODE C810 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–BCC (120–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in psychology are preferred.

At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and a science, social science or humanities subject.

Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 221 221

APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY AND CRIMINOLOGY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Our Applied Psychology and Criminology degree engages you with these disciplines in the world beyond university and explores their relevance to our everyday lives.

You will consider what causes some of us to adopt deviant lifestyles or make criminal choices, think about how crime might be prevented, the role of the police, courts and other agencies and acquire the interpersonal skills to work with offenders and victims in the criminal justice and community safety fields.

All the major branches of psychology are covered: developmental, cognitive and social. There is an emphasis on the ways in which theory and research can be applied to our everyday lives.

You will have access to high-tech facilities in our modern, multi-purpose psychology laboratories, which include an applied cognition lab, a creative methods lab for interactive experiments and experimental booths for one-to-one computer-based experiments.

The degree follows the recommended curriculum of the British Psychological Society (BPS) and confers eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC), which is the first step toward becoming a professional psychologist.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates from this course enter professional work in areas such as forensic, occupational and clinical psychology, the police and criminal justice system. Other related areas of work include marketing, social work, the caring professions, voluntary sector, public services, teaching, security, local government and social research.

WHY US • Accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) • Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Developmental Psychology • Introduction to Applied Psychology • Introduction to Criminal Justice Studies • Introduction to Psychological Research Methods • Theories of Crime Year 2 Criminologies of Crime Control • Critical Perspectives on Criminal Justice • Empirical Psychology • Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • Psychology, the Body and Individual Differences • Options from: Community Engagement: Theory into Practice • Critical Analysis Final year Dissertation • Contemporary Studies in Crime and Justice • Forensic Psychology • Options from: Critical Addiction Studies • Mental Disorder and Anthropology • Cyberpsychology • Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Cross-cultural Criminology • Global Issues: Crime, Power, Harm • Sexualities • Developing a Therapeutic Relationship To be eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) of the British Psychological Society you must take the psychology dissertation module.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Psychology UCAS CODE MC98 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in sociology, psychology or law preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and a science, social science or humanities subject.

Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

222 222

APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Our Applied Psychology and Sociology degree enables you to study human behaviour and experience from different perspectives, including the relationship between our personal and social worlds.

You will learn to apply psychological knowledge to your own experiences, emotions and behaviours and to see the psychological dimension of contemporary society.

All the major branches of psychology are covered: developmental, cognitive, social and biological in addition to conceptual and historical issues of psychology and the research methods used in its academic practice.

The sociology strand requires you to critically engage with contemporary issues including poverty, globalisation and protest. You will develop an understanding of the many personal, interpersonal and group processes that link individual and social problems, and how individuals form groups and communities and coordinate social action and protest.

You will have access to high-tech facilities in our modern, multi-purpose psychology laboratories and will also have opportunities to volunteer in the community, either as part of your course or through the university’s award-winning Community University Partnership Programme (CUPP).

The degree follows the recommended curriculum of the British Psychological Society (BPS) and confers eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC), which is the first step toward becoming a professional psychologist.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS).

WHY US • Accredited by the British Psychology Society (BPS) • Eligibility for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) • Opportunities to volunteer in the local community as part of your course

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Our graduates have found employment in social research, social work, the police, local government, the civil service, journalism, management, teaching, the voluntary sector, housing and the welfare services. Those who wish to pursue a career as a professional psychologist can consider pathways into forensic, occupational and clinical psychology.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Developmental Psychology • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Applied Psychology • Introduction to Psychological Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations Year 2 Empirical Psychology • Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • Psychology, the Body and Individual Differences • Sociology and the Life Course • Theorising the Social World • Options from: Community Engagement: Theory into Practice • Critical Analysis Final year Critical Community Psychology • Dissertation • Sociology topic 1 • Sociology topic 2 • Option from: Critical Addiction Studies • Cyberpsychology • Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Mental Disorder and Anthropology • Sexualities To be eligible for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) of the British Psychological Society you must take the psychology dissertation module.

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Psychology XX UCAS CODE CL83 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC A-levels Entry requirements and BTEC are in the range of XX. A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma GCSE DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers XX. typically fall within this range.

IB WeXX. will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of Access to HE diploma this XX range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we English requirements may stilllanguage make you an offer if you have see page xx. (or equivalent) profile or a good GCSE relevant non-academic achievements.

Fees and funding page xx IB 28 points.

Entry and application page xx Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in psychology or sociology preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects which must include maths, plus English language and a science, social science or humanities subject.

Functional Skills will not usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has a good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 223 223

SOCIAL POLICY AND PRACTICE

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Social Policy and Practice BSc(Hons) is an innovative degree that combines the study of social policy with professional work placements in years 2 and 3 of the course.

Studying social policy helps us to understand how societies organise their resources to meet human need by ensuring access to, for example, health, housing, education or care. For this, you need to consider important concepts such as social justice, inequality and poverty. This degree allows you to put your knowledge into practice by completing two 20-week placements in organisations that represent core aspects of social policy provision. Current students are gaining relevant experience with the local NHS partnership trust and with community and voluntary sector organisations in Brighton.

This combination of study and practice prepares you for employment across the public and community sectors. You could go on to work with vulnerable groups, in non-governmental organisations or as a researcher in policy development.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Graduates typically find work in voluntary organisations, the media, social research, community development, criminal justice administration, social care management, advice work and housing services.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Studying social policy encourages you to think about the way society is run, how the highest levels of wellbeing for all might be achieved, and what to do if you think changes to policy are needed.

The first year introduces key concepts and theories relevant to social policy, including human needs, social problems and inequality. In addition, students are provided with specific examples of the ways in which organisational settings contribute to the provision of services that can meet our needs.

WHY US • Professional work placements give you access to policy-related organisations • Exciting employment opportunities in the public and community sectors In the second year of the course, you will explore the origins of the British welfare state, social justice theories and the use of social research in the analysis of real-world problems. In addition, this year includes a placement in one organisation and constitutes a key element of your degree.

In the final year, the dissertation is an opportunity to explore an area of particular interest, for example health, housing or transport. You will also have to complete a second placement in a different organisation.

This is accompanied by a module on organisational management and leadership to further develop your employability skills and help you make a successful transition into policy-relevant employment opportunities.

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Introduction to Politics • Introduction to Research Methods • Preparing for Practice • Social Policy and Social Welfare • Social Policy: Needs and Problems Year 2 History and Social Policy • Placement 1 (20 weeks, two days per week) • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Social Justice, Welfare and Wellbeing • Developing Skills for Practice Final year Dissertation • Social Policy Placement 2 (20 weeks, two days per week) • Policy, Management and Organisations • Option from: Policy Analysis • Global Social Policy • Care Ethics and Social Policy

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Social XX science UCAS CODE L400 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC A-levels Entry requirements and BTEC are in the range of XX. A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma GCSE DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers XX. typically fall within this range.

IB WeXX. will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of Access to HE diploma this XX range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we English requirements may stilllanguage make you an offer if you have see page xx. (or equivalent) profile or a good GCSE relevant non-academic achievements.

Fees and funding page xx IB 27 points.

Entry and application page xx Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in sociology or social policy are preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language and maths or science/social science/humanities.

Functional Skills will not be usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has an otherwise good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

224 224

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Social Policy and Practice student Meera Bhardia works with young people in the local community as part of her volunteering placement with the Trust for Developing Communities. The placement is part of her course.

REALISE YOUR POTENTIAL Going to university was about finding out what I wanted to do and Brighton provided me with the perfect setting and space to do just that. Study, embrace, explore and learn, and the world will be your oyster!

Chantelle Wyatt – Social Science graduate. Managing Editor of The Scuba News UK

225 225

SOCIAL SCIENCE

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Social science is the collective term used to describe the subjects that explore human society and the relationships within it, and which include politics, psychology, sociology and social policy.

Our Social Science BA(Hons) is a highly flexible course that enables you to choose modules from across all these areas. You can tailor the degree to your own interests and career aspirations: giving you the freedom to specialise in a specific area of social science or to maintain a more general approach to your degree throughout. Required modules teach you the foundations of sociological theory and research, focusing on core debates across the social sciences. Research skills are learnt throughout and in your final year you will complete a dissertation.

In line with Brighton’s applied, practical focus, you have the chance to do a voluntary work placement in the local community and give yourself a practical context to your studies. There is also an international exchange programme available should you want to spend a part of your degree abroad.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

A variety of careers are open to social science graduates, depending on which areas they specialise in. Potential areas of work include the public services, health and social work, central and local government, politics, teaching and management.

WHY US • Opportunity to volunteer in the local community as part of the course and gain valuable professional experience • Flexible degree programme • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations • Options from: Social Policy and Social Welfare • Introduction to Politics • Developmental Psychology • Psychology of Wellbeing • Social Policy: Needs and Problems • European Politics Year 2 Researching Social and Cultural Life • Theorising the Social World • Options from: Community Engagement: Theory into Practice • Critical Analysis • Psychology, Cognition and Social Worlds • History and Social Policy • Sociology and the Life Course; Social Justice, Welfare and Wellbeing • Political Movements • Political Ideas • Psychology, Mental Health and Distress • Mobilisation, Movements and Protest Final year Dissertation • Sociology Topic 1• One from: Psychology, Nature and Ecological Crisis • Critical Community Psychology • Policy Analysis • Global Social Policy • Politics in the Middle East • Mental Disorder and Anthropology Cyberpsychology • Care Ethics and Social Policy • Sociology Topic 2 • Critical Addiction Studies • International Relations

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Social science UCAS CODE L540 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in sociology sciences are preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language and maths or science/social science/humanities.

Functional Skills will not be usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has an otherwise good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 226 226

SOCIOLOGY

BA(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Sociology is an exciting and challenging discipline that considers society, culture and institutions and helps us make sense of global and social change.

From both the traditional canon to radical new perspectives, we offer a stimulating and demanding academic programme.

You will be introduced to a broad range of sociological theories, research and applications, and develop a progressively more complex understanding of key debates alongside advanced critical thinking skills.

Sociology enables you to explore contemporary society and issues from class, gender, sexuality and ethnicity, as well as environmentalism, death, virtuality, pleasure and violence.

There is an emphasis on developing the skills necessary to understand and evaluate social theory and to undertake research that will enable you to transfer your university experience to the world of work.

You can choose to complete a voluntary work placement, gaining valuable professional experience, or take part in our international exchange programme.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course equips you with transferable skills in both quantitative and qualitative research that are useful for a range of careers. Graduates are prepared for employment in areas such as social research, policing, the voluntary sector, the housing and welfare services, journalism, the civil service and teaching.

The degree is also excellent preparation for postgraduate study.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The Sociology BA(Hons) is designed to cover three main areas: theory, research skills and specialist knowledge. You will learn through a mixture of lectures, seminars and workshops, and receive tutorial support in person and by email.

WHY US • Opportunity to complete a voluntary work placement in the local community and gain valuable professional experience • Progressive department and research-informed curriculum • International exchange programme with partner universities in Spain and Sweden Assessment varies according to module, but it takes the form of coursework essays, examinations, literature reviews and seminar presentations. You also complete a dissertation in your third year.

You will have the opportunity to do a work placement in year 2 and to enrol on our international exchange programme, which allows you to study in Spain or Sweden for a part of your degree.

Year 1 Contemporary Social Inequalities • Foundations of Sociology • Introduction to Research Methods • Sociological Imaginations • Sociology Live: Interrogating Current Social Problems • Optional modules: Theories of Crime; Social Policy: Needs and Problems; Comparative European Political Systems Year 2 Culture, Media and Identities • Mobilisation, Movements and Protest • Researching Social and Cultural Life • Sociology and the Life Course • Theorising the Social World • Optional modules: Community Engagement: Theory into Practice; Critical Analysis Final year The final year of the course allows you to specialise, helping you to create your own employment pathway and to develop as a social researcher.

Dissertation • Four options in sociology

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Sociology UCAS CODE L300 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in sociology preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least three subjects including English language and maths or science/social science/humanities.

Functional Skills will not be usually be accepted but may be considered where the applicant has an otherwise good spread of GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 227 227

SOCIAL WORK

BSc(Hons)

Brighton: Falmer

Social work is both a profession and an academic discipline that commits to social justice and human rights by supporting those in need.

This is a vital and rewarding field of work that puts you in direct contact with often vulnerable and marginalised people, giving you a chance to make a significant difference to their lives.

This course is run in partnership with local agencies including Brighton & Hove City Council, East Sussex County Council and West Sussex County Council, and with carers and service users.

Learning about and in practice is a core part of your training. You will spend at least 170 days in practice settings, plus 30 days engaged in skills-based activity.

Teaching is informed by the research of our staff, whose interests include complexity theory, mental health and resilience.

Practice is assessed according to the Social Work’s Professional Capabilities Framework. By the end of the course you also have to demonstrate the HCPC Standards of Proficiency for Social Workers in England.

The course has been approved by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) – the regulatory body for social work training. Completion of the course leads to a generic social work qualification, which allows you to specialise in a particular area of practice.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This is an important time to enter the social work profession and there continues to be a need for social workers nationally. Employment opportunities arise in local authorities and voluntary agencies for practice with children, older and disabled people and those using mental health services.

228 228

WHY US • Strong ties with wide range of social work organisations in the local area • Professional placements in social work settings • Approved by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC)

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

The course reflects the multi-professional nature of social work through joint learning sessions with students of nursing, occupational therapy, medicine, education and physiotherapy.

Learning on the course involves the extensive use of actual and simulated case material, and there are consistent contributions from carers, service users and practitioners from partner agencies.

Year 1 Human Growth and Development • Introduction to Social Work Practice • Law for Social Workers • Preparing for Social Work Practice • Service User, Carer, Needs and Resources • Social Policy and Social Welfare Year 2 Developing Analytic and Reflective Social Work Practice • Practice Learning 1 (70day placement) • Social Work Practice with Adults, Children and Families: Law, Policy and Protection • Social Work Practice with Adults, Children and Families: Skills, Theory and Context Final year Contemporary Social Work • Practice Learning 2 (100-day placement) • Social work project

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Social XX work UCAS CODE L500 xx DURATION Full-time 3 x years With placement year x years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC A-levels Entry requirements and BTEC are in the range XX.A-level BBB–BBC (120–112 UCAS of Tariff points), or BTEC Extended GCSE Diploma DDM–DMM. Applicants XX. invited to interview are normally selected IB XX. from the group who have predicted grades at the top of this Accessbut to HE range it isdiploma not a guarantee of XX interview.

If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range English language requirements we may still invite you to interview if see page xx. you offered a significantly competitive GCSE (orfunding equivalent) personal Fees and pageprofile, xx statement or relevant non-academic Entry and application page achievements.

Offers will bexx made based on assessment at interview.

IB 30 points.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Social work diploma preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 30 credits at merit or distinction, including level 3 credits in written communication, study skills, and reading and writing skills.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) A good GCSE profile including maths and English language. These are national requirements for social work training and cannot be waived/other subjects cannot be accepted in lieu.

Functional Skills not acceptable.

Further professional requirements can be found online, www.brighton.ac.uk/ courses.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Professor Peter Squires teaches on our criminology courses, and is the UK’s leading expert on gun crime and gun control. He is regularly asked by the media to comment on these issues.

REALISE YOUR POTENTIAL My experience at the University of Brighton made me confident, ambitious, self-assured and passionate about addressing inequality.

Sarah Dickinson – Social Science graduate.

Head of Equality Charters – Athena SWAN

229 229

TOP 20

UNIVERSITY FOR WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH IMPACT IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE, LEISURE AND TOURISM

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR TALENTED STUDENT ATHLETES AND SPORTS PEOPLE

GRADUATE NETWORK OF COACHES, OLYMPIANS, WORLD CHAMPIONS AND LEADING RESEARCHERS

REF 2014

SPORT AND EXERCISE

The University of Brighton is at the forefront of UK sport and exercise education. Our world-leading research makes a difference to people’s lives and informs your learning. Our specialist facilities and laboratories, and community development and volunteering opportunities add value to your studies. Leading sports scientists, athletes and policy makers share their expertise and experiences through guest lectures, events and seminars.

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE

Whatever course you choose you will have opportunities to gain work or volunteering experience. We place students in the public, private and voluntary sectors, in schools and colleges, and on projects such as widening girls’ participation and tackling homophobia in sport.

Students have worked with organisations including British Triathlon, British Cycling, Albion in the Community, Sussex County Cricket Club, RFU Twickenham and Eastbourne Rovers Athletic Club.

Our graduates go on to contribute to all areas of sport, from education and youth work to research, consultancy and coaching. Examples include: • Technical Director, English Institute of Sport • Press Officer, LOCOG (London 2012 organising committee) • Head of Physiology, English Institute of Sport • Sport Psychologist, British Rowing • Applied Physiologist, Canadian Olympic Team • Physiotherapist, Norwich City FC • Endurance Physiologist, UK Athletics • Research Fellow, Xtreme Everest Expedition • Head of PE, Helenswood Academy St Leonards.

230

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Staff research spans every aspect of sport from the influence of genetics and lifestyle on performance, and sports physiology to the cultural, economic and social influence of sport.

Our students have been achieving Olympic and Paralympic success since 1952 and include: • Kate Allenby MBE, pentathlon bronze medallist at the 2000 Sydney Olympics • Cyclist David Stone MBE, multiple gold, silver and bronze medal winning Paralympian • Charlotte Evans MBE, guide to visually impaired skier Kelly Gallagher MBE – Britain’s first Winter Paralympic gold medal winner at Sochi in 2014 • Professor Nick Webborn OBE, Chief Medical Officer at the London Paralympic and Invictus Games • Dr Gary Brickley, who has coached British cyclists to gold at the last five Paralympics.

REALISING YOUR POTENTIAL

Many courses offer study abroad options and opportunities to take additional professional qualifications. Field trips, our visiting lecture programme and opportunities to volunteer all enhance your learning.

SUBJECT AREAS • Sport and exercise Physical education • sport business management • sport coaching • sport and exercise science • sport studies The Eastbourne campus has excellent sport and fitness facilities which include a swimming pool, two gymnasiums, an artificial training pitch, two dance studios and a climbing wall. Our BASES-accredited lab facilities include a biomechanics lab, exercise physiology labs, a purpose-built environment chamber and an oxygen-controlled chamber.

TAILOR YOUR DEGREE

Our Sport and Exercise Science and Sport Studies degrees both offer opportunities to specialise.

Depending on your course and the options you choose you could specialise in sport science, nutrition, health science or physical education and have this reflected in the degree title you leave us with.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Professor Yannis Pitsiladis is pioneering advanced antidoping methods that reliably show whether an athlete has used erythropoietin (EPO), a banned performance enhancer. Diluting or flushing out the blood can beat existing drug tests, but Yannis has discovered more than 50 genes affected by EPO – biological activity that is impossible to hide.

The annual trip to Bude, Cornwall, is a great opportunity to improve your performance in outdoor adventure activities.

MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Dr Louisa Beale specialises in cardiac rehabilitation, helping patients with certain heart conditions to improve their health through exercise.

The Igloo 180Âş projection system is used to measure reaction times and decision-making in sport.

231

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

Taught in Eastbourne alongside our other degrees in sport and exercise, this course enables you to gain a broad practical understanding of physical education, combined with the sportscience and social-scientific aspects of PE and sport. Opportunities are offered to explore areas of personal interest in depth, creating a flexible degree that can prepare you for a range of careers.

You can choose to develop experience and skills in practical activity areas within physical education including dance, gymnastics, athletics, swimming and outdoor adventurous activities.

In addition you can choose to study leisure and recreation, competitive sport, performance and choreography, special needs, and gender issues in physical education and sport.

Underpinned by the examination of how learning occurs, concepts specific to physical education are explored: how do we acquire physical literacy; how do we engage with and experience physical activity cognitively, emotionally and socially; what role is played by culture, environment and politics?

Placement opportunities enable you to develop practical experience and apply what you have learned.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

The importance of physical activity to health, culture and the economy is an important subject of study that can lead to employment opportunities in fields such as the emergency services, fitness training, leisure, the military, the police, sport coaching and youth work.

As a graduate, you will also be able to apply for a postgraduate Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) course should you wish to pursue a career in primary or secondary education.

232 232

WHY US • Well equipped sport and fitness facilities, along with dedicated research and consultancy units • Professional work placements with sports, fitness and physical education providers • Opportunity to study abroad at one of our partner universities

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Physical Education Theory 1 • Learning and Teaching through Physical Education: Practical Application 1 • Physiology for Sport and Exercise • Qualitative Analysis of Human Movement • Introduction to Motor Learning and Performance • Options include: Gymnastic Activities • Dance • Foundation Games • Outdoor and Adventurous Activities • Swimming and Water Activities Year 2 Physical Education Theory 2 • Learning and Teaching through Physical Education: Practical Application 2 • Research Methods for Physical Education • Independent Professional Experience • Options include: Dance Studies • Strength and Conditioning • Performance Analysis • Track and Field Athletics • Invasion Games • Striking and Fielding Games • Net Games • Gymnastic Performance • Teaching and Coaching through Swimming Final year Physical Education Theory 3 • Professional Work-based Experience • Dissertation • Options include: Dance Performance and Composition • Physiological Aspects of Exercise, Nutrition and Health • Physical Education and the National Agenda • Martial Arts and Combat Sports: Theory and Practice • Association Football • Community Sport Development: Policy and Practice • Gender and Physical Culture • Sport, Leisure and Deviant Behaviour • Sport, Values and Ideology: A Case Study of the Olympics

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE XC36 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–BCC (112–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects to include English language and maths (or equivalent).

We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

All offers are subject to a Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

SPORT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

Our Sport Business Management BSc(Hons) enables people who are passionate about sport to develop the experience, management and leadership skills required for career success in this expanding and varied sector.

Your learning will focus on the application of business principles in sport. This is an area employing more than 400,000 people in the UK, and which provides graduate career opportunities in sportsrelated businesses and organisations.

In your second year you will gain valuable real-world experience and enhance your CV with a placement with one of our partners.

Combining practical experience with academic study equips you with a broad understanding of the international and commercial aspects of the business of sport.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course will help you to secure roles in professional sport clubs, sport public agencies, community recreation departments, sporting goods companies, athletic service organisations and sport marketing agencies. Sport has experienced sustained growth both nationally and globally, increasing your employment opportunities worldwide.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Academic and Employability Skills • Who Runs Sport? • Introduction to Sport Business Management • Sport Customer • Finance for Sport Management • The Global Sports Industry and Media Year 2 Politics and Policy in Sport • Research Design and Evaluation • Understanding and Managing People in Sport Business • Placement: Personal and Professional Development in Sport Business Management • Placement: Management in Sport Business Organisations • Reflective Practice in Sport Business

WHY US • Practical focus on transferable business skills and employability • Professional work placements with sports clubs, leisure companies and charitable organisations • Structured programme of industry guest speakers to provide insight into professional practice Final year Dissertation • Strategic Change in Sport Business Management • Marketing for Sport Business • The Law and Regulation of Sport • Options: Critical Issues in Sport and Leisure • Media, Politics and Power • Sport, Values and Ideology: A Case Study of the Olympics • Gender and Physical Culture • Sport, Leisure and Deviant Behaviour • Consumption, Identity and Style • Sports, Spaces and Places • Strategic Management in Community Sport Development • Community Sport Development: Policy and Practice • Business Morality: People and Management • Event Design • Service Quality • Sport Tourism • Public Relations • Festivals and Events: A Cultural Perspective • Retail Consultancy • International Management • Fundraising and Sponsorship for Events Professional work placement All students undertake a three-month work placement in year 2, which is a great opportunity to gain professional experience and a network of industry contacts. Our placement partners include: • professional sports clubs and venues (Brighton and Hove Albion FC, Sussex County Cricket Club, Watford FC, Rugby Football Union, Lord’s Cricket Ground) • sports companies (Source BMX, Swim Trek, The Royal Eastbourne Golf Club, Friston Cycles, Nielson Holidays) • charitable organisations (Wave Leisure Trust, Football for Peace, Albion in the Community).

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE 2G55 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBC–CCC (112–96 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 28 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in business or management preferred. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects to include English language and maths (or equivalent).

We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants must have already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 233 233

SPORT COACHING

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

This course helps you to develop the knowledge, practical skills and experience needed for a professional career in sport and fitness coaching.

You will explore sport coaching theories and their application to practice in areas such as physiology, psychology, biomechanics and sociology. You will also consider how sport coaching is used as a development tool around the world. Optional modules encourage you to learn about specialist topics such as performance analysis and nutrition, which you can choose to investigate further in your final-year dissertation.

Work placements in years 2 and 3 allow you to gain practical coaching experience in different sports, settings and scenarios.

There are also opportunities to develop your skills in cardiac rehabilitation, the strength and conditioning of elite athletes and in coaching of specific sports including football, athletics and basketball.

Throughout your course, you will have access to the extensive sport facilities at our Eastbourne campus, which include two sports halls, two gyms, a fitness suite, an all-weather outdoor pitch and a swimming pool.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

This course allows you to pursue career opportunities across the sport sector.

Our graduates have taken up roles in participation and performance sport with private, public and professional sports bodies, and also in community coaching in local and international contexts. They are now working as sports and coaching coordinators, exercise scientists and recreation officers.

After graduation, you could apply to study for a one-year PGCE to gain Qualified Teacher Status (QTS).

WHY US • Staff who are engaged with national and international sport and who teach from professional experience • Coaching placements with organisations including Football4Peace, British Triathlon and Sussex County Cricket • Great outdoor environments from the South Downs to Friston Forest

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Fundamentals of Coaching • Practical Application of Coaching • Who Runs Sport? • Introduction to Motor Learning and Performance • Qualitative Analysis of Human Movement • Physiology for Sport and Exercise • Sport Practical, Physical Activity and Performance • Research Methods for Sports Coaching

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE CX6C DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BBB–BCC (120–104 UCAS Tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Year 2 Effective Coaching • Coaching Professional Practice • Data Analysis and Research Methods or Research Methods for Physical Education • Coaching Contexts and Methodologies • Options: Min 20 credits from sport and exercise science modules and max 30 credits from practical activity modules

IB 30 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Final year Advanced Coaching • Dissertation • Coaching Professional Enquiry • Options: 40 credits with a maximum of 20 credits from practical activity areas • A minimum of 20 credits from sport and exercise science modules

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects to include English language and maths (or equivalent).

We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include level 3 units in science-related subjects. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

All offers are subject to a Disclosure and Barring Service enhanced disclosure check.

English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

234 234

PUTTING LEARNING INTO PRACTICE My placement made a real difference to my course – I could finally put the theory into action and gain real-life experience. I worked for Sport Brighton at all of the university’s campuses, gaining hands-on knowledge in the management and running of a sport and leisure organisation as well as helping to organise and run events. It opened my mind to ideas I would have never thought of.

Joe Curry – Sport management student

Our laboratory equipment includes a Bod Pod, which is used to determine body composition.

Students learning camp craft in preparation for an independent expedition.

Dr Gary Brickley coached Team GB paracyclists, Dame Sarah Storey, David Stone MBE (pictured) and Darren Kenny OBE, to multiple gold medals at the Paralympics in Beijing 2008, London 2012 and Rio in 2016.

235 235

SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE

BSc(Hons) Eastbourne

This course is one the best-established degrees in sport science in the UK and retains a leading reputation for its innovative approach to learning and provision of resources and facilities.

The laboratories you will use are accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences and include a thermal chamber, physiology labs, biochemical analysis labs, an altitude chamber and a biomechanics laboratory.

You’ll graduate with expert knowledge of the effects of sport and exercise on the human body.

You can choose to complete a period of professional experience in year 3 with one of our partners, including top teams and international sports initiatives, as well as local organisations including the Sussex County Cricket Club, Brighton and Hove Albion Football Club and the Sussex County Sports Partnership.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

This course is accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES).

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

Sport and Exercise Science graduates have opportunities in sports governing bodies, health promotion, teaching, professional sport, medical sales, physiotherapy and dietetics. You will also be prepared for postgraduate study and research. Our graduates are working as physiologists and strength and conditioning coaches at organisations including professional football and rugby clubs, the English Institute of Sport, British Athletics, England Netball and the Canadian Olympic Team.

WHY US • Options to specialise in sport science, nutrition, health, science and physical education • High-profile academics include Professor Yannis Pitsiladis, one of the leading scientists for the World Anti-Doping Agency • Approval from the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences Undergraduate Endorsement Scheme

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

Year 1 Musculoskeletal Anatomy and Fundamental Biomechanics • Physiology for Sport and Exercise • Foundations of Sport and Exercise • Applied and Integrated Studies • The Scientific Study of Sport and Exercise • Sport and the Body • Exercise for Health and Physical Performance Year 2 Biomechanics of Sport and Exercise • Functional Physiology of Sport and Exercise • Sport and Exercise Psychology • Applied and Integrated Studies • Data Analysis and Research Methods • Options include: Independent Study Module • Exercise Referral • Strength and Conditioning • Laboratory and Field-based Fitness Assessment • Performance Analysis Final year Applied and Integrated Studies • Dissertation • Options include: Expedition Physiology and Survival Medicine • Exercise, Sport and the Brain • Sports Nutrition

SPECIALISMS This course offers the chance to specialise. Depending on option modules chosen, you will graduate with the Sport and Exercise Science BSc(Hons) or one of the following awards:

SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH PE BSc(Hons) SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH NUTRITION BSc(Hons) SPORT SCIENCE BSc(Hons) EXERCISE AND HEALTH SCIENCE BSc(Hons)

236 236

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE C600 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level ABB–BBC (128–112 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DDM–DMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

Applicants studying a mixture of A-levels and BTEC will be made offers based on the above grades.

IB 32 points including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Must include level 3 units in science-related subjects. At least 45 credits at level 3, with 24 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects to include English language and maths (or equivalent).

We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants must have already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

SPORT STUDIES

BA(Hons)

Eastbourne

The Sport Studies BA(Hons) enables you to explore critical issues in the world of contemporary sport, exploring topics such as global sports leadership, the relationship between sport and the media, international and community-level sport development, sports business, and physical education. You will also take part in the university’s award-winning Football for Peace programme and achieve a standalone qualification in Sports and International Development alongside your degree.

The course takes an interdisciplinary approach and is taught by a course team who combine teaching with practice and research in diverse areas, providing you with a variety of perspectives through which to learn about and reflect on the role sport plays in society.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY

A key strength of the Sport Studies BA(Hons) is that you’ll develop a broad set of skills which are transferable across various industries. Recent graduates are now working in fields such as sport management, sport development, physical education and sport journalism, while others have progressed to postgraduate study and research.

COURSE CONTENT (INDICATIVE)

During the first year of the degree, you will take two practical sports modules, develop vital study skills and learn how to enhance your employability within the sport-related sector. You will also be introduced to the academic study of sport development, politics and culture.

Halfway through the degree, you will complete a work placement to gain professional experience. During the final

WHY US • Multidisciplinary and practical approach to sport studies led by world-leading researchers • Professional work placement in the second year • Opportunity to shape the degree according to your own interests and career ambitions • Develop critical thinking skills that are important factors in developing employability year, you will explore a topic of your choice through the dissertation, which many students use to explore their experiences on placement. You will also choose option modules, enabling you to tailor the degree to your own interests and career ambitions.

Year 1 Who Runs Sport? • The Global Sport Industry and Media • Sport and the Body • Outdoor Adventurous Activities • Foundation Games • Sport for Development and Peace • Academic and Employability Skills Year 2 Power and Politics in Sport • Conducting Social Sciences Research • Reading Sport Media • Working and Volunteering in the World of Sport • Options include: Lifestyle and Adventure Sports • Engaging with Communities through Sport Final year Dissertation • Theory, Sport and the Future • Options include: Sport and Deviance • Racism in Sport and Popular Culture • Sport for International Development and Peace • Football and its Communities • Watching the Olympics

SPECIALISMS

KEY FACTS SUBJECT AREA Sport and exercise UCAS CODE C603 DURATION Full-time 3 years ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A-levels and BTEC Entry requirements are in the range of A-level BCC–CCC (104–96 UCAS tariff points), or BTEC Extended Diploma DMM–MMM. Our conditional offers typically fall within this range.

We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of this range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end of this range we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non-academic achievements.

IB 27 points, including English at Standard level 5 or Higher level 4, and maths at Standard level 4.

Access to HE diploma Pass with 60 credits overall. Level 3 units in humanities, history or politics preferred. At least 45 credits at Level 3, with 18 credits at merit or above.

GCSE (minimum grade C or grade 4) At least five subjects to include English language and maths (or equivalent).

We do not accept Functional Skills or Key Skills as a GCSE equivalent.

Applicants must have already passed, or be in the process of taking the required GCSEs. English language requirements see page 246.

Fees and funding page 249

This course offers the chance to specialise. In year 2 you can choose to transfer to the with Sport Studies with Physical Education route to prepare to apply for the PE PGCE which qualifies you to teach PE in schools in England and Wales.

GOT A QUESTION? Our enquiries team are here to help.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk

SPORT STUDIES WITH PHYSICAL EDUCATION BSc(Hons)

www.brighton.ac.uk/courses 237 237

TOP-UP DEGREES

Brighton pier at dawn.

238

Top-up degrees offer you the opportunity to convert your existing qualifications and experience into an honours degree. They generally take one year of full-time study to complete. Qualifications that count towards a top-up degree include higher national diploma (HND), foundation degree or equivalent overseas qualifications.

If you want to find out more about the courses listed here, there is more information on our website. www.brighton.ac.uk.courses.

Our enquiries team are also happy to help with any questions you might have.

01273 644644 enquiries@brighton.ac.uk

BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

Business BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus)

ENGINEERING

Aeronautical Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus) Automotive Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus)

NURSING AND MIDWIFERY

The following courses are available for registered nurses and midwives.

Acute Clinical Practice BSc(Hons) (part-time) Community Specialist Practice BSc(Hons) Health Studies BSc(Hons) Nurse Practitioner BSc(Hons) Professional Practice BSc(Hons) (part-time) Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Falmer campus) We also offer a two-year foundation degree for people working in a health or social care setting.

Health and Social Care Practice Foundation degree University of Brighton (Falmer campus)

MEDIA

Electronic Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus)

Broadcast Media BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Hastings campus)

Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Moulsecoomb campus)

Sport and Fitness BSc(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

HOSPITALITY AND RETAIL

International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

Retail Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus) Retail Marketing BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

SPORT AND EXERCISE

Sport Coaching and Development BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

TRAVEL, TOURISM AND EVENTS

International Event Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus) International Tourism Management BA(Hons) University of Brighton (Eastbourne campus)

239

ALL ABOUT THE DETAILS

240

Civil engineering, construction and geology students conduct experiments using our hydraulics flume.

241

SUPPORTING YOU SUPPORT WHEN AND WHERE YOU NEED IT There are many ways that we can help make your university experience a great one, inside the lecture hall and out. This directory highlights some of the main services and activities that you can benefit from. www.brighton.ac.uk/askus Accommodation

Computing and media

Going into business

PCs, Macs and printers are available in libraries and computer rooms, which are almost all open late in the evening and at weekends, as well as during the week. Our wireless network provides wi-fi access to university systems and the internet across all of our campuses, including halls of residence. www.brighton.ac.uk/is

Beepurple is a scheme run by the university that helps students and graduates get their business ideas off to the best possible start. www.beepurple.co.uk

Counselling The accommodation teams in Brighton and Eastbourne are available to help and advise on finding and renting accommodation while you are at university. www.brighton.ac.uk/accommodation

Our counselling service provides a safe and confidential environment where you can talk to a qualified and experienced counsellor. www.brighton.ac.uk/counselling

Careers Service

Disability and dyslexia

Our Careers Service will support you throughout your studies. We have careers centres on all four of our campuses. www.brighton.ac.uk/careers

The university’s disability and dyslexia team coordinates support for students who declare a disability or a specific learning difficulty. Support is available for a range of disabilities such as dyslexia or specific learning difficulties, mental health, hearing and visual impairment, mobility impairment, other disabilities and long-term medical conditions (for example, diabetes, epilepsy, ME or chronic fatigue syndrome, and repetitive strain injury).

Care leavers We hold the Buttle UK Quality Mark, which recognises our commitment to helping care leavers through university.

We offer a full support package, with financial help provided. www.brighton.ac.uk/careleavers

Chaplaincy Our team of chaplains offer support to everyone, regardless of belief, and provide opportunities for friendship and community involvement as well as help finding places of worship in the local area. www.brighton.ac.uk/chaplaincy

Childcare Our two on-site nurseries are open to children of students and staff, as well as the local community, for 45 weeks of the year. www.brighton.ac.uk/childcare

242

The kind of support we offer is individual to you and can include ensuring teaching staff understand the impact that some conditions may have on your ability to study, and helping you to apply for Disabled Students’ Allowances. www.brighton.ac.uk/advice

English language support The University of Brighton Language Institute, based on the Falmer campus, provides English language courses to help you meet our entry requirements and prepare for study here. www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish

Health We provide on-site medical facilities at Moulsecoomb and Eastbourne, and can recommend GPs in other areas.

Before you arrive, make sure that you get the latest advice about immunisations and measles, mumps and meningitis.

Additional routine immunisations may be required for certain courses – we will tell you if this is the case. www.brighton.ac.uk/wellbeing

International students The international student support team and international student advisers can offer you help and advice throughout your time here. www.brighton.ac.uk/international

Libraries Our libraries are located on or near each campus, with long opening hours including evenings and weekends. Our professional staff will help you find the resources that you need. www.brighton.ac.uk/libraries

Money The Student Advice Service offers information, advice and support on financial, practical and personal issues, including student funding, debt advice and how to make your money go further. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

Study skills Study skills sessions are provided free on each campus for anyone who might need to brush up their skills in essay preparation, time management, taking notes or revision techniques. The ASK study guide on studentcentral also provides access to comprehensive study support materials. www.brighton.ac.uk/ask

Sustainability Brighton is the second greenest university in the UK according to the People and Planet 2016 University League.

Online study and support

Sport and fitness

Studentcentral is where you’ll be able to find study materials for your course, an online library, email, news feeds, blogs and urgent announcements relevant to you – and to connect with other students. Before you start university, you will be able to see personalised new student information including important dates, checklists and FAQs. http://studentcentral.brighton.ac.uk

Sport Brighton, a partnership between the university and the Brighton Students’ Union, can help you take part in sporting activities at any level, whether you want to compete, keep fit or just have fun. www.brighton.ac.uk/sportbrighton

Societies, clubs and events Brighton Students’ Union works with the student community on events from cinema and club nights to black-tie balls, and helps societies to hold cultural and religious events for festivals such as Eid, Diwali, Hanukkah, Chinese New Year and Christmas. There are over 100 studentrun societies and you’re free to invent virtually any society you can think of.

Students’ Union All students enrolled at the University of Brighton become members of the Brighton Students’ Union. Brighton SU encourages students to campaign for change, learn new skills, have fun and enjoy the many opportunities to make new friends.

Brighton SU is a member of the National Union of Students. www.brightonsu.com

Sustainability here is not just about being green. It’s about hearing people’s opinions, making the university a better place to study and work, and about taking action. There are lots of ways to get involved like the union’s bike and food co-operatives and c-change, the university’s award-winning environmental campaign. www.brighton.ac.uk/sustainability

University of Brighton Alumni Association You can benefit from our network of Brighton graduates while you’re a student. We are in touch with 150,000 Brighton alumni worldwide and many offer mentoring and placement opportunities to our students. www.brighton.ac.uk/alumni

Volunteering Through Active Student, our community partners and student volunteering service, we bring together hundreds of student volunteers and community groups every year. Volunteering is rewarding and a great opportunity to gain experience and enhance your employability. www.brighton.ac.uk/volunteering

You can also join the Brighton and Sussex Universities Service Units for outdoor adventures and the opportunity to develop your leadership potential.

243

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Your grades are important and we use them when deciding who to make offers to, but other things count too.

Our admissions tutors look at lots of factors to make sure that everyone is given an equal opportunity to show their achievements. Many students are also asked to attend an interview or to provide a portfolio. We consider all applications very carefully including the personal statement and reference as well as exam results and predicted grades.

We treat everyone as an individual; this means that even if you do not think you will achieve the standard entry grades, you can still apply. If we feel you have exactly the right qualities and commitment to excel with us and to become a valued member of our university community, we will be keen to offer you a place and may make you a lower offer than the standard entry requirements.

Our standard entry requirements for all courses are listed here and online, and should be used as a guide.

Flexible admissions We understand that your achievement may be affected by educational and personal circumstances, which may include being from a disadvantaged area or having a family background which is disadvantaged in terms of income or education, or no previous experience of university.

Our admissions tutors will consider this when assessing your academic potential and how you would benefit from studying your chosen course. What this means for your application will depend on the course you are applying for – as different courses have different requirements – but it could mean that you are made an offer which is lower than the published standard entry requirements, or that you are invited to interview.

244

Our entry requirements for A-levels and BTECs are in ranges. We will generally make you an offer if your predicted grades are at the top of the range. If your predicted grades are towards the lower end we may still make you an offer if you have a good GCSE (or equivalent) profile or relevant non–academic achievements.

BTEC and combined qualifications

The UCAS tariff

We know that students with BTEC qualifications are prepared for an applied approach to learning, which is relevant in many of our courses.

UCAS (Universities and Colleges Admissions Service) is the central organisation that processes applications for full-time undergraduate courses.

The UCAS tariff is a points system that translates students’ achievements across different types of qualifications into one numerical format, so that different types and volumes of achievement can be compared. It enables admissions tutors to make offers that take into account the breadth of qualifications. www.ucas.com/tariff-calculator

We welcome applications from students with BTEC diploma qualifications in relevant subject areas, as well as students with BTEC diploma qualifications held in combination with A-levels and other qualifications.

BTEC results are released in July, before the A-level results, and are sent to the university by UCAS. Once we have your results we will review your offer and your results, and your status on UCAS Track will change; this can take a few days.

If you have your BTEC results but are waiting for other qualification results, eg A-levels, you may not be able to confirm your place at university until you have all of your results.

Entry requirements – approximate equivalent qualifications A-level grades

BTEC

International Baccalaureate

European Baccalaureate

AAB

DDD

34 points

80%

ABB

DDM

32 points

77%

BBB

DDM

30 points

75%

BBC

DMM

28 points

73%

GCSE requirements You are expected to have GCSEs as well as the other qualifications that we accept. All applicants must have English language and maths at a minimum of grade C or grade 4 (or above for some courses). Some of our courses require additional GCSEs in specific subjects or with higher grades. You can check if your course has specific entry requirements on the course pages (32–237) of this prospectus.

Access courses The university welcomes applicants studying Access to HE diploma courses approved by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA). We recognise that Access courses provide students with the essential study skills and subject knowledge required to successfully progress onto our degree courses.

Our Access entry requirements vary depending on the course, but the minimum requirement is to pass with 60 credits (at least 45 credits at level 3). For some undergraduate degree courses you may be asked to gain a number of credits at higher grades (merit or distinction) and to have achieved a number of level-3 credits in specified subjects.

International Baccalaureate (IB) diploma The university is happy to receive applications from students studying the IB diploma. The breadth and depth of study afforded by the qualification is excellent preparation for studying a degree in higher education. In addition, the opportunity to complete an extended essay provides a good foundation for the independent study and research elements of your degree course.

Entry requirements vary by course but IB students can expect to receive conditional offers for between 24–32 IB points.

I’m Ailish and, along with the rest of the enquiries team, I’m here to guide you through the application process and help you get ready for life at the University of Brighton – no matter which course or campus you’ll be studying on.

As your first point of contact, we can answer questions about application procedures and deadlines, courses and entry requirements, and open days and visits.

Credits Relevant professional, commercial or Open University credits may be acknowledged as equivalent to sections of a course, which then do not need to be repeated. Applicants must be able to provide evidence of some A-level equivalent study – and may still be advised to take a preparatory course.

Qualifications Admissions tutors accept many other qualifications that give access to higher education. Applicants offering work-based qualifications, such as NVQs, should provide evidence of their relevant background knowledge and ability to study at university level. While individual course requirements vary, all qualifications – UK and international – are considered.

Once you’ve applied, we’ll contact you to activate your university user account. This means that before you arrive here you’ll be able to access the applicant area of studentcentral, book on to interview and applicant days, prepare for your course and ask us questions.

Get in touch – we’re here to help!

245

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS CONTINUED Entry requirements for international students English language proficiency Our degree courses are delivered and assessed in English. UK Visas and Immigration (UKVI) and the university will need you to meet their English language requirements for your chosen course.

Check online to confirm the English language entry requirements that apply to you. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses The UKVI requires prospective students who have not studied and been examined in English to provide evidence they have met the language requirement through a secure English language test (SELT), with an approved test provider.

This evidence is required before we can issue a Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) number.

As an alternative, the University of Brighton Language Institute can deliver its own English language test. Our English language tests take place on specific dates in the year. Visit our website to find out dates and how to book. www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish The language institute also offers academic English courses, including pre-sessional courses aimed at different language levels.

If you would like to know more about English language tuition or the test, you can contact us. www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish Refer to the UKVI website for further details about their requirements. www.gov.uk/ukvi Academic entry requirements Our International College, located on our Moulsecoomb and Grand Parade campuses, provides subject-specific and study skills tuition to students from outside the European Union to help them meet our academic requirements and prepare for university study here.

246

Students at our International College are guaranteed a place on our courses when they successfully complete their preparation programme at the required level. www.brighton.ac.uk/ubic The University of Brighton International College is a trading name of Kaplan Brighton Limited (registered number 07331979), whose registered office is at 2nd Floor, Warwick Building, Kensington Village, Avonmore Road, London W14 8HQ. The International College is an affiliated college of the University of Brighton.

English language requirements for applicants who have not previously been taught or examined in English Most of our undergraduate courses require an IELTS score of 6.0 overall, 6.0 in writing with a minimum of 5.5 in the other elements. Some courses require a higher IELTS score. Check our website for course-specific details. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

Entry requirements for healthcare professions, nursing, midwifery and medicine courses

Entry requirements for initial teacher education courses To study on an initial teacher training course (ie a PGCE or degree with QTS), you need to meet entry requirements determined by the government.

At the time of going to print, these include GCSE minimum grade C, grade 4 or equivalent in maths, English language and, for primary, a science.

You must also be able to read effectively and communicate clearly in spoken and written standard English.

Before starting an initial teacher education course you will need to: • complete a medical questionnaire • provide a satisfactory Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) disclosure document • successfully complete the compulsory professional skills tests in English and maths.

For the two-year Secondary Mathematics Education BA(Hons), A-level-equivalent qualifications are not sufficient. You need either an HND equivalent qualification or at least 120 credits in a relevant area of higher education.

To study at the medical school, or for nursing, midwifery and other healthcare courses, you will need to: • undergo a vaccination programme • demonstrate that you are fit and healthy by either a health declaration or occupational health assessment • provide a satisfactory Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) document.

The selection procedures for all initial teacher education courses include an interview. It’s important you check individual course pages on our website for up-to-date information on entry requirements. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses

In addition to these entry requirements, students wishing to study nursing, midwifery and paramedic practice must: • have completed 10 years general education • complete a literacy and numeracy test during your interview • provide evidence of study within the last five years (desirable).

The university will seek placements for students on initial teacher training courses with partners in the south-east region of England. The university is not liable for failure of placement providers, but in such circumstances will make alternative arrangements for you. It is the responsibility and obligation of the student to arrange travel to and from the placement; most students will be able to claim travel expenses.

Education placements

HOW TO APPLY One of the many ways we support our students begins even before you start your application. We provide information to help you make your application the best it can be, on our website and in person during school visits and at our open days.

The standard fee for up to five choices is £24. For one course, the fee is £13 (if you apply for more courses later, you will pay an extra £12).

Once you’ve made your application, you can track it through a special area of our website, where you can also ask us questions and book on to interviews and events.

Studentcentral is the university’s online learning environment – throughout your time at Brighton you will use studentcentral to manage your studies and access the academic and other resources you need, from wherever you have internet access.

Applying through UCAS Applications for full-time undergraduate and foundation degree courses are made online at the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS).

Use UCAS (www.ucas.com) to apply for full-time undergraduate degree courses, foundation degrees and integrated engineering foundation courses. Our UCAS institution codes are: University of Brighton (BRITN) B72 Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS) B74.

Deadlines for UCAS application • Brighton and Sussex Medical School 15 October 2017 • University of Brighton 15 January 2018 We will consider applications received after 15 January 2018 where we still have places on a course.

Completing your form • Log on to www.ucas.com/apply • Register and apply for 2018 entry • Follow the instructions to register your details and complete your application.

You can: • copy and paste personal statements • apply for up to five institution or course combinations. You do not need to put your choices in order of preference.

Make sure: • you have completed all the sections, such as personal details, education and employment • you double check that your information is correct before submitting your application.

Tracking your application through studentcentral

You will also track your application to the University of Brighton using the applicant area of studentcentral.

Through the applicant area, you can see the status of your application and will receive notifications when the status changes. You will also be able to: • check your personal details, and keep them up to date • track the progress of your application • reply to interview or applicant day invitations • read and respond to messages about your application • confirm whether you will need a visa to study in the UK. We will email you whenever the status of your application changes and advise you to log on to the applicant area. If you have a question about your application you can use the messaging facility in the applicant area to contact us.

Special application procedures You can apply through UCAS for almost all of the degrees in this prospectus, but for some of our courses the application process is different. In these cases the course pages on our website, and in this book, will contain explanatory information.

Applying direct to the university Applications for preparatory English language courses and part-time degree courses should be made direct to the university.

Visit www.brighton.ac.uk/applydirect and www.brighton.ac.uk/learnenglish for more information.

If you decide to apply for more than one course, you need to fill in a separate application form for each course you choose.

Applying to Brighton and Sussex Medical School UCAS allows you to specify up to four choices for courses that lead to a professional qualification in medicine and you may also add one alternative course.

Medical school applications must reach UCAS by 15 October 2017.

Offers If you have applied via UCAS, official decisions and any associated conditions of an offer will be made available online through UCAS Track. You can also keep track of your application via the applicant area of studentcentral. If you have applied direct to the university, you will be notified through the applicant area, and we will also write to you.

Your offer letter from us will be accompanied by our offer guide, which is full of information and advice to help you through the process of accepting the offer.

Many courses require an interview, but being invited does not guarantee an offer.

You will be invited to an interview through the applicant area of studentcentral. All offers are made on the understanding that the information supplied is complete and correct, and your acceptance of an offer means that you agree to observe the rules and regulations of the university.

International students may require a Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) number, which is needed for a successful visa application. The university will provide you with the CAS number once you have accepted an unconditional offer of a place and paid a deposit (timescales set by UKVI apply).

247

HOW TO APPLY CONTINUED Enrolment At the beginning of each academic year, all students enrol with the university.

Enrolment is a two-stage process, and entitles you to attend your course, use university facilities and be a member of the Students’ Union.

Stage 1, online enrolment You will confirm your personal details, provide any missing information we require and confirm how your tuition fees will be paid (for example, a tuition fee loan from Student Finance England, financial sponsorship or external scholarship).

Stage 2, in-person enrolment In your first week at university you will need to provide documentation confirming your identity and may also need to provide original copies of entry qualifications.

If your application is successful, we will send you full details about enrolment and payment arrangements.

Personal details We may need to request further information before your enrolment can be completed. The university is registered with the Office of the Information Commissioner – in the context of preventing fraudulent applications, we may disclose information to relevant government departments, police forces, examining bodies, the Student Loans Company and associated authorities.

Need help?

Email enquiries@brighton.ac.uk Telephone +44 (0)1273 644644

248

Our partnership with schools and colleges Through our Compact partnership we work with schools and colleges to help students who are considering their university options to make a strong UCAS application. We support students, parents, carers and teachers through our work.

I am part of the university’s Compact and Compact Plus team providing impartial advice and support to students, parents and staff at schools and colleges. We organise activities in schools and at the university such as talks and workshops.

We also offer activities, events and summer schools to students from primary age to sixth form through our Compact Plus programme.

Your school or college should talk to you about the Compact and Compact Plus programme, if it’s something you can benefit from.

To find out if you attend a Compact school or college visit www.brighton. ac.uk/compact.

To find out more and apply for the Compact Plus programme email compactplus@brighton.ac.uk or call 01273 641043.

One of our team may visit your school or college to talk about higher education, writing a personal statement or submitting a strong application to university. We also run subject tasters at the university.

The Plus programme provides extra support and special activities, such as student shadowing, designed for groups of students who are underrepresented at university. www.brighton.ac.uk/compact Carl Griffiths, Compact Liaison Officer

MONEY FEES AND COSTS

International students tuition fees table

The fee you pay depends on several factors that are outlined here. More details and the latest information can be found on our website, www.brighton.ac.uk/money.

Tuition fees for UK and EU students

For students starting their course in 2018–19 Undergraduate Classroom-based Laboratory/studio-based Industrial placement year Brighton and Sussex Medical School

Fees per year From £12,900 From £14,040 £2,000 £29,000

The fees listed above here are for students starting their course in 2018.

The tuition fees shown in the table below are for students starting a university course for the first time in 2017–18. Fees for 2018–19 will be published on our website as soon as they are available.

You will pay fees for each year that you study with us. Fees are subject to an increase each year of no more than 5% or RPI (whichever is greater). Regulated fees* will not increase more than the statutory maximum fee.

Fees for 2018–19 courses will be published later in 2017; check www.brighton.ac.uk/money for the most up-to-date information.

If you are eligible for a tuition fee loan, you will not need to pay tuition fees up front. See more information about the student loan for tuition fees on page 251.

University of Brighton tuition fees 2017–18 Undergraduate course

Fees per year £9,250

Placement year

£1,000

Brighton and Sussex Medical School

£9,250

Full-time students If you are entering higher education for the first time, you can take out a student loan to cover the cost of your tuition fees.

See page 251 for more information.

Students on health professions and nursing courses From 1 August 2017, new nursing, midwifery and allied health professions students will have access to the same student loan system as other students.

Find out more about these changes at www.thefundingclinic.org.uk.

Students from the Channel Islands and Isle of Man Island students pay fees at the same rate as UK and other EU students (except Brighton and Sussex Medical School).

You should contact the educational authority on your island for advice about financial help with tuition fees.

Part-time students Most part-time courses are charged on a pro rata basis so your fees will vary according to the number of and credit value of modules taken in each academic year. If you are entering higher education for the first time and are studying parttime at the equivalent of 25% or more of a full-time course, you can take out a government student loan to cover the cost of your tuition while you are studying.

Part-time students should contact fees@brighton.ac.uk for specific advice about their fees.

International students tuition fees The fees (above) that international students pay are determined by the type of course. Check the fee for your course at www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

International students tuition fee deposit All self-funded international students are required to pay a deposit of £2,500.

Deposit payments must be paid before we can issue you with your CAS number and must be paid before 31 August 2018 for courses starting in September 2018.

Paying your fees if you are a fully self-funded student You are liable to pay tuition fees from the first day of your course following enrolment here. You can choose to pay your fees in up to six monthly instalments (October–March). Fees can be paid online or by bank transfer, or you can pay by a recurring card agreement. An early settlement discount is available if annual fees are paid in full before 1 November of the academic year. Eligibility conditions apply.

You will pay fees for each year that you study with us. Fees are subject to an increase each year of no more than 5% or RPI (whichever is greater). Regulated fees* will not increase more than the statutory maximum fee. Contact the university’s finance department on +44 (0)1273 642959 or by email at income@ brighton.ac.uk for details about deposits, online or credit card payment, or bank transfer.

Should I be paying international fees?

If you are not sure if you should pay fees at the international rate, we will contact you during the application process to complete a fee assessment form. All cases are judged in accordance with UK government guidelines and are treated fairly and equally. *Regulated fees are where the maximum is set by the UK government and relates to the majority of undergraduate courses payable for UK students.

249

MONEY CONTINUED What’s included in our tuition fee?

The professional and applied nature of many of our courses can mean additional costs are involved. For example you may need to have a health or criminal record check. Some courses require field trips and the use of specialist materials. Costs like this are specific to each course.

Where these costs are incurred as a mandatory requirement of the course, they are covered by the tuition fee.

Whatever course you choose you should expect to pay some additional studyrelated costs on top of tuition fees. It is a good idea to budget for the cost of books, photocopying and printing for example. You may also incur additional costs depending on the option modules or activities you choose, for example for field trips or materials. These costs are not included in your tuition fee and you will need to pay for them in addition to your fees.

Check with the school that provides your course about possible additional costs before you apply so that you can budget accordingly.

Living costs

UNIVERSITY OF BRIGHTON FUNDING Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for financial support from the University of Brighton. The university usually spends around £4.8 million on financial support for students. Check our website for the latest advice and further details. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

Where you choose to live and how you live will play a big part in determining how much money you will need while you are studying. You will also need to consider costs like accommodation, travel, clothes, food, phone, insurance and your social life. See our website for advice about costs of this kind, and living on a student budget. www.brighton.ac.uk/budgeting

University of Brighton bursaries

More online help and advice

The financial support we provide through bursaries is carefully targeted at students who most need financial help. Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for more than one bursary.

www.moneysavingexpert.com/students www.ucas.com/ucas/undergraduate/ finance-and-support

Bursaries can be money or other support, like discounts on university services. They do not need to be paid back when you finish your course.

You can use the funds to help cover the cost of tuition, books, university accommodation, travel, study aids, childcare and more.

Find out if you are eligible for a bursary from us at www.brighton.ac.uk/ bursaries.

250

University of Brighton scholarships The University of Brighton provides scholarships that recognise and reward academic and sporting merit. There are also dedicated scholarships for international students.

In 2016, 50 students were awarded University of Brighton merit scholarships worth £1,000 each at the end of years 1 and 2 of their courses.

Details of scholarships available for students starting their course in 2018 will be published on the university website in 2018. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

Help and advice from us Our student information desk advisers can provide personal financial advice, as well as information on money management.

Once you are a student here we can guide you through the eligibility criteria and application processes for student loans and other funds. There are a number of additional funds to help students in certain circumstances and we can help you access these if you are eligible.

How do I apply for student funding?

It is a really good idea to apply early for your student funding. You do not need to wait for your offer. Make sure you send in all the evidence that your student funding body requires. Don’t wait for them to ask for evidence to support your application.

The quickest and safest way to apply is online. If you are sending documents in the post, make sure you send them by recorded delivery and mark each document with your customer reference number.

I’m Nicolette and I’m a member of the advice service, based at our Grand Parade campus.

I run drop-in sessions every day, where I provide students with advice on anything and everything that’s affecting them. I also refer queries to specialist colleagues, for instance international advisers who help with visa queries and dedicated housing and debt advisers based in the university.

Check the processing times for applications; if you haven’t heard anything back, phone your student funding body regularly for updates on your application.

We can also help you minimise financial stress by coaching you on money management techniques. We offer regular one-to-one sessions and group workshops across all our campuses.

On our website you can find practical information and advice to help you maximise your income and minimise your expenditure. The site has useful information on: • funding and fees • welfare benefits • advice on debt • how to live on a budget • student discounts • part-time work. www.brighton.ac.uk/money

GOVERNMENT FUNDING Depending on your circumstances you could be eligible for financial support from the government or other organisations. Visit www.brighton. ac.uk/money for the latest advice and further details.

Student funding bodies If you normally live in England Student Finance England www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance 0300 100 0607 If you normally live in Scotland Student Awards Agency for Scotland www.saas.gov.uk 0300 555 0505 If you normally live in Wales Student Finance Wales www.studentfinancewales.co.uk 0300 200 4050 If you normally live in Northern Ireland Student Finance Northern Ireland www.studentfinanceni.co.uk 0300 100 0077 If you are from a country of the EU Student Finance Services www.gov.uk/student-finance/ eu-students +44 (0)141 243 3570

A major part of my job involves money issues. I give talks on the importance of budgeting and run regular workshops to help students successfully complete applications for funding like student loans.

The Student Advice Service is here to help all students at the university. Our services are free and confidential. By getting in touch with us early, students can reduce the impact of all kinds of issues on their wellbeing and on their studies. I find this aspect of my job the most rewarding.

The UK government’s funding package includes student loans for tuition fees and living costs. Students in certain circumstances may have access to extra help, for example, students who have a disability. If you receive extra help in the form of a grant, you will not have to repay the grant.

251

TIMELINE 2017 MARCH APRIL

MAY

This timeline shows what you need to do and when as you go through the process of becoming a full-time undergraduate student here.

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT

OPEN DAYS

OCT

NOV

DEC

OPEN DAYS

Check the full details of the deadlines and processes that relate to your application on our website and those of UCAS and the relevant student funding body, eg Student Finance England.

YOUR APPLICATION

UCAS application is open between mid-September and mid-January. Check if your school or college has an earlier deadline.

When you apply to us you will be given access to the applicant area of studentcentral, where you can track your application and receive information about important dates and FAQs.

BEGIN YOUR RESEARCH

Shortlist universities that offer the subjects you are interested in.

Meet our team at UCAS and HE fairs or at your school or college and book open day visits in advance: www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays.

OFFERS AND INTERVIEWS

We make offers from September, and interviews usually take place between November and March.

Find out more about interviews for your course. www.brighton.ac.uk/courses If you have any questions, our enquiries team will be happy to help. enquiries@brighton.ac.uk

MARCH APRIL 252

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT

OCT

NOV

DEC

2018 JAN

FEB

MARCH APRIL

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT

UCAS EXTRA

Applicants who are not holding offers are given a chance to apply to courses that still have vacancies.

ACCEPT YOUR OFFER

If you received all your decisions by 31 March, you must confirm your choices with UCAS by 2 May. If you applied to university after 15 January, you may have a different deadline to accept your offer.

Check the UCAS website for details.

EXAM RESULTS

BTEC, IB and A-level results available.

CONFIRMATION AND CLEARING

Confirm your place with us. Clearing is an opportunity to find a new place if, for whatever reason, you are still looking.

APPLYING FOR FUNDING

You don’t need to wait for offers to apply for funding.

We recommend applying for student funding as early as possible! See page 251 for more details.

ACCOMMODATION CHOICES

Think about your options – see page 26. If you make us your firm choice and are eligible, we will invite you by email to apply for university accommodation and let you know the deadline.

FINALISING ACCOMMODATION

If you are offered a place in university accommodation you’ll need to confirm it, or you can use our househunting service to find housemates and a home to rent.

APPLICANT DAYS

Many courses give you another opportunity to get a feel for the university, meet students and staff from the course you have applied to and see the facilities you will be using every day.

ENROL ONLINE

From late August, you can enrol online.

Then you’ll be able to check the start date of your course on studentcentral.

STARTING UNI

Enrol in person and join course induction and events for new students.

JAN

FEB

MARCH APRIL

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG

SEPT 253

COURSE FINDER COURSE/SUBJECT

CAMPUS PAGE

3D Design and Craft BA(Hons)/MDes Accounting and Finance BSc(Hons) Aeronautical Engineering BEng(Hons) Aeronautical Engineering MEng Applied Psychology and Criminology BA(Hons) Applied Psychology and Sociology BA(Hons) Applied Psychology BA(Hons) Architectural Technology BSc(Hons) Architecture and design (introduction) Architecture BA(Hons) Arts and applied arts (introduction) Automotive Engineering BEng(Hons) Automotive Engineering MEng Biological Sciences BSc(Hons) Biological Sciences MSci Biomedical Science BSc(Hons) Biomedical Science MSci Building Surveying BSc(Hons) Business Computer Systems BSc(Hons) Business Computer Systems MComp Business Information Systems BA(Hons) Business Management BSc(Hons) † Business Management with Economics BSc(Hons) † Business Management with Finance BSc(Hons) † Business Management with Human Resource Management BSc(Hons) Business Management with Marketing BSc(Hons) Business Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons) † Business Management with Economics and Placement Year BSc(Hons)

42 64 120 121 222 223 221 76 32 34 40 122 123 205 206 210 211 77 82 83 84 56

†

58

Business Management with Finance and Placement Year BSc(Hons) †

Business Management with Human Resource Management and Placement Year BSc(Hons) † Business Management with Marketing and Placement Year BSc(Hons) Business, finance and law (introduction) Chemistry BSc(Hons) Chemistry MChem Civil engineering and construction (introduction) Civil Engineering BEng(Hons) † Civil Engineering with Construction Management BEng(Hons) † Civil with Environmental Engineering BEng(Hons) Civil Engineering MEng † Civil Engineering with Construction Management MEng † Civil with Environmental Engineering MEng Computer Science (Games) BSc(Hons) Computer Science BSc(Hons) Computer Science MComp Computing and mathematics (introduction) Criminology and Sociology BA(Hons) Criminology BA(Hons) Critical History BA(Hons) †

254

54 212 213 70 72

74

88 86 87 80 220 219 168

COURSE/SUBJECT

CAMPUS PAGE

Digital Film BA(Hons) Digital Games Production BSc(Hons) Digital Media BSc(Hons) Digital Media Development BSc(Hons) Digital Music and Sound Arts BA(Hons) Early Childhood Education and Care BA(Hons) Earth and Ocean Science BSc(Hons) Ecology BSc(Hons) Ecology MSci Economics BSc(Hons) Education and teaching (introduction) Education BA(Hons) Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng(Hons) Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng(Hons) Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng Engineering (introduction) Engineering integrated foundation year English Language BA(Hons) † English Language and Creative Writing BA(Hons) † English Language and English Literature BA(Hons) † English Language and Media BA(Hons) English Language and Linguistics BA(Hons) English Literature BA(Hons) † English Literature and Creative Writing BA(Hons) † English Literature and Linguistics BA(Hons) Environmental Sciences BSc(Hons) European Computing BSc(Hons)/DEST Informatique Fashion Communication with Business Studies BA(Hons) Fashion with Business Studies BA(Hons) Film and Screen Studies BA(Hons) Finance and Investment BSc(Hons) Fine Art Critical Practice BA(Hons) Fine Art Painting BA(Hons) Fine Art Printmaking BA(Hons) Fine Art Sculpture BA(Hons) Geography and geology (introduction) Geography BA(Hons) Geography BSc(Hons) † Archaeology and Geography BSc(Hons) † Geography with Geoinformatics BSc(Hons) Geography MGeog Geology BSc(Hons) Geology MGeol Globalisation: History, Politics, Culture BA(Hons) Graphic Design BA(Hons) Graphic Design for Digital Media BA(Hons) Health (introduction) History of Art and Design BA(Hons) † Fashion and Dress History BA(Hons) † Visual Culture BA(Hons) History, Literature and Culture BA(Hons) Hospitality, retail, events and tourism (introduction) Humanities (introduction)

186 89 93 94 201 102 128 208 209 66 100 103 116 117 118 119 112 114 176

178 180

129 90 43 44 187 67 46 48 49 50 126 130 132

134 135 136 169 52 190 138 164

170 154 162

COURSE/SUBJECT

CAMPUS PAGE

Humanities BA(Hons) Humanities: War, Conflict and Modernity BA(Hons) Illustration BA(Hons) Illustration for Screen Arts BA(Hons) Interior Architecture BA(Hons) International Business Management BSc(Hons) International Event Management BA(Hons) † International Event Management with Marketing BA(Hons) † International Event Management with Sport BA(Hons) International Hospitality Management BA(Hons) † International Hospitality Management with Marketing BA(Hons) International Tourism Management BA(Hons) † International Tourism Management with Marketing BA(Hons) † International Tourism Management with Travel Business BA(Hons) Journalism BA(Hons) Law LLB(Hons) † Law with Business LLB(Hons) † Law with Criminology LLB(Hons) Linguistics BA(Hons) Literature, language, linguistics (introduction) Marketing Management BSc(Hons) Marketing Management with Placement Year BSc(Hons) Mathematics BSc(Hons) Mathematics with Business BSc(Hons) Mathematics with Economics BSc(Hons) Mathematics with Finance BSc(Hons) Mechanical Engineering BEng(Hons) Mechanical Engineering MEng Media and English Literature BA(Hons) Media Studies BA(Hons) † Environment and Media Studies BA(Hons) Media, Industry and Innovation BA(Hons) Media, photography and journalism (introduction) Medicine BM BS Midwifery BSc(Hons) Moving Image BA(Hons) Multimedia Broadcast Journalism BA(Hons) Natural sciences (introduction) Nursing (Adult) BSc(Hons) Nursing (Child) BSc(Hons) Nursing (Mental Health) BSc(Hons) Occupational Therapy BSc(Hons) Paramedic Practice BSc(Hons) Pharmaceutical and Chemical Sciences BSc(Hons) Pharmacy MPharm Philosophy, Politics and Ethics BA(Hons) Philosophy, Politics, Art BA(Hons) Photography BA(Hons) Physical Education BA(Hons) Physical Education BA(Hons) with QTS

171 172 53 191 35 60 156

157

COURSE/SUBJECT

CAMPUS PAGE

Physical Geography and Geology BSc(Hons) Physiotherapy BSc(Hons) Podiatry BSc(Hons) Politics BA(Hons) Primary Education (3–7 years) BA(Hons) with QTS Primary Education (5–11 years) BA(Hons) with QTS Primary English Education BA(Hons) with QTS Primary Mathematics Education BA(Hons) with QTS Product Design with Professional Experience BSc(Hons) † Product Design Technology with Professional Experience BSc(Hons) Sports Product Design with Professional Experience BSc(Hons) Project Management for Construction BSc(Hons) † Construction Management BSc(Hons) Public Health BSc(Hons) Retail Management BA(Hons) Retail Marketing BA(Hons) Science integrated foundation year Secondary Mathematics Education BA(Hons) with QTS Social Policy and Practice BSc(Hons) Social Science BA(Hons) Social sciences and psychology (introduction) Social Work BSc(Hons) Sociology BA(Hons) Software Engineering BSc(Hons) Software Engineering MComp Sport and exercise (introduction) Sport and Exercise Science BSc(Hons) † Exercise and Health Science BSc(Hons) † Sport and Exercise Science with Nutrition BSc(Hons) † Sport and Exercise Science with PE BSc(Hons) † Sport Science BSc(Hons) Sport Business Management BSc(Hons) Sport Coaching BSc(Hons) Sport Journalism BA(Hons) Sport Studies BA(Hons) † Sport Studies with PE BSc(Hons) Television and Digital Media Production BA(Hons) Textiles with Business Studies BA(Hons)/MDes Top-up degrees

137 142 144 218 106 107 108 110 38

†

158

196 68

179 174 62 63 95 96 98 99 124 125 182 192 193 194 184 *

148 150 188 198 202 151

78 146 160 161 204 111 224 226 216 228 227 91 92 230 236

233 234 199 237 195 45 239

Urban Planning with Architecture BA(Hons)

36

152 153

CAMPUS KEY

140

Brighton: Falmer

Brighton: Moulsecoomb

141

Brighton: Grand Parade

Eastbourne

214

†

145 173 166 200 232 104

Check the course page to find out about specialisms. * Medicine BM BS is taught on the University of Brighton Falmer campus and University of Sussex campus.

Can’t find your course?

Visit our online course finder and use the keyword search www.brighton.ac.uk/courses.

255

TITLE

OUR LOCATIONS

The University of Brighton is based in three locations across Brighton and along the south coast in Eastbourne . Check the course description or our course finder (page 254–255) to see where your course is based.

A1(M) M11 M25 M25 M40

20 km

M25

M4

HEATHROW AIRPORT

M3 M2 M25

M26 M25 M20 M23

GATWICK AIRPORT A22

DOVER

FOLKSTONE

A23

(CHANNEL TUNNEL)

HASTINGS

256

A23 London

Stanmer

A27

Falmer train station

VARLEY PARK

A27

Coldean Lane

FALMER PADDOCK FIELDS AND GREAT WILKINS London Road

MOULSECOOMB PLACE

Moulsecoomb train station

MOULSECOOMB A270 Lewes Road

PHOENIX BREWERY

Brighton train station

GRAND PARADE

A259

Brighton Pier Brighton Marina

BRIGHTON University of Brighton locations

Halls of residence

see for

yourself

AT A SUMMER OR AUTUMN OPEN DAY www.brighton.ac.uk/opendays FOR DATES AND BOOKINGS

www.brighton.ac.uk